Pāli Primer by Lily de Silva

[\"The Pāli Primer\" is a publication of the Vipassana Research Institute (http://www.vri.dhamma.org).
It aims to provide an elementary understanding of the Pali language.]  

mobi version derived from utf8 html files on http://www.budsas.org/uni/u-palicb/e02.htm  

converted from html to .mobi with calibre. Very minor modifcations to enable easy chapter detection with calibre.

May 2014: anonymous yogi made an epub friendly table of contents for easy lookup of reference material

2026-Jan: anonymous yogi made a single file html with TOC.

Lesson 0 pronunciation

PĀLI PRIMER

Namo Tassa Bhagavato Arahato Sammāsambuddhassa.

Homage to the Blessed One, the Worthy One, The Fully Self-enlightened One.

PRONUNCIATION

1) The Alphabet:

Pāli is not known to have a special script of its own. In countries where Pāli is studied, the scripts used in those countries are used to write Pāli: in India the Nāgarī, in Sri Lanka the Sinhalese, in Burma the Burmese and in Thailand the Kamboja script. The Pali Text Society, London, uses the Roman script and now it has gained international currency.

The Pāli alphabet consists of 41 letters - 8 vowels and 33 consonants.

[Vowels:] a, ā, i, ī, u, ū, e, o

[Consonants:]

[Gutturals:] k, kh, g, gh, ṅ
[Palatals]: c, ch, j, jh, ñ
[Cerebrals:] ṭ, ṭh, ḍ, ḍh, ṇ
[Dentals]: t, th, d, dh, n
[Labials]: p, ph, b, bh, m
[Miscellaneous:] y, r, l, v, s, h, ḷ, ṃ

The vowels a, i, u are short; ā, ī, ū are long; e, o are of middle length.
They are pronounced short before double consonants, e.g. mettā, khetta, koṭṭha, sotthi; and
Long before single consonants, e.g. deva, senā, loka, odana.

2) Pronunciation

[a] is pronounced like [u] in [c][u][t]
[ā] is pronounced like [a] in [f][a][ther]
[i] is pronounced like [i] in [m][i][ll]
[ī] is pronounced like [ee] in [b][ee]
[u] is pronounced like [u] in [p][u][t]
[ū] is pronounced like [oo] in [c][oo][l]
[k] is pronounced like [k] in [k][ite]
[g] is pronounced like [g] in [g][ood]
[ṅ] is pronounced like [ng] in [si][ng][er]
[c] is pronounced like [ch] in [ch][ur][ch]
[j] is pronounced like [j] in [j][am]
[ñ] is pronounced like [gn] in [si][gn][or]
[ṭ] is pronounced like [t] in [ha][t]
[ḍ] is pronounced like [d] in [goo][d]
[ṇ] is pronounced like [n] in [n][ow]  

-ooOoo-

:::
:::

Lesson 1 masc. -a, nominative case

VOCABULARY

[1. Masculine nouns ending in] [-a]

Buddha / Tathāgata / Sugata - the Buddha
manussa - man, human being
nara / purisa - man, person
kassaka - farmer
brāhmaṇa - brahmin
putta - son
mātula - uncle
kumāra - boy
vāṇija - merchant
bhūpāla - king
sahāya / sahāyaka / mitta - friend

Verbs

bhāsati speaks
pacati cooks
kasati ploughs
bhuñjati eats
sayati sleeps
passati sees
chindati cuts
gacchati goes
āgacchati comes
dhāvati runs

2. Declension of masculine nouns ending in [-a]  

Nominative case:

The case ending [-o] is added to the nominal base to form the [nominative case singular number].
The case ending [-ā] is added to the nominal base to form the [nominative case plural number].
A noun thus inflected is used as the subject of a sentence.

Singular:

1. nara + o = naro
2. mātula + o = mātulo
3. kassaka + o = kassako

Plural :

1. nara + ā = narā
2. mātula + ā = mātulā
3. kassaka + ā = kassakā

3. Present, third, singular and plural verbs.

In the verbs listed above bhāsa, paca, kasa etc. are verbal bases and [-ti] is the present tense, third person, singular termination.

The present tense, third person, plural is formed by adding the termination [-nti] to the base.

Singular:

bhāsati - He speaks
pacati - He cooks
kasati - He ploughs

Plural:

bhāsanti - They speak
pacanti - They cook
kasanti - They plough

[4. Examples in sentence formation]

Singular:

1. Naro bhāsati - The man speaks.
2. Mātulo pacati - The uncle cooks.
3. Kassako kasati - The farmer ploughs.

Plural:

1. Narā bhāsanti - Men speak.
2. Mātulā pacanti - Uncles cook.
3. Kassakā kasanti - Farmers plough.

[Exercise 1]

5. Translate into English:

1. Bhūpālo bhuñjati.
2. Puttā sayanti [:
] 3. Vāṇijā sayanti
4. Buddho passati
5. Kumāro dhāvati.
6. Mātulo kasati.
7. Brāhmaṇā bhāsanti.
8. Mittā gacchanti.
9. Kassakā pacanti.
10. Manusso chindati.
11. Purisā dhāvanti.
12. Sahāyako bhuñjati.
13. Tathāgato bhāsati.
14. Naro pacati.
15. Sahāyā kasanti.
16. Sugato āgacchati.

6. Translate into Pāli:

1. Sons run.
2. The uncle sees.
3. The Buddha comes.
4. Boys eat.
5. Merchants go.
6. The man sleeps.
7. Kings go.
8. The brahmin cuts.
9. Friends speak.
10. The farmer ploughs.
11. The merchant comes.
12. Sons cut.
13. Uncles speak.
14. The boy runs.
15. The friend speaks.
16. The Buddha sees.

-ooOoo-

:::
:::

Lesson 2 masc. -a, accusative

VOCABULARY

1. Masculine nouns ending in [-a]

dhamma the doctrine, truth
bhatta rice
odana cooked rice
gāma village
suriya sun
canda moon
kukkura / sunakha / soṇa dog
vihāra monastery
patta bowl
āvāṭa pit
pabbata mountain
yācaka beggar
sigāla jackal
rukkha tree

Verbs

harati carries, take away
āharati brings
āruhati climbs, ascends
oruhati descends
yācati begs
khaṇati digs
vijjhati shoots
paharati hits, strikes
rakkhati protects
vandati worships, salutes

[2. Declension of masculine nouns ending in] [-a] (contd.)

[Accusative case]: The case ending -ṃ is added to the nominal base to form the accusative singular number. The case ending -e is added to the nominal base to form the accusative case plural number. A noun thus inflected is used as the object of a sentence. The goal of motion is also expressed by the accusative case.

Singular:

1. nara + ṃ = naraṃ
2. mātula + ṃ = mātulaṃ
3. kassaka + ṃ = kassakaṃ

Plural:

nara + e = nare
mātula + e = mātule
kassaka + e = kassake

3. Examples in sentence formation

Singular:

1. Putto naraṃ passati - The son sees the man.
2. Brāhmaṇo mātulaṃ rakkhati -The brahmin protects the uncle.
3. Vāṇijo kassakaṃ paharati - The merchant hits the farmer.

Plural:

1. Puttā nare passanti - Sons see men.
2. Brāhmaṇā mātule rakkhanti - Brahmins protect uncles.
3. Vāṇijā kassake paharanti - Merchants hit farmers.

[Exercise 2]

4. Translate into English:

1. Tathāgato dhammaṃ bhāsati.
2. Brāhmaṇā odanaṃ bhuñjanti.
3. Manusso suriyaṃ passati.
4. Kumārā sigāle paharanti.
5. Yācakā bhattaṃ yācanti.
6. Kassakā āvāṭe khaṇanti.
7. Mitto gāmaṃ āgacchati.
8. Bhūpālo manusse rakkhati.
9. Puttā pabbataṃ gacchanti.
10. Kumāro Buddhaṃ vandati.
11. Vāṇijā patte āharanti.
12. Puriso vihāraṃ gacchati.
13. Kukkurā pabbataṃ dhāvanti.
14. Sigālā gāmaṃ āgacchanti.
15. Brāhmaṇā sahāyake āharanti.
16. Bhūpālā sugataṃ vandanti.
17. Yācakā sayanti.
18. Mittā sunakhe haranti.
19. Putto candaṃ passati.
20. Kassako gāmaṃ dhāvati.
21. Vāṇijā rukkhe chindanti.
22. Naro sigālaṃ vijjhati.
23. Kumāro odanaṃ bhuñjati.
24. Yācako soṇaṃ paharati.
25. Sahāyakā pabbate āruhanti.

5. Translate into Pāli:

1. Men go to the monastery.
2. Farmers climb mountains.
3. The brahmin eats rice.
4. The Buddha sees the boys.
5. Uncles take away bowls.
6. The son protects the dog.
7. The king worships the Buddha.
8. The merchant brings a boy.
9. Friends salute the brahmin.
10. Beggars beg rice.
11. Merchants shoot jackals.
12. Boys climb the mountain.
13. The farmer runs to the village.
14. The merchant cooks rice.
15. Sons worship the uncle.
16. Kings protect men.
17. The Buddha comes to the monastery.
18. The men descend.
19. Farmers dig pits.
20. The merchant runs.
21. The dog sees the moon.
22. Boys climb trees.
23. The brahmin brings the bowl.
24. The beggar sleeps.
25. The king sees the Buddha.

-ooOoo-

:::
:::

Lesson 3 masc. -a, instrumental

VOCABULARY

[1. Masculine nouns ending in] [-a]

ratha vehicle, chariot
sakaṭa cart
hattha hand
pāda foot
magga path
dīpa island, lamp
sāvaka disciple
samaṇa recluse, monk
sagga heaven
assa horse
miga deer
sara arrow
pāsāṇa rock, stone
kakaca saw
khagga sword
cora thief
paṇḍita wise man

[2. Declension of masculine nouns ending in] [-a] (contd.)

[Instrumental case]: The case ending -ena is added to the nominal base to form the instrumental singular. The case ending -ehi is added to form the instrumental plural; -ebhi is another archaic case ending that is sometimes added. A noun thus inflected expresses the idea 'by\', 'with\' or 'through\'.

Singular:

1. nara + ena = narena (by means of the man)
2. mātula + ena = mātulena (with the uncle)
3. kassaka + ena = kassakena (through the farmer)

Plural:

1. nara + ehi = narehi (narebhi)
2. mātula + ehi = mātulehi (mātulebhi)
3. kassaka + ehi = kassakehi (kassakebhi)

[Saddhiṃ / saha] meaning 'with\' is also used with the instrumental case. They are not normally used with nouns denoting things.

[3.] [Examples in sentence formation]

Singular:

[1. Samaṇo narena saddhiṃ gāmaṃ gacchati.]
The monk goes to the village with the man.

[2. Putto mātulena saha candaṃ passati.]
The son sees the moon with his uncle.

[3. Kassako kakacena rukkhaṃ chindati.]
The farmer cuts the tree with a saw.

Plural:

[1. Samaṇā narehi saddhiṃ gāmaṃ gacchanti.]
Monks go to the village with men.

[2. Puttā mātulehi saha candaṃ passanti.]
Sons see the moon with uncles.

[3. Kassakā kakacehi rukkhe chindanti.]
Farmers cut trees with saws.

[Exercise 3]

4. Translate into English:

1. Buddho sāvakehi saddhiṃ vihāraṃ gacchati.
2. Puriso puttena saha dīpaṃ dhāvati.
3. Kassako sarena sigālaṃ vijjhati.
4. Brāhmaṇā mātulena saha pabbataṃ āruhanti.
5. Puttā pādehi kukkure paharanti.
6. Mātulo puttehi saddhiṃ rathena gāmaṃ āgacchati.
7. Kumārā hatthehi patte āharanti.
8. Coro maggena assaṃ harati.
9. Kassako āvāṭaṃ oruhati.
10. Bhūpālā paṇḍitehi saha samaṇe passanti.
11. Paṇḍito bhūpālena saha Tathāgataṃ vandati.
12. Puttā sahāyena saddhiṃ odanaṃ bhuñjanti.
13. Vāṇijo pāsāṇena migaṃ paharati.
14. Sunakhā pādehi āvāṭe khaṇanti.
15. Brāhmaṇo puttena saha suriyaṃ vandati.
16. Kassako soṇehi saddhiṃ rukkhe rakkhati.
17. Sugato sāvakehi saha vihāraṃ āgacchati.
18. Yācako pattena bhattaṃ āharati.
19. Paṇḍitā saggaṃ gacchanti.
20. Kumārā assehi saddhiṃ gāmaṃ dhāvanti.
21. Coro khaggena naraṃ paharati.
22. Vāṇijo sakaṭena dīpe āharati.
23. Assā maggena dhāvanti.
24. Sigālā migehi saddhiṃ pabbataṃ dhāvanti.
25. Bhūpālo paṇḍitena saha manusse rakkhati.

5. Translate into Pāli:

1. The recluse sees the Buddha with his friend.
2. Disciples go to the monastery with the Buddha.
3. The horse runs to the mountain with the dogs.
4. The boy hits the lamp with a stone.
5. Merchants shoot deer with arrows.
6. Farmers dig pits with their hands.
7. Boys go to the monastery by chariot with their uncle.
8. The brahmin cooks rice with his friend.
9. The king protects the island with wise men.
10. Kings worship monks with their sons.
11. Thieves bring horses to the island.
12. Disciples climb mountains with men.
13. Merchants cut trees with farmers.
14. The beggar digs a pit with a friend.
15. The brahmin sees the moon with his uncles.
16. The thief hits the horse with a sword.
17. The son brings rice in a bowl.
18. Boys run to the mountain with their dogs.
19. Merchants come to the village by carts with farmers.
20. Uncles come to the monastery by chariots with their sons.
21. Jackals run to the mountain along the road.
22. Dogs dig pits with their feet.
23. The man carries a saw in his hand.
24. Recluses go to heaven.
25. The Buddha comes to the village with his disciples.

-ooOoo-

:::
:::

Lesson 4 masc. -a, ablative

VOCABULARY

1. Masculine nouns ending in [-a]

dhīvara fisherman
maccha fish
piṭaka basket
amacca minister
upāsaka lay devotee
pāsāda palace
dāraka child
sāṭaka garment
rajaka washerman
sappa serpent
pañha question
suka / suva parrot
sopāna stairway
sūkara / varāha pig

Verbs

patati falls
dhovati washes
icchati wishes, desires
ḍasati bites
pucchati questions
pakkosati calls, summons
khādati eats
hanati kills
otarati descends
nikkhamati leaves, sets out

[2. Declension of masculine nouns ending in] [-a] (contd.)

[Ablative case]:

Case endings -ā / -mhā / -smā are added to the nominal base to form the ablative singular.

Case ending -ehi is added to form the ablative plural; -ebhi is an archaic ending that is also used.

Singular:

1. nara + ā / mhā / smā = narā / naramhā / narasmā (From the man)
2. mātula + ā / mhā / smā = mātulā / mātulamhā / mātulasmā (From the uncle)
3. kassaka + ā / mhā / smā = kassakā / kassakamhā / kassakasmā (From the farmer)

Plural:

1. nara + ehi = narehi (narebhi) (From men)
2. mātula + ehi = mātulehi (mātulebhi) (From uncles)
3. kassaka + ehi = kassakehi (kassakebhi) (From farmers)

[3. Examples in sentence formation]

Singular:

[1. Yācako naramhā bhattaṃ yācati.
] The beggar asks for rice from the man.

[2. Putto mātulamhā pañhaṃ pucchati.
] The son asks a question from the uncle.

[3. Kassako rukkhasmā patati.
] The farmer falls from the tree.

Plural:

[1. Yācakā narehi bhattaṃ yācanti.
] Beggars ask for rice from men.

[2. Puttā mātulehi pañhe pucchanti.
] Sons ask questions from uncles.

[3. Kassakā rukkhehi patanti.
] Farmers fall from trees.

[Exercise 4]

4. Translate into English:

1. Corā gāmamhā pabbataṃ dhāvanti.
2. Dārako mātulasmā odanaṃ yācati.
3. Kumāro sopānamhā patati.
4. Mātulā sāṭake dhovanti.
5. Dhīvarā piṭakehi macche āharanti.
6. Upāsakā samaṇehi saddhiṃ vihārasmā nikkhamanti.
7. Brāhmaṇo kakacena rukkhaṃ chindati.
8. Kumārā mittehi saha bhūpālaṃ passanti.
9. Vāṇijo assena saddhiṃ pabbatasmā oruhati.
10. Yācako kassakasmā soṇaṃ yācati.
11. Sappā pabbatehi gāmaṃ otaranti.
12. Amaccā sarehi mige vijjhanti.
13. Coro gāmamhā sakaṭena sāṭake harati.
14. Bhūpālo amaccehi saddhiṃ rathena pāsādaṃ āgacchati.
15. Sūkarā pādehi āvāṭe khaṇanti.
16. Kumāro sahāyakehi saha sāṭake dhovati.
17. Samaṇā gāmamhā upāsakehi saddhiṃ nikkhamanti.
18. Kukkuro piṭakamhā macchaṃ khādati.
19. Mitto puttamhā sunakhaṃ yācati.
20. Buddho sāvake pucchati.
21. Amaccā paṇḍitehi pañhe pucchanti.
22. Rajako sahāyena saha sāṭakaṃ dhovati.
23. Macchā piṭakamhā patanti.
24. Corā pāsāṇehi varāhe paharanti.
25. Amacco pāsādamhā suvaṃ āharati.

5. Translate into Pāli:

1. Horses run from the village to the mountain.
2. Merchants come from the island to the monastery with lay devotees.
3. Thieves shoot pigs with arrows.
4. The lay devotee questions (about) the dhamma from the recluse.
5. The child falls from the rock with a friend.
6. The dog bites the child.
7. Ministers set out from the palace with the king.
8. The man brings a deer from the island.
9. The farmer gets down from the tree.
10. Dogs run along the road with horses.
11. Boys take away lamps from merchants.
12. The thief gets down from the stairway.
13. Merchants bring parrots from mountains.
14. The horse hits the serpent with its foot.
15. The uncle, with his friends, sees recluses from the mountains.
16. Merchants bring horses to the palace from the island.
17. The minister questions the thief.
18. The farmer eats rice with the washerman.
19. The child falls from the stairway.
20. The fisherman climbs the mountain with his uncle.
21. The beggar, together with his dog, sleeps.
22. Kings protect islands with their ministers.
23. The king worships the Buddha from his palace.
24. The man kills a serpent with a sword.
25. Fishermen bring fish to the village in carts.
26. Pigs run from the village to the mountain.
27. Lay devotees ask questions from the wise man.
28. The son brings a parrot from the tree.
29. Wise men go to the monastery.
30. Disciples go along the road to the village.

-ooOoo-

:::
:::

Lesson 5 masc. -a, dative

VOCABULARY

1. Masculine nouns ending in [-a]

tāpasa hermit
ācariya teacher
vejja doctor
sīha lion
luddaka hunter
aja goat
vānara / makkaṭa monkey
lābha profit
mañca bed
kuddāla hoe

Verbs

rodati cries
hasati laughs
labhati gets, receives
pavisati enters
dadāti gives
ādadāti takes
kīḷati plays
nahāyati bathes
ākaḍḍhati drags
pajahati gives up, abandons

[2. Declension of masculine nouns ending in] [-a] (contd.)
[Dative case:]  

Case endings [-āya / -ssa] are added to the nominal base to form the dative singular.

The case ending [-ānaṃ] is added to form the dative plural.

Singular:

1. nara + āya / ssa = narāya / narassa (for or to the man)
2. mātula + āya / ssa = mātulāya / mātulassa (for or to the uncle)
3. kassaka + āya / ssa = kassakāya / kassakassa (for or to the farmer)

Plural:

1. nara + ānaṃ = narānaṃ (for or to men)
2. mātula + ānaṃ = mātulānaṃ (for or to uncles)
3. kassaka + ānaṃ = kassakānaṃ (for or to farmers)

[3. Examples in sentence formation]

Singular:

[1. Dhīvaro narāya macchaṃ āharati.
] The fisherman brings a fish for the man.

[2. Putto mātulassa odanaṃ dadāti.]
The son gives rice to the uncle.

[3. Vāṇijo kassakassa ajaṃ dadāti.]
The merchant gives a goat to the farmer.

Plural:

[1. Dhīvarā narānaṃ macche āharanti.
] Fishermen bring fish for men.

[2. Puttā mātulānaṃ odanaṃ dadanti.]
Sons give rice to uncles.

[3. Vāṇijā kassakānaṃ aje dadanti.]
Merchants give goats to farmers.

Exercise 5:

4. Translate into English:

1. Vāṇijo rajakassa sāṭakaṃ dadāti.
2. Vejjo ācariyassa dīpaṃ āharati.
3. Migā pāsāṇamhā pabbataṃ dhāvanti.
4. Manussā Buddhehi dhammaṃ labhanti.
5. Puriso vejjāya sakaṭaṃ ākaḍḍhati.
6. Dārako hatthena yācakassa bhattaṃ āharati.
7. Yācako ācariyāya āvāṭaṃ khaṇati.
8. Rajako amaccānaṃ sāṭake dadāti.
9. Brāhmaṇo sāvakānaṃ mañce āharati.
10. Vānaro rukkhamhā patati, kukkuro vānaraṃ ḍasati.
11. Dhīvarā piṭakehi amaccānaṃ macche āharanti.
12. Kassako vāṇijāya rukkhaṃ chindati.
13. Coro kuddālena ācariyāya āvāṭaṃ khaṇati.
14. Vejjo puttānaṃ bhattaṃ pacati.
15. Tāpaso luddakena saddhiṃ bhāsati.
16. Luddako tāpasassa dīpaṃ dadāti.
17. Sīhā mige hananti.
18. Makkaṭo puttena saha rukkhaṃ āruhati.
19. Samaṇā upāsakehi odanaṃ labhanti.
20. Dārakā rodanti, kumāro hasati, mātulo kumāraṃ paharati.
21. Vānarā pabbatamhā oruhanti, rukkhe āruhanti.
22. Corā rathaṃ pavisanti, amacco rathaṃ pajahati.
23. Ācariyo dārakāya rukkhamhā sukaṃ āharati.
24. Luddako pabbatasmā ajaṃ ākaḍḍhati.
25. Tāpaso pabbatamhā sīhaṃ passati.
26. Vāṇijā kassakehi lābhaṃ labhanti.
27. Luddako vāṇijānaṃ varāhe hanati.
28. Tāpaso ācariyamhā pañhe pucchati.
29. Putto mañcamhā patati.
30. Kumārā sahāyakehi saddhiṃ nahāyanti.

5. Translate into Pāli:

1. Merchants bring horses for ministers.
2. The hunter kills a goat for the merchant.
3. The man cuts trees with a saw for the farmer.
4. Deer run away from the lion.
5. The king worships the Buddha along with lay devotees.
6. Thieves run from villages to the mountains.
7. The washerman washes garments for the king.
8. The fisherman brings fish in baskets for farmers.
9. The teacher enters the monastery, sees the monks.
10. The serpent bites the monkey.
11. Boys drag the bed for the brahmin.
12. Thieves enter the palace together with men.
13. Farmers get fish from fishermen.
14. Pigs go from the island to the mountain.
15. The king abandons the palace, the son enters the monastery.
16. The lion sleeps, the monkeys play.
17. The teacher protects his sons from the dog.
18. Hunters shoot deer with arrows for ministers.
19. Children desire rice from the uncle.
20. The doctor gives a garment to the hermit.
21. The merchant brings a goat by cart for the teacher.
22. Sons see the moon from the mountain.
23. Wise men get profit from the dhamma.
24. Monkeys leave the village.
25. The son brings a parrot for his friend from the mountain.
26. The doctor enters the monastery.
27. The jackal runs from the village to the mountain along the road.
28. The cart falls off the road, the child cries.
29. The ministers go up the stairway, the doctor comes down the stairway.
30. Wise men ask questions from the Buddha.

-ooOoo-

:::
:::

Lesson 6 masc. -a, genitive

Lesson 6

[1. Declension of masculine nouns ending in] [-a] (contd.)

[Genetive case: The inflections of the genitive case are very similar to those of the dative case.]

The case ending -ssa is added to the nominal base to form the genitive singular.

The case ending -ānaṃ is added to form the genitive plural.

Singular:

1. nara + ssa = narassa (of the man)
2. mātula + ssa = mātulassa (of the uncle)
3. kassaka + ssa = kassakassa (of the farmer)

Plural:

1. nara + ānaṃ = narānaṃ (of the men)
2. mātula + ānaṃ = mātulānaṃ (of the uncles)
3. kassaka + ānaṃ = kassakānaṃ (of the farmers)

[2. Examples in sentence formation]

Singular:

[1. Narassa putto bhattaṃ yācati.
] The man\'s son asks for rice.

[2. Mātulassa sahāyako rathaṃ āharati.
] The uncle\'s friend brings the vehicle.

[3. Kassakassa sūkaro dīpaṃ dhāvati.
] The farmer\'s pig runs to the island.

Plural:

[1. Narānaṃ puttā bhattaṃ yācanti.
] Sons of the men ask for rice.

[2. Mātulānaṃ sahāyakā rathe āharanti.
] Uncles\' friends bring vehicles.

[3. Kassakānaṃ sūkarā dīpe dhāvanti.
] Farmers\' pigs run to the islands.

[Exercise 6:]

3. Translate into English:

1. Kassakassa putto vejjassa sahāyena saddhiṃ āgacchati.
2. Brāhmaṇassa kuddālo hatthamhā patati.
3. Migā āvāṭehi nikkhamanti.
4. Vāṇijānaṃ assā kassakassa gāmaṃ dhāvanti.
5. Mātulassa mitto Tathāgatassa sāvake vandati.
6. Amacco bhūpālassa khaggena sappaṃ paharati.
7. Vāṇijā gāme manussānaṃ piṭakehi macche āharanti.
8. Coro vejjassa sakaṭena mittena saha gāmamhā nikkhamati.
9. Upāsakassa puttā samaṇehi saha vihāraṃ gacchanti.
10. Yācako amaccassa sāṭakaṃ icchati.
11. Mittānaṃ mātulā tāpasānaṃ odanaṃ dadanti.
12. Dhīvarassa kakacena coro kukkuraṃ paharati.
13. Bhūpālassa putto amaccassa assaṃ āruhati.
14. Paṇḍitassa puttā Buddhassa sāvakena saha vihāraṃ pavisanti.
15. Suriyo manusse rakkhati.
16. Vejjassa sunakho ācariyassa sopānamhā patati.
17. Rajakā rukkhehi oruhanti.
18. Yācakassa dārakā rodanti.
19. Luddakassa puttā corassa dārakehi saddhiṃ kīḷanti.
20. Tāpaso Tathāgatassa sāvakānaṃ odanaṃ dadāti.
21. Samaṇā ācariyassa hatthena sāṭake labhanti.
22. Coro vāṇijassa sahāyakasmā assaṃ yācati.
23. Upāsakā Tathāgatassa sāvakehi pañhe pucchanti.
24. Pāsāṇamhā migo patati, luddako hasati, sunakhā dhāvanti.
25. Vejjassa patto puttassa hatthamhā patati.
26. Kumāro mātulānaṃ puttānaṃ hatthena odanaṃ dadāti.
27. Sarā luddakassa hatthehi patanti, migā pabbataṃ dhāvanti.
28. Bhūpālassa putto amaccehi saddhiṃ pāsādasmā oruhati.
29. Vejjassa soṇo kassakassa sūkaraṃ ḍasati.
30. Dhīvaro manussānaṃ macche āharati, lābhaṃ labhati.

4. Translate into Pāli:

1. The brahmin\'s sons bathe with the minister\'s son.
2. Uncle\'s friend cooks rice with the farmer\'s son.
3. The fisherman brings fish to the king\'s palace.
4. The king calls the ministers\' sons from the palace.
5. The merchant\'s chariot falls from the mountain.
6. The king\'s ministers set out from the palace with the horses.
7. The brahmin\'s doctor gives garments to the hermits.
8. The hunter\'s dogs run from the mountain to the village.
9. The merchant brings a bed for the doctor\'s child.
10. Deer run from the mountain to the village.
11. The teacher\'s child falls from the farmer\'s tree.
12. The dog eats fish from the fisherman\'s basket.
13. The disciples of the Buddha go from the monastery to the mountain.
14. The hunter kills a pig with an arrow for the minister\'s friends.
15. The child gets a lamp from the hands of the teacher.
16. The doctors\' teacher calls the child\'s uncle.
17. The boy brings rice in a bowl for the monk.
18. Men go to the village of the lay devotees.
19. Pigs run away from jackals.
20. Monkeys play with the deer.
21. The wise man comes to the king\'s island with the merchants.
22. The farmer\'s children go to the mountain by their uncles\' chariots.
23. Garments fall from the carts of the merchants.
24. The recluse gets a bowl from the king\'s hands.
25. The washerman brings garments for the man\'s uncle.
26. King\'s ministers eat rice together with the teacher\'s friends.
27. Wise men protect the islands of the kings from the thieves.
28. Boys bring baskets for the fishermen from farmers.
29. The farmer\'s horse drags the doctor\'s vehicle away from the road.
30. Monks enter the village of the teacher.

-ooOoo-

:::
:::

Lesson 7 masc. -a, locative

Lesson 7

VOCABULARY

1. Masculine nouns ending in [-a]

nāvika sailor
ākāsa sky
samudda ocean, sea
deva / sura deity, god
loka world
āloka light
sakuṇa bird
kāka crow
nivāsa house
sappurisa virtuous man
asappurisa wicked man
kāya body
dūta messenger
goṇa ox, bull

Verbs

āhiṇḍati wanders
carati walks
nisīdati sits
sannipatati assembles
viharati dwells
vasati lives
jīvati lives
tiṭṭhati stands
uppatati flies, jumps up
tarati crosses (water)
uttarati comes out (of water)
pasīdati becomes glad, - is pleased with

[2. Declension of masculine nouns ending in] [-a] (contd.)

[Locative case]:

Case endings -e / -mhi / -smiṃ are added to the nominal base to form the locative singular.

The case ending -esu is added to form the locative plural.

Singular:

1. nara + e / mhi / smiṃ = nare, naramhi, narasmiṃ (in / on / at the man)
2. mātula + e / mhi / smiṃ = mātule, mātulamhi, mātulasmiṃ (in / on / at the uncle)
3. kassaka + e / mhi / smiṃ = kassake, kassakamhi, kassakasmiṃ (in / on / at the farmer)

Plural:

1. nara + esu = naresu (in / on / at men)
2. mātula + esu = mātulesu (in / on / at uncles)
3. kassaka + esu = kassakesu (in / on / at farmers)

[3. Examples in sentence formation]

Singular:

[1. Sappo narasmiṃ patati.
] The snake falls on the man.

[2. Putto mātulamhi pasīdati.]
The son is pleased with the uncle.

[3. Vāṇijo kassakasmiṃ pasīdati.]
The merchant is pleased with the farmer.

Plural:

[1. Sappā naresu patanti.
] Snakes fall on men.

[2. Puttā mātulesu pasīdanti.
] Sons are pleased with their uncles.

[3. Vāṇijā kassakesu pasīdanti.
] Merchants are pleased with farmers.

[Exercise 7:]

4. Translate into English:

1. Brāhmaṇo sahāyakena saddhiṃ rathamhi nisīdati.
2. Asappurisā corehi saha gāmesu caranti.
3. Vāṇijo kassakassa nivāse bhattaṃ pacati.
4. Bhūpālassa amaccā dīpesu manusse rakkhanti.
5. Sugatassa sāvakā vihārasmiṃ vasanti.
6. Makkaṭo rukkhamhā āvāṭasmiṃ patati.
7. Suriyassa āloko samuddamhi patati.
8. Kassakānaṃ goṇā gāme āhiṇḍanti.
9. Vejjassa dārako mañcasmiṃ sayati.
10. Dhīvarā samuddamhā piṭakesu macche āharanti.
11. Sīho pāsāṇasmiṃ tiṭṭhati, makkaṭā rukkhesu caranti.
12. Bhūpālassa dūto amaccena saddhiṃ samuddaṃ tarati.
13. Manussā loke jīvanti, devā sagge vasanti.
14. Migā pabbatesu dhāvanti, sakuṇā ākāse uppatanti.
15. Amacco khaggaṃ bhūpālassa hatthamhā ādadāti.
16. Ācariyo mātulassa nivāse mañcamhi puttena saha nisīdati.
17. Tāpasā pabbatamhi viharanti.
18. Upāsakā samaṇehi saddhiṃ vihāre sannipatanti.
19. Kākā rukkhehi uppatanti.
20. Buddho dhammaṃ bhāsati, sappurisā Buddhamhi pasīdanti.
21. Asappuriso khaggena nāvikassa dūtaṃ paharati.
22. Puriso sarena sakuṇaṃ vijjhati, sakuṇo rukkhamhā āvāṭasmiṃ patati.
23. Manussā suriyassa ālokena lokaṃ passanti.
24. Kassakassa goṇā magge sayanti.
25. Goṇassa kāyasmiṃ kāko tiṭṭhati.
26. Migā dīpasmiṃ pāsāṇesu nisīdanti.
27. Sakuṇo nāvikassa hatthamhā āvāṭasmiṃ patati.
28. Sappuriso nāvikena saha samuddamhā uttarati.
29. Kuddālo luddakassa hatthamhā āvāṭasmiṃ patati.
30. Suriyassa ālokena cando bhāsati (shines).

5. Translate into Pāli:

1. The lion stands on the rock in the mountain.
2. Thieves enter the house of the teacher.
3. Children run from the road to the sea with friends.
4. Uncle\'s oxen wander on the road.
5. Birds sit on the tree.
6. The ox hits the goat with its foot.
7. Jackals live on the mountain.
8. The king worships the feet of the Buddha with his ministers.
9. The uncle sleeps on the bed with his son.
10. The fisherman eats rice in the house of the farmer.
11. The king\'s horses live in the island.
12. The virtuous man brings a lamp for the hermit.
13. The doctor brings a garment to the teacher\'s house.
14. The monkey plays with a dog on the rock.
15. The garment falls on the farmer\'s body.
16. The hunter carries arrows in a basket.
17. Disciples of the Buddha assemble in the monastery.
18. The washerman washes the garments of the ministers.
19. Birds fly in the sky.
20. The virtuous man comes out of the sea together with the sailor.
21. Deities are pleased with the Buddha\'s disciples.
22. Merchants cross the sea together with sailors.
23. The good man protects the dog from the serpent.
24. Crows fly from trees in the mountain.
25. The pig pulls a fish from the fisherman\'s basket.
26. The light of the sun falls on the men in the world.
27. Deities go through the sky.
28. Children play with the dog on the road.
29. The wicked man drags a monkey from the tree.
30. The king\'s messenger gets down from the horse.

-ooOoo-

:::
:::

Lesson 8 masc. -a, vocative

Lesson 8

[1. Declension of masculine nouns ending in] [-a] (contd.)

[Vocative Case:] The uninflected nominal base is used as the vocative singular.

The case ending -ā is added to form the vocative plural.

Singular:

1. nara (O man)
2. mātula (O uncle)
3. kassaka (O farmer)

Plural:

nara + ā = narā (O men)
mātula + ā = mātulā (O uncles)
kassaka + ā = kassakā (O farmers)

2. The full paradigm of the declension of masculine nouns ending in -a

[Nara] [= man]

Singular Plural
Nominative naro narā
Accusative naraṃ nare
Insrumental narena narehi (narebhi)
Ablative narā, naramhā, narasmā narehi (narebhi)
Dative narāya, narassa narānaṃ
Genitive narassa narānaṃ
Locative nare, naramhi, narasmiṃ naresu
Vocative nara narā

3. Declension of neuter nouns ending in -a

[Phala] = fruit

Singular Plural
Nominative phalaṃ phalā, phalāni
Accusative phalaṃ phale, phalāni
Vocative phala phalāni

The rest is similar to the declension of masculine nouns ending in -a.

Vocabulary

Neuter nouns ending in -a:

nayana / locana eye
udaka / jala water
arañña / vana forest
puppha / kusuma flower
geha / ghara house
āsana seat
paṇṇa leaf
tiṇa grass
khīra milk
nagara city, town
uyyāna park
khetta field
bhaṇḍa goods
sīla virtue, precept
dāna alms, charity
rūpa object
dvāra door
vattha cloth

Verbs:

vivarati opens
naccati dances
nikkhipati puts
uṭṭhahati gets up
phusati touches
anusāsati instructs
ovadati advises
saṃharati collects
āsiñcati sprinkles
akkosati scolds
bhindati breaks
pibati / pivati drinks

[Exercise 8:]

4. Translate into English:

1. Upāsako pupphāni āharati.
2. Araññe migā vasanti, rukkhesu makkaṭā caranti.
3. Goṇā tiṇaṃ khādanti.
4. Manussā nayanehi passanti.
5. Samaṇo vihārasmiṃ āsane nisīdati.
6. Rukkhamhā paṇṇāni patanti.
7. Vāṇijā gāmamhā khīraṃ nagaraṃ haranti.
8. Bhūpālo kumārena saddhiṃ uyyāne carati.
9. Kassako khettamhi kuddālena āvāṭe khaṇati.
10. Mātulo puttassa bhaṇḍāni dadāti.
11. Upāsakā samaṇānaṃ dānaṃ dadanti, sīlāni rakkhanti.
12. Dārakā mittehi saddhiṃ udakasmiṃ kīḷanti.
13. Kassakā vāṇijehi vatthāni labhanti.
14. Kumāro uyyānamhā mātulassa kusumāni āharati.
15. Brāhmaṇassa ajā goṇehi saha vane āhiṇḍanti, tiṇāni khādanti.
16. Sīho vanasmiṃ rukkhamūle (at the foot of a tree) nisīdati.
17. Rajakā udakena āsanāni dhovanti.
18. Amacco dūtena saddhiṃ rathena araññaṃ pavisati.
19. Yācakassa putto udakena paṇṇāni dhovati.
20. Vāṇijā bhaṇḍāni nagaramhā gāmaṃ āharanti.
21. Tathāgatassa sāvakā asappurisānaṃ putte anusāsanti.
22. Upāsakā udakena pupphāni āsiñcanti.
23. Kumāro pattaṃ bhindati, mātulo akkosati.
24. Luddakassa putto migassa kāyaṃ hatthena phusati.
25. Goṇo khette pāsāṇamhā uṭṭhahati.
26. Rajakassa putto sāṭake mañcasmiṃ nikkhipati.
27. Sugatassa sāvako vihārassa dvāraṃ vivarati.
28. Vejjassa dārakā gehe naccanti.
29. Paṇḍito asappurisaṃ ovadati.
30. Coro ācariyassa sakaṭaṃ pabbatasmiṃ pajahati.

5. Translate into Pāli:

1. Children play in the water with the dog.
2. The wicked man breaks leaves from the tree.
3. Kings go in vehicles to the park with their ministers.
4. Merchants set out from the city with goods.
5. Virtuous men give alms to monks.
6. Disciples of the Buddha assemble in the park with lay devotees.
7. The thief gets down from the tree in the forest.
8. Wicked men hit the monkeys on the trees with stones.
9. The doctor\'s horse eats grass with the ox on the road.
10. Jackals live in forests, dogs live in villages.
11. Brahmins sit on seats in the house of the wise man.
12. The sailor opens the doors of his house.
13. The sons of fishermen dance with friends in the park.
14. The merchant puts fish in baskets.
15. The world gets light from the sun.
16. Sailors get up from their seats.
17. The doctor\'s friend touches the body of the dog with his foot.
18. The Buddha instructs his disciples in the monastery.
19. Boys collect flowers from the park, lay devotees sprinkle them with water.
20. The parrot flies into the sky from the house of the sailor.
21. The thief cuts a tree with a saw, the farmer scolds (him).
22. The wise man advises the merchant, the merchant is pleased with the wise man.
23. The king\'s messenger comes out of the sea with the sailor.
24. Merchants bring clothes for farmers from the city.
25. Gods protect virtuous men. Good men protect virtues.
26. Men see objects with their eyes with (the help of) the light of the sun.
27. Leaves from the trees fall on the road.
28. Lay devotees place flowers on altars (pupphāsana).
29. Goats drink water from pits in the field.
30. The lions get up from the rock at the foot of the tree (rukkhamūla).

-ooOoo-

:::
:::

Lesson 9 gerund,abs., indecl.

Lesson 9

1. The Gerund, the Absolutive or the Indeclinable Participle

The suffix -tvā is added to the root of the verb or verbal base* with or sometimes without the connecting vowel -i- to form the gerund, absolutive or the indeclinable participle.

pac + i + tvā = pacitvā = having cooked
khād + i + tvā = khāditvā = having eaten
gam + tvā= gantvā = having gone
han + tvā = hantvā = having killed

* The root is the simplest element of a verb without prefixes, suffixes or terminations. These are normally given in Sanskrit in grammars by Western scholars. The base is formed by adding a suffix to the root before a termination.

For example:

[pac] is the root [paca] is the base
[khād] is the root [khāda] is the base
[bhuj] is the root [bhuñja] is the base
[gam] is the root [gaccha] is the base

The suffix -ya is sometimes added to roots with a prefix.

ā + gam + ya = [āgamma] (with assimilation) = having come
[ā + dā + ya =] ādāya = having taken
ā + ruh + ya = [āruyha] (with metathesis) [=]   having climbed
ava + ruh + ya = [oruyha] (with metathesis) = having descended

2. Attention may be paid to the following forms:

bhuñjati - bhuñjitvā, bhutvā
āgacchati - āgantvā, āgamma
hanati - hanitvā, hantvā
dadāti - daditvā, datvā
nahāyati - nahāyitvā, nahātvā
tiṭṭhati - ṭhatvā
nikkhamati - nikkhamitvā, nikkhamma
pajahati - pajahitvā, pahāya
passati - passitvā; [but disvā is more commonly used from the root dṛś to see, instead of passitvā.] 
uṭṭhahati - uṭṭhahitvā, uṭṭhāya

3. Examples in sentence formation

[1. Kassako khettamhā āgantvā bhattaṃ bhuñjati.]
The farmer, having come from the field, eats rice.

[2. Vānarā rukkhaṃ āruyha phalāni khādanti.]
Having climbed the tree, monkeys eat fruits.

[3. Dārako bhattaṃ yācitvā rodati.]
Having asked for rice, the child cries.

[4. Samaṇo Buddhaṃ passitvā vandati.]
Having seen the Buddha, the recluse worships (him).

Exercise 9:

4. Translate into English:

1. Upāsako vihāraṃ gantvā samaṇānaṃ dānaṃ dadāti.
2. Sāvako āsanamhi nisīditvā pāde dhovati.
3. Dārakā pupphāni saṃharitvā mātulassa datvā hasanti.
4. Yācakā uyyānamhā āgamma kassakasmā odanaṃ yācanti.
5. Luddako hatthena sare ādāya araññaṃ pavisati.
6. Kumārā kukkurena saddhiṃ kīḷitvā samuddaṃ gantvā nahāyanti.
7. Vāṇijo pāsāṇasmiṃ ṭhatvā kuddālena sappaṃ paharati.
8. Sappuriso yācakassa putte pakkositvā vatthāni dadāti.
9. Dārako āvāṭamhi patitvā rodati.
10. Bhūpālo pāsādamhā nikkhamitvā amaccena saddhiṃ bhāsati.
11. Sunakho udakaṃ pivitvā gehamhā nikkhamma magge sayati.
12. Samaṇā bhūpālassa uyyāne sannipatitvā dhammaṃ bhāsanti.
13. Putto nahātvā bhattaṃ bhutvā mañcaṃ āruyha sayati.
14. Vāṇijā dīpamhā nagaraṃ āgamma ācariyassa gehe vasanti.
15. Rajako vatthāni dhovitvā puttaṃ pakkosati.
16. Vānarā rukkhehi oruyha uyyāne āhiṇḍanti.
17. Migā vanamhi āhiṇḍitvā paṇṇāni khādanti.
18. Kumāro nayanāni dhovitvā suriyaṃ passati.
19. Nāvikassa mittā nagarasmā bhaṇḍāni ādāya gāmaṃ āgacchanti.
20. Dārako khīraṃ pivitvā gehamhā nikkhamma hasati.
21. Sappurisā dānāni datvā sīlāni rakkhitvā saggaṃ gacchanti.
22. Sūkaro udakamhā uttaritvā āvāṭaṃ oruyha sayati.
23. Tāpaso Tathāgatassa sāvakaṃ disvā vanditvā pañhaṃ pucchati.
24. Asappuriso yācakassa pattaṃ bhinditvā akkositvā gehaṃ gacchati.
25. Sakuṇā gāme rukkhehi uppatitvā araññaṃ otaranti.
26. Paṇḍito āsanamhā uṭṭhahitvā tāpasena saddhiṃ bhāsati.
27. Dārako gehā nikkhamma mātulaṃ pakkositvā gehaṃ pavisati.
28. Devā sappurisesu pasīditvā te (them) rakkhanti.
29. Kumārassa sahāyakā pāsādaṃ āruyha āsanesu nisīdanti.
30. Goṇā khettamhi āhiṇḍitvā tiṇaṃ khāditvā sayanti.

5. Translate into Pāli:

1. Having gone out of the house the farmer enters the field.
2. Having preached (deseti)the doctrine, the Buddha enters the monastery.
3. The king having been pleased with the Buddha, abandons the palace and goes to the monastery.
4. Having climbed down from the stairway, the child laughs.
5. Having hit the serpent with a stone the boy runs into the house.
6. Having gone to the forest the man climbs a tree and eats fruits.
7. Having washed the clothes in the water, the washerman brings (them) home.
8. The lion having killed a goat, eats having sat on a rock.
9. The doctor having seen the merchants\' goods leaves the city.
10. Having broken (into) the house thieves run to the forest.
11. Having roamed in the field the pig falls into a pit.
12. The fisherman brings fish from the sea for farmers.
13. Having taken goods from the city, the teacher comes home.
14. Having stood on a mountain, the hunter shoots birds with arrows.
15. The oxen having eaten grass in the park, sleep on the road.
16. The king having got down from the chariot speaks with the farmers.
17. The man having given up his house enters the monastery.
18. Fishermen give fish to merchants and receive profits.
19. The lay devotee having asked a question from the monk sits on his seat.
20. The disciples of the Buddha, having seen the wicked men, admonish.
21. The brahmin, having scolded the child, hits (him).
22. The deities, having asked questions from the Buddha, become glad.
23. The dog, having bitten the teacher\'s foot, runs into the house.
24. The monkey, having played with the goat on the road, climbs a tree.
25. The hermit, having come from the forest, receives a cloth from the good man.
26. Having drunk water, the child breaks the bowl.
27. Having advised the farmers\' sons, and having risen from the seats, the monks go to the monastery.
28. The sailor, having crossed the sea, goes to the island.
29. The child calls the uncles and dances in the house.
30. Having washed clothes and bathed, the farmer gets out of water.

-ooOoo-

:::
:::

Lesson 10 infinitive

Lesson 10

1. The Infinitive

The suffix -tuṃ is added to the root of the verb or the verbal base with or sometimes without the connecting vowel -i- to form the infinitive.

pac + i + tuṃ = pacituṃ = to cook
[khād + i + tuṃ =] [khādituṃ =] to eat
gam + tuṃ = [gantuṃ =] to go
dā + tuṃ = dātuṃ = to give
(Skt sthā) ṭhā + tuṃ = ṭhātuṃ = to stand
pā + tuṃ = pātuṃ / pivituṃ = to drink

2. Examples in sentence formation

[1. Kassako khettaṃ kasituṃ icchati.
] The farmer wishes to plough the field.

[2. Dārako phalāni khādituṃ rukkhaṃ āruhati.]
The child climbs the tree to eat fruits.

[3. Manussā samaṇehi pañhe pucchituṃ vihāraṃ āgacchanti.]
Men come to the monastery to ask questions from the recluses.

[4. Kumārā kīḷituṃ mittehi saha samuddaṃ gacchanti.
] Boys go to the sea with friends to play.

Exercise 10:

3. Translate into English:

1. Kumārā vanamhi mittehi saha kīḷitvā bhattaṃ bhuñjituṃ gehaṃ dhāvanti.
2. Migā tiṇaṃ khāditvā udakaṃ pātuṃ pabbatamhā uyyānaṃ āgacchanti.
3. Vāṇijassa putto bhaṇḍāni āharituṃ rathena nagaraṃ gacchati.
4. Yācako mātulassa kuddālena āvāṭaṃ khaṇituṃ icchati.
5. Amaccā bhūpālaṃ passituṃ pāsādamhi sannipatanti.
6. Goṇā uyyāne āhiṇḍitvā kassakassa khettaṃ āgacchanti.
7. Upāsakā samaṇānaṃ dānaṃ dātuṃ vihāraṃ pavisanti.
8. Rathena nagaraṃ gantuṃ puriso gehasmā nikkhamati.
9. Brāhmaṇo vejjena saddhiṃ nahāyituṃ udakaṃ otarati.
10. Coro amaccassa gehaṃ pavisituṃ uyyāne āhiṇḍati.
11. Sīho pabbatamhi sayitvā uṭṭhāya migaṃ hantuṃ oruhati.
12. Udakaṃ otaritvā vatthāni dhovituṃ rajako puttaṃ pakkosati.
13. Tathāgataṃ passitvā vandituṃ upāsako vihāraṃ pavisati.
14. Khettaṃ kasituṃ kassako kuddālaṃ ādāya gehā nikkhamati.
15. Sarehi mige vijjhituṃ luddakā sunakhehi saha araññaṃ pavisanti.
16. Narā gāmamhā nikkhamitvā nagare vasituṃ icchanti.
17. Sakuṇe passituṃ amaccā kumārehi saha pabbataṃ āruhanti.
18. Pabbatasmā rukkhaṃ ākaḍḍhituṃ vāṇijena saha kassako gacchati.
19. Phalāni khādituṃ makkaṭā rukkhesu caranti.
20. Paṇḍito sugatassa sāvakehi saddhiṃ bhāsituṃ icchati.
21. Samuddaṃ taritvā dīpaṃ gantvā vatthāni āharituṃ vāṇijā icchanti.
22. Pupphāni saṃharitvā udakena āsiñcituṃ upāsako kumāre ovadati.
23. Ajassa kāyaṃ hatthehi phusituṃ dārako icchati.
24. Brāhmaṇassa gehe āsanesu nisīdituṃ rajakassa puttā icchanti.
25. Pātuṃ udakaṃ yācitvā dārako rodati.

4. Translate into Pāli:

1. Goats roam in the park to eat leaves and drink water.
2. The wicked man wishes to hit the dog with his foot.
3. Friends go to the park to play with their dogs.
4. The lay devotee wishes to come home and instruct his sons.
5. The deity wishes to go to the monastery and speak to the Buddha.
6. The good man wishes to protect virtues and give alms.
7. Pigs run from the village to enter the forest.
8. The farmer asks for a hoe from the merchant to dig pits in his field.
9. Lay devotees assemble in the monastery to worship the Buddha.
10. The uncle comes out of the house to call the fisherman.
11. Farmers wish to get oxen; merchants wish to get horses.
12. The king wishes to abandon his palace.
13. Men take baskets and go to the forest to collect fruits for their children.
14. The farmer wanders in the forest to cut grass for his oxen.
15. Men wish to live in houses in the city with their sons.
16. Having stood on the rock, the child sees flowers on the trees.
17. Having received a garment from the teacher the doctor is pleased.
18. The hunter calls a friend to drag a goat from the forest.
19. The sailor calls merchants to cross the sea.
20. Having risen from the seat the good man wishes to speak with the monk.
21. Children wish to get down to the water and bathe.
22. The minister mounts the horse to go to the forest to shoot deer.
23. The boy wishes to cook rice for his uncle\'s friends.
24. Jackals leave the forest to enter the farmers\' fields.
25. Men wish to see objects with their eyes by the light of the sun.

-ooOoo-

:::
:::

Lesson 11 present participle, masc. + neut.

Lesson 11

VOCABULARY

1. Neuter nouns ending in [-a]

āpaṇa shop, bazaar
puñña merit
pāpa evil, sin
kamma deed, action
kusala good
akusala evil
dhana wealth
dhañña corn
bīja seed
dussa cloth
cīvara robe
mūla root, money
rukkhamūla foot of a tree
tuṇḍa beak
vetana wage, pay
paduma lotus
gīta song
suvaṇṇa / hirañña gold
sacca truth
pānīya drinking water
citta mind

Verbs

pariyesati searches, seeks
ārabhati begins
ussahati tries
upasaṅkamati approaches
adhigacchati understands, attains
gāyati sings
āmasati touches, strokes
bhāyati fears
cavati departs, dies
uppajjati is born
khipati throws
vapati sows
ākaṅkhati hopes
sibbati sews

2. The Present Participle

Present participles are formed by adding [-nta / māna] to the verbal base.
They function as adjectives and agree in gender, number and case with the nouns they qualify.
They are declined like -a ending nouns in the masculine and neuter.
(As the feminine gender has not been introduced thus far, the feminine gender of the present participle is explained in [Lesson 21]).

paca + nta / māna = pacanta / pacamāna = cooking
gaccha + nta / māna = gacchanta / gacchamāna = going
bhuñja + nta / māna = [bhuñjanta / bhuñjamāna =] eating
tiṭṭha + nta / māna = tiṭṭhanta / tiṭṭhamāna = standing
vihara + nta / māna = viharanta / viharamāna = dwelling

[3. Examples in sentence formation]

Singular:

[1. Bhattaṃ pacanto / pacamāno puriso hasati. (Nom. case)
] The man who is cooking rice laughs.

[2. Vejjo bhattaṃ pacantaṃ / pacamānaṃ purisaṃ pakkosati. (Acc. case)
] The doctor calls the man who is cooking rice.

[3. Vejjo bhattaṃ pacantena / pacamānena purisena saha bhāsati. (Inst.case)
] The doctor speaks with the man who is cooking rice.

Plural:

[1. Bhattaṃ pacantā / pacamānā purisā hasanti. (Nom. case)
] The men who are cooking rice laugh.

[2. Vejjo bhattaṃ pacante / pacamāne purise pakkosati. (Acc. case)
] The doctor calls the men who are cooking rice.

[3. Vejjo bhattaṃ pacantehi / pacamānehi purisehi saha bhāsati. (Inst.case)]
The doctor speaks with the men who are cooking rice.

Similarly, the present participle can be declined in all cases to agree with the nouns they qualify.

[Exercise 11:]

4. Translate into English:

1. Pānīyaṃ yācitvā rodanto dārako mañcamhā patati.
2. Vatthāni labhituṃ icchanto vāṇijo āpaṇaṃ gacchati.
3. Upāsako padumāni ādāya vihāraṃ gacchamāno Buddhaṃ disvā pasīdati.
4. Sakuṇo tuṇḍena phalaṃ haranto rukkhasmā uppatati.
5. Cīvaraṃ pariyesantassa samaṇassa ācariyo cīvaraṃ dadāti.
6. Araññe āhiṇḍanto luddako dhāvantaṃ migaṃ passitvā sarena vijjhati.
7. Uyyāne āhiṇḍamānamhā kumāramhā brāhmaṇo padumāni yācati.
8. Rathena gacchamānehi amaccehi saha ācariyo hasati.
9. Dānaṃ dadāmānā sīlāni rakkhamānā manussā sagge uppajjanti.
10. Dhaññaṃ ākaṅkhantassa purisassa dhanaṃ dātuṃ vāṇijo icchati.
11. Goṇe hanantā rukkhe chindantā asappurisā dhanaṃ saṃharituṃ ussahanti.
12. Vihāraṃ upasaṅkamanto Buddho dhammaṃ bhāsamāne sāvake passati.
13. Rukkhamūle nisīditvā gītāni gāyantā kumārā naccituṃ ārabhanti.
14. Suvaṇṇaṃ labhituṃ ussahantā manussā pabbatasmiṃ āvāṭe khaṇanti.
15. Udakaṃ pātuṃ icchanto sīho udakaṃ pariyesamāno vanamhi carati.
16. Vetanaṃ labhituṃ ākaṅkhamāno naro rajakāya dussāni dhovati.
17. Samaṇehi bhāsantā upāsakā saccaṃ adhigantuṃ ussahanti.
18. Magge sayantaṃ sunakhaṃ udakena siñcitvā dārako hasati.
19. Sīlaṃ rakkhantā sappurisā manussalokā cavitvā devaloke uppajjanti.
20. Dhanaṃ saṃharituṃ ussahanto vāṇijo samuddaṃ taritvā dīpaṃ gantuṃ ārabhati.
21. Goṇe pariyesamāno vane āhiṇḍanto kassako sīhaṃ disvā bhāyati.
22. Rukkhesu nisīditvā phalāni bhuñjamānā kumārā gītaṃ gāyanti.
23. Cittaṃ pasīditvā dhammaṃ adhigantuṃ ussahantā narā sagge uppajjanti.
24. Tuṇḍena piṭakamhā macchaṃ ākaḍḍhituṃ icchanto kāko sunakhamhā bhāyati.
25. Khettaṃ kasitvā bījāni vapanto kassako dhaññaṃ labhituṃ ākaṅkhati.
26. Suriyassa ālokena locanehi rūpāni passantā manussā loke jīvanti.
27. Rukkhamūle nisīditvā cīvaraṃ sibbantena samaṇena saddhiṃ upāsako bhāsati.
28. Rukkhamūle sayantassa yācakassa kāye paṇṇāni patanti.
29. Vāṇijassa mūlaṃ datvā asse labhituṃ amacco ussahati.
30. Khīraṃ pivitvā hasamāno dārako pattaṃ mañcasmiṃ khipati.

5. Translate into Pāli.

1. The man washing clothes speaks with the boy going on the road.
2. The brahmin sees the deer coming out of the forest to drink water.
3. Goats in the park eat leaves falling from the trees.
4. Wicked men wish to see hunters killing deer.
5. The farmer sees birds eating seeds in his field.
6. Recluses who enter the city wish to worship the Buddha dwelling in the monastery.
7. Standing on the stairway the child sees monkeys sitting on the tree.
8. Boys give rice to fish moving in the water.
9. The sailor wishing to cross the sea asks for money from the king.
10. Men see with their eyes the light of the moon falling on the sea.
11. Lay devotees try to give robes to monks living in the monastery.
12. Wishing for merit virtuous men give alms to the monks and observe (rakkhanti) the precepts.
13. The man walks on the leaves falling from the trees in the forest.
14. The uncle gives a lotus to the child searching for flowers.
15. Having given the beggar some corn the fisherman enters the house.
16. The minister gives seeds to the farmers who plough their fields.
17. The dog tries to bite the hand of the man who strokes his body.
18. The Buddha\'s disciples question the child crying on the road.
19. The uncle\'s friend calls the boys singing songs seated under the tree.
20. Virtuous men give food to the monks who approach their houses.
21. Wise men who wish to be born in heaven practise (rakkhanti) virtue.
22. Seeing the jackal approaching the village the farmer tries to hit it with a stone.
23. Speaking the truth lay devotees try to understand the doctrine.
24. Having washed the bowl with water the hermit looks for drinking water.
25. Wise men who observe the precepts begin to understand the truth.

-ooOoo-

:::
:::

Lesson 12 verb conjug. present tense active

Lesson 12

1. Conjugation of Verbs

[The Present Tense, Active Voice]
So far only the present tense, active voice, third person singular and plural have been introduced. This lesson gives the conjugation in full.

Singular:

3rd: (So) pacati = He cooks
2nd: (Tvaṃ) pacasi = You cook
1st: (Ahaṃ) pacāmi = I cook

Plural:

(Te) pacanti = They cook
(Tumhe) pacatha = You cook
(Mayaṃ) pacāma = We cook

2. Examples in sentence formation

Singular:

[1. So bhattaṃ pacati =]
He cooks rice.

[2. Tvaṃ bhattaṃ pacasi =]
You (sg.) cook rice.

[3. Ahaṃ bhattaṃ pacāmi =]
I cook rice.

Plural:

[1. Te bhattaṃ pacanti =]
They cook rice.

[2. Tumhe bhattaṃ pacatha =]
You (pl.) cook rice.

[3. Mayaṃ bhattaṃ pacāma =]
We cook rice.

Exercise 12:

3. Translate into English:

1. Tvaṃ mittehi saddhiṃ rathena āpaṇamhā bhaṇḍāni āharasi.
2. Ahaṃ udakamhā padumāni āharitvā vāṇijassa dadāmi.
3. Tumhe samaṇānaṃ dātuṃ cīvarāni pariyesatha.
4. Mayaṃ sagge uppajjituṃ ākaṅkhamānā sīlāni rakkhāma.
5. Te dhammaṃ adhigantuṃ ussahantānaṃ samaṇānaṃ dānaṃ dadanti.
6. So araññamhi uppatante sakuṇe passituṃ pabbataṃ āruhati.
7. Mayaṃ sugatassa sāvake vandituṃ vihārasmiṃ sannipatāma.
8. Āgacchantaṃ tāpasaṃ disvā so bhattaṃ āharituṃ gehaṃ pavisati.
9. Ahaṃ udakaṃ oruyha brāhmaṇassa dussāni dhovāmi.
10. Tvaṃ gehassa dvāraṃ vivaritvā pānīyaṃ pattamhā ādāya pivasi.
11. Ahaṃ hiraññaṃ pariyesanto dīpamhi āvāṭe khaṇāmi.
12. Phalāni khādantā tumhe rukkhehi oruhatha.
13. Pāsāṇasmiṃ ṭhatvā tvaṃ candaṃ passituṃ ussahasi.
14. Mayaṃ manussalokamhā cavitvā sagge uppajjituṃ ākaṅkhāma.
15. Tumhe araññe vasante mige sarehi vijjhituṃ icchatha.
16. Mayaṃ uyyāne carantā sunakhehi saddhiṃ kīḷante dārake passāma.
17. Tvaṃ rukkhamūle nisīditvā ācariyassa dātuṃ vatthaṃ sibbasi.
18. Mayaṃ puññaṃ icchantā samaṇānaṃ dānaṃ dadāma.
19. Tumhe saccaṃ adhigantuṃ ārabhatha.
20. Tvaṃ gītaṃ gāyanto rodantaṃ dārakaṃ rakkhasi.
21. Mayaṃ hasantehi kumārehi saha uyyāne naccāma.
22. So pānīyaṃ pivitvā pattaṃ bhinditvā mātulamhā bhāyati.
23. Pāsādaṃ upasaṅkamantaṃ samaṇaṃ disvā bhūpālassa cittaṃ pasīdati.
24. Mayaṃ araññaṃ pavisitvā ajānaṃ paṇṇāni saṃharāma.
25. Khettaṃ rakkhanto so āvāṭe khaṇante varāhe disvā pāsāṇehi paharati.

4. Translate into Pāli:

1. I call the child who is stroking the dog\'s body.
2. We try to learn the truth speaking with the monks who assemble in the monastery.
3. Sitting in the park you (pl.) eat fruits with friends.
4. You drink milk seated on a chair.
5. We set out from home to go and see the deer roaming in the forest.
6. I wish to understand the doctrine.
7. Standing on the mountain we see the moonlight falling on the sea.
8. I drag the farmer\'s cart away from the road.
9. You (pl.) sit on the seats, I bring drinking water from the house.
10. We wander in the fields looking at the birds eating seeds.
11. I advise the wicked man who kills pigs.
12. You (sg.) get frightened seeing the snake approaching the house.
13. I ask questions from the men who come out of the forest.
14. Seeing the crying child we call the doctor going on the road.
15. I protect virtues, give alms to the monks and live in the house with children.
16. Good men who fear evil deeds are born in heaven.
17. Expecting to get profit we bring goods from the city.
18. We stand under the tree and sprinkle water on the flowers.
19. I wash the bowls with water and give (them) to the doctor.
20. Searching for the truth I give up the house and enter the monastery.
21. Wishing to see the monks you (pl.) assemble in the park.
22. I see a fruit falling from the crow\'s beak.
23. You (sg.) cross the sea and bring a horse from the island.
24. I set out from home to bring a lamp from the market.
25. Having taken a basket I go to the field to collect corn.

-ooOoo-

:::
:::

Lesson 13 verb conjug. present tense active (cont)

Lesson 13

1. Conjugation of Verbs

[The Present Tense, Active Voice (continued)
] Verbs which have the base ending in -e are conjugated somewhat differently from what has been learnt so far. They can have two verbal bases, one ending in -e, the other ending in -aya, as in coreti and corayati.

Base: core = to steal

Singular Plural
3rd (So) coreti (Te) corenti
2nd (Tvaṃ) coresi (Tumhe) coretha
1st (Ahaṃ) coremi (Mayaṃ) corema

Base: coraya = to steal

Singular Plural
3rd (So) corayati (Te) corayanti
2nd (Tvaṃ) corayasi (Tumhe) corayatha
1st (Ahaṃ) corayāmi (Mayaṃ) corayāma

2. Some verbs similarly conjugated are as follows:

deseti preaches
cinteti thinks
pūjeti honours, offers
pūreti fills
pīḷeti oppresses
katheti speaks
uḍḍeti flies
udeti (sun or moon) rises
ropeti plants
manteti discusses, takes counsel
āmanteti addresses
nimanteti invites
oloketi looks at
jāleti kindles
chādeti covers
māreti kills
neti leads, takes away
āneti brings
ṭhapeti keeps
pāteti fells
pāleti rules, governs
parivajjeti avoids
obhāseti illuminates
deti (dadāti) gives

3. N.B. Gerunds / absolutives and infinitives from the above verbs are formed retaining the -e in the base.

[Gerunds] - desetvā, cintetvā, pūjetvā, pūretvā, etc.
[Infinitives] - desetuṃ, cintetuṃ, pūjetuṃ, pūretuṃ, etc.

4. Verbs which have the base ending in -nā are conjugated as follows:

Base: kiṇā = to buy

Singular Plural
3rd (So) kiṇāti (Te) kiṇanti
2nd (Tvaṃ) kiṇāsi (Tumhe) kiṇātha
1st (Ahaṃ) kiṇāmi (Mayaṃ) kiṇāma

5. Some verbs similarly declined are as follows:

vikkiṇāti sells
suṇāti hears
mināti measures
gaṇhāti takes
uggaṇhāti learns
jānāti knows
jināti wins
pāpuṇāti / pappoti reaches
ocināti picks, collects
pahiṇāti sends

N.B. It should be observed that the present tense verbal terminations remain constant. Only the vikaraṇa suffix, or the conjugational sign in between the root and the termination, shows variation.

6. Attention should be paid to the following forms:

Present Tense Gerund / Absolutive Infinitive
jānāti ñatvā / jānitvā ñātuṃ
suṇāti sutvā / suṇitvā sotuṃ / suṇituṃ
pāpuṇāti / pappoti patvā / pāpuṇitvā pāpuṇituṃ / pappotuṃ
gaṇhāti gahetvā / gaṇhitvā gahetuṃ / gaṇhituṃ

7. The two verbs bhavati / hoti (to be) and karoti (to do) occur frequently in the language.

Their gerunds and infinitives are as follows:

Gerund bhavitvā / hutvā katvā
Infinitive bhavituṃ / hotuṃ kātuṃ

The verb atthi (to be) from root as and karoti (to do) from root kṛ are special verbs of frequent occurrence. They are conjugated as follows:

Singular Plural
3rd atthi santi
2nd asi attha
1st asmi / amhi asma / amha

3rd karoti karonti
2nd karosi karotha
1st karomi karoma

Exercise 13

8. Translate into English:

1. Buddho vihārasmiṃ sannipatantānaṃ manussānaṃ dhammaṃ deseti.
2. Buddhassa pūjetuṃ cintento upāsako pupphāni ocināti.
3. Te patte udakena pūrentā gītaṃ gāyanti.
4. Tumhe araññe vasante mige pīḷetvā asappurisā hotha.
5. Mayaṃ āpaṇaṃ gantvā vāṇijehi saddhiṃ kathetvā dhaññaṃ vikkiṇāma.
6. Tvaṃ uḍḍentaṃ sukaṃ disvā gaṇhituṃ icchasi.
7. Pabbatamhā udentaṃ candaṃ passituṃ kumāro gharamhā dhāvati.
8. Ahaṃ kassakehi saha khettasmiṃ rukkhe ropemi.
9. Mayaṃ amaccehi saha mantentā pāsādasmiṃ āsanesu nisīdāma.
10. Tumhe Tathāgatassa sāvake nimantetvā dānaṃ detha.
11. Upāsakā vihāraṃ gantvā dīpe jāletvā dhammaṃ sotuṃ nisīdanti.
12. Luddako sīsaṃ (head) dussena chādetvā nisīditvā sakuṇe maretuṃ ussahati.
13. So vane āhiṇḍante goṇe gāmaṃ ānetvā vāṇijānaṃ vikkiṇāti.
14. Tvaṃ āpaṇehi bhaṇḍāni kiṇitvā sakaṭena ānetvā gehe ṭhapesi.
15. Tumhe kakacehi rukkhe chinditvā pabbatamhā pātetha.
16. Dhammena manusse pālentā bhūpālā akusalaṃ parivajjenti.
17. Saccaṃ ñātuṃ icchanto ahaṃ samaṇehi pañhe pucchāmi.
18. Dānaṃ datvā sīlaṃ rakkhantā sappurisā saggalokaṃ pāpuṇanti.
19. Dhaññaṃ minanto kassako āpaṇaṃ netvā dhaññaṃ vikkiṇituṃ cinteti.
20. Ahaṃ pattena pānīyaṃ pivanto dvārasmiṃ ṭhatvā maggaṃ olokemi.
21. So āpaṇamhā khīraṃ kiṇituṃ puttaṃ pahiṇāti.
22. Mayaṃ dhammaṃ uggaṇhituṃ ussahantā paṇḍitena saha mantema.
23. Corehi saddhiṃ gehe bhinditvā manusse pīḷentā tumhe asappurisā hotha.
24. Ahaṃ suvaṇṇaṃ pariyesamāne dīpamhā āgacchante vāṇije jānāmi.
25. Ahaṃ ācariyo homi, tvaṃ vejjo hosi.
26. Tvaṃ asappurisa, Buddhena desentaṃ dhammaṃ sutvā sappuriso bhavituṃ ussahasi.
27. Ahaṃ paṇḍitehi saddhiṃ mantento dhammena dīpaṃ pālento bhūpālo asmi.
28. Varāhe mārentā corā kassake pīḷentā pāpakammāni karonti.
29. Sīlaṃ rakkhantā puññakammāni karontā manussā saggaṃ pappotuṃ ākaṅkhanti.
30. Akusalaṃ pahāya pāpaṃ parivajjetvā viharantā narā sappurisā bhavanti.

9. Translate into Pāli:

1. Having picked fruits from the trees you send (them) to the market.
2. Having heard the Buddha preach the doctrine I become glad.
3. Thinking of collecting corn I go to the field with the farmer.
4. Singing songs you (pl.) look at the birds flying in the sky.
5. I advise the wicked man who oppresses the farmers in the village.
6. We dig pits to plant trees in the park.
7. We know the man who is lighting lamps in the monastery.
8. You (pl.) cross the sea with sailors to reach the island.
9. The king governing the island wins.
10. We begin to learn the dhamma from recluses living in the village.
11. Searching for the truth the wise man goes from city to city.
12. Avoiding the sleeping dog with his foot the child runs home.
13. Wishing to be born in heaven wise men fear to do evil.
14. Departing from the human world wicked men are born in hell (narake).
15. Having invited the hermit from the mountain the king gives him a robe.
16.Trying to understand the truth lay devotees become recluses.
17. Expecting to hear the monk preaching the dhamma lay devotees assemble in the monastery.
18. We see with our eyes, hear with our ears (sotehi), touch with our bodies.
19. I am the king governing the islands.
20. You (pl.) are wicked men who take counsel with thieves.
21. Good men begin to plant trees to protect the world.
22. Having heard the dhamma, the thief wishes to avoid evil.
23. Merchants keep clothes in shops to sell (them) to farmers coming from the villages.
24. The sick man (gilāna) is a messenger of the gods in the human world.
25. There are good men in the world who admonish wicked men.
26. Having picked lotuses from the water, the doctor goes to the monastery to listen to the dhamma.
27. Seeing the Buddha and being pleased the thief throws away the arrows.
28. Wishing to avoid evil I practise virtue.
29. We cook rice to give alms to the monks coming from the monastery.
30. You (pl.) go from island to island searching for gold with merchants.

-ooOoo-

:::
:::

Lesson 14 further tense

Lesson 14

1. The Future Tense

The future tense is formed by adding -ssa to the root / verbal base with, or in some cases without, the connecting vowel -i-

the terminations are the same as those in the present tense.

Base: paca = to cook

Singular

3rd (So) pacissati = He will cook
2nd (Tvaṃ) pacissasi = You will cook
1st (Ahaṃ) pacissāmi = I will cook

Plural

3rd (Te) pacissanti = They will cook
2nd (Tumhe) pacissatha = You will cook
1st (Mayaṃ) pacissāma = We will cook

Base: core = to steal

Singular Plural
3rd (So) coressati (Te) coressanti
2nd (Tvaṃ) coressasi (Tumhe) coressatha
1st (Ahaṃ) coressāmi (Mayaṃ) coressāma

Base: kiṇā = to buy

Singular Plural
3rd (So) kiṇissati (Te) kiṇissanti
2nd (Tvaṃ) kiṇissasi (Tumhe) kiṇissatha
1st (Ahaṃ) kiṇissāmi (Mayaṃ) kiṇissāma

2. Attention may be paid to the following forms:

gacchati - gamissati = he will go
āgacchati - āgamissati = he will come
dadāti - dadissati / dassati = he will give
tiṭṭhati - ṭhassati = he will stand
karoti - karissati = he will do

Exercise 14

3. Translate into English:

1. So pabbatamhā udentaṃ candaṃ passituṃ pāsādaṃ āruhissati.
2. Bhūpālo corehi dīpaṃ rakkhituṃ amaccehi saha mantessati.
3. Ahaṃ samuddaṃ taritvā dīpaṃ pāpuṇitvā bhaṇḍāni vikkiṇissāmi.
4. Tumhe vihāraṃ upasaṅkamantā magge pupphāni vikkiṇante manusse passissatha.
5. Udakaṃ otaritvā vatthāni dhovanto kassako nahāyitvā gehaṃ āgamissati.
6. Gāme viharanto tvaṃ nagaraṃ gantvā rathaṃ ānessasi.
7. Puññaṃ kātuṃ icchantā tumhe sappurisā pāpamitte ovadissatha.
8. Dhammaṃ sotuṃ uyyāne nisīdantānaṃ upāsakānaṃ ahaṃ pānīyaṃ dassāmi.
9. Mayaṃ bhūpālā dhammena dīpe pālessāma.
10. Rukkhaṃ pātetvā phalāni khādituṃ icchantaṃ asappurisaṃ ahaṃ akkosāmi.
11. Dānaṃ dadamānā sīlaṃ rakkhantā mayaṃ samaṇehi dhammaṃ uggaṇhissāma.
12. Dhāvantamhā sakaṭamhā patantaṃ dārakaṃ disvā tvaṃ vejjaṃ ānesi.
13. Saccaṃ adhigantuṃ ussahanto tāpaso Tathāgataṃ passituṃ ākaṅkhati.
14. Buddhe pasīditvā upāsako devaputto hutvā saggaloke uppajjati.
15. Udentaṃ suriyaṃ disvā brāhmaṇo gehā nikkhamma vandati.
16. Dīpaṃ pappotuṃ ākaṅkhamānā mayaṃ samuddaṃ tarituṃ nāvikaṃ pariyesāma.
17. Amaccassa dūtaṃ pahiṇituṃ icchanto bhūpālo ahaṃ asmi.
18. Puññakammāni karontānaṃ vāṇijānaṃ dhanaṃ atthi.
19. Mayaṃ gītāni gāyante naccante kumāre olokessāma.
20. Pāpaṃ parivajjetvā kusalaṃ karonte sappurise devā pūjessanti.
21. Saccaṃ bhāsantā asappurise anusāsantā paṇḍitā upāsakā bhavissanti.
22. Tvaṃ dhaññena pattaṃ pūretvā ācariyassa dassasi.
23. Rukkhamūle nisīditvā cīvaraṃ sibbantaṃ samaṇaṃ ahaṃ upasaṅkamissāmi.
24. Ahaṃ sayantassa puttassa kāyaṃ āmasanto mañcasmiṃ nisīdāmi.
25. Uyyānesu rukkhe ropetuṃ samaṇā manusse anusāsanti.

4. Translate into Pāli:

1. Having learnt the dhamma from the Buddha I will live righteously (dhammena) in the world.
2. I will advise the king to rule the island righteously with his ministers.
3. Keeping the garment on the seat the child will enter the water to bathe.
4. Having heard the doctrine you (pl.) will become pleased with the Tathāgata. 5. They who are walking in the forest collecting fruits will desire to drink water.
6. Farmers approaching the city will look at vehicles running on the road.
7. The rising sun will illuminate the world.
8. The trees in the park will bathe in the light of the moon.
9. You (sg.) will be pleased seeing your sons asking questions from the wise man.
10. The children will like to see the parrots eating fruits on the trees.
11. We are doctors coming from the island, you are teachers going to the island.
12. He will take money and go to the shop to buy goods.
13. Having filled the bowl with drinking water the child will give it to the beggar eating rice.
14. Men wishing to get merit will plant trees for people in the world.
15. Searching for wealth wicked men will oppress farmers living righteously in villages.
16. There are fruits on the trees in the mountains.
17. Good men doing meritorious deeds will learn the dhamma from monks.
18. Wise men instruct kings governing the islands.
19. You will buy fish from fishermen coming from the sea.
20. Wishing to learn the dhamma we approach the Buddha.
21. Seeing the jackal coming to the park the children will get frightened.
22. They will go to see the king coming to the village with the ministers.
23. You are a good man who lives righteously.
24. I see a parrot picking a fruit with its beak.
25. We will become good men practising virtue.

-ooOoo-

:::
:::

Lesson 15 optative / potential mood

Lesson 15

1. The Optative or the Potential Mood

The optative expresses mainly probability and advice, and ideas such as those conveyed by if, might, would, etc.

It is formed by adding -eyya to the verbal base before terminations.

Base: paca = to cook

Singular

3rd (So) paceyya = If he would cook
2nd (Tvaṃ) paceyyāsi = If you would cook
1st (Ahaṃ) paceyyāmi = If I would cook

Plural

3rd (Te) paceyyuṃ = If they would cook
2nd (Tumhe) paceyyātha = If you would cook
1st (Mayaṃ) paceyyāma = If we would cook

It should be observed that the terminations of the second and first persons are similar to those of the present tense.

2. The following particles are useful for construction of sentences.

sace / yadi = if
ca = and
pi = too, also
na = not
viya = like, similar

3. Examples in sentence formation

Singular:

[1. Sace so bhattaṃ paceyya, ahaṃ bhuñjeyyāmi.
] If he would cook rice I will eat.

[2. Sace tvaṃ iccheyyāsi, ahaṃ coraṃ puccheyyāmi.
] If you would like, I will question the thief.

[3. Yadi ahaṃ nagare vihareyyāmi, so pi nagaraṃ āgaccheyya.
] If I dwell in the city, he too would come to the city.

Plural:

[1. Sace te bhattaṃ paceyyuṃ, mayaṃ bhuñjeyyāma.
] If they cook rice we will eat.

[2. Sace tumhe iccheyyātha, mayaṃ core puccheyyāma.
] If you so wish, we will question the thieves.

[3. Yadi mayaṃ nagare vihareyyāma, te pi nagaraṃ āgaccheyyuṃ.
] If we dwell in the city, they too will come to the city.

Exercise 15

4. Translate into English:

1. Sace tvaṃ dhammaṃ suṇeyyāsi, addhā (certainly) tvaṃ Buddhassa sāvako bhaveyyāsi.
2. Yadi te gītāni gāyituṃ uggaṇheyyuṃ, ahaṃ pi uggaṇheyyāmi.
3. Sace tvaṃ bījāni pahiṇeyyāsi, kassako tāni (them) khette vapeyya.
4. Sace tumhe padumāni ocineyyātha, kumārā tāni Buddhassa pūjeyyuṃ.
5. Sace tvaṃ mūlaṃ gaṇheyyāsi, ahaṃ dussaṃ ādadeyyāmi.
6. Yadi mayaṃ bhūpālena saha manteyyāma amaccā na āgaccheyyuṃ.
7. Sace tumhe rukkhe ropeyyātha dārakā phalāni bhuñjeyyuṃ.
8. Sace mayaṃ sappurisā bhaveyyāma, puttā pi sappurisā bhaveyyuṃ.
9. Sace bhūpālā dhammena dīpe pāleyyuṃ, mayaṃ bhūpālesu pasīdeyyāma.
10. Sace kassako goṇaṃ vikkiṇeyya, vāṇijo taṃ kiṇeyya.
11. Sace manusse pīḷentā asappurisā gāmaṃ āgaccheyyuṃ ahaṃ te ovadeyyāmi.
12. Yadi amaccā pāpaṃ parivajeyyuṃ, manussā pāpaṃ na kareyyuṃ.
13. Sace tumhe pabbataṃ āruheyyātha, āhiṇḍante mige ca rukkhesu carante makkaṭe ca uḍḍente sakuṇe ca passeyyātha.
14. Sace tvaṃ pattena pānīyaṃ āneyyāsi pipāsito (thirsty) so piveyya.
15. Kusalakammāni katvā tumhe manussaloke uppajituṃ ussaheyyātha.
16. Sace so vejjo bhaveyya, ahaṃ taṃ (him) rodantaṃ dārakaṃ passituṃ āneyyāmi.
17. Yadi putto pāpaṃ kareyya ahaṃ taṃ (him) ovadeyyāmi.
18. Sace amacco paṇḍitaṃ ācariyaṃ āneyya mayaṃ dhammaṃ uggaṇheyyāma.
19. Sace ahaṃ hatthena suvaṃ phusituṃ ussaheyyāmi so gehā uppateyya.
20. Yadi so vejjaṃ pakkosituṃ iccheyya ahaṃ taṃ (him) āneyyāmi.

5. Translate into Pāli:

1. If you cover the evil deeds your sons do, they will become thieves.
2. If you (pl.) want to become virtuous men avoid evil.
3. If we look with our eyes we will see objects in the world, if we look with our minds we will see good and evil.
4. If you (sg.) start singing a song, the children will start dancing.
5. If we depart from the human world we will not fear to be born in the human world.
6. If gods are born in the human world they will do meritorious deeds.
7. If you search for the truth you will approach the Buddha living in the monastery.
8. If you admonish the merchant he will become a virtuous man.
9. If I invite the monk he will come home to preach the dhamma.
10. If you are a good man you will not kill oxen roaming in the forest.
11. If you do work in the field you will get wealth and corn.
12. If the king wishes to govern the island righteously he will discuss with wise men and ministers.
13. If you work in the field you will see farmers ploughing.
14. I see boys playing in the park with a monkey.
15. If they want to see birds singing they will go to the park.
16. If you listen to the dhamma you will be able to live righteously.
17. If you avoid evil friends (pāpamitte) you will become a good man.
18. If the minister is not a good man we will not approach him.
19. If there are fruits on the tree I will climb to pick them (tāni).
20. If I pick fruits you will eat them with friends.

-ooOoo-

:::
:::

Lesson 16 imperative mood

Lesson 16

1. The Imperative

The imperative mood expresses a command, benediction, prayer or wish.

Base: paca = to cook

Singular

3rd (So) pacatu = Let him cook
2nd (Tvaṃ) paca,pacāhi = You cook
1st (Ahaṃ) pacāmi = Let me cook

Plural

3rd (Te) pacantu = Let them cook
2nd (Tumhe) pacatha = You cook
1st (Mayaṃ) pacāma = Let us cook

It should be observed that the second person plural and first person singular and plural have the same forms as in the present tense.

The prohibitive particle mā is also used with the imperative.

2. Examples in sentence formation

Singular:

[1. So vāṇijānaṃ bhattaṃ pacatu.]
Let him cook rice for the merchants.

[2. Tvaṃ rathena nagaraṃ gaccha / gacchāhi.]
You go to the city in the vehicle.

[3. Ahaṃ dhammaṃ uggaṇhāmi.]
Let me learn the dhamma.

Plural:

[1. Te vāṇijānaṃ bhattaṃ pacantu.
] Let them cook rice for the merchants.

[2. Tumhe rathena nagaraṃ gacchatha.
] You go to the city in the vehicle.

[3. Mayaṃ dhammaṃ uggaṇhāma.
] Let us learn the dhamma.

The prohibitive particle mā

[1. Mā tumhe saccaṃ parivajjetha.
] You do not avoid the truth.

[2. Mā te uyyānamhi pupphāni ocinantu.
] Let them not pick flowers in the park.

Exercise 16

3. Translate into English:

1. Bhūpālā dhammena dīpaṃ pālentu.
2. Mā manusso bhāyatu, sace so saccaṃ jānāti, bhāsatu.
3. Tumhe pāpaṃ karonte putte ovadatha.
4. Sugato dhammaṃ desetu, sāvakā ca upāsakā ca vihārasmiṃ nisīdanti.
5. Mā te pāpakammāni katvā manussalokamhā cavitvā narake (in purgatory) uppajjantu.
6. Mā corā kassakānaṃ goṇe mārentu.
7. Mā tvaṃ sunakhaṃ āmasāhi, so taṃ (you) ḍaseyya.
8. Tumhe dīpe jāletvā vihārasmiṃ rūpāni oloketha.
9. Tumhe asappurise āmantetvā dhammena jīvituṃ anusāsatha.
10. Putta, mā tvaṃ pāpamitte upasaṅkama.
11. Sace tumhe saccam bhāsituṃ ussaheyyātha, tumhe sappurisā bhaveyyātha.
12. Sace tvaṃ pāsāṇe khipeyyāsi, kākā ca sakuṇā ca ākāsaṃ uppateyyuṃ.
13. Mā dāraka pānīyaṃ pivitvā pattaṃ bhinda.
14. Mā suvaṇṇaṃ coretvā gacchantā corā samuddaṃ tarantu.
15. Upāsaka, mā putte akkosāhi, samaṇehi saddhiṃ mantetvā putte anusāsāhi.

4. Translate into Pāli:

1. May the king ruling the island protect the people righteously.
2. Let the children playing in the park collect falling leaves.
3. Let the farmers and merchants assemble in the king\'s park.
4. Let the sons climb the mountain to see lions, deer and birds.
5. Do not cut trees in forests if you wish to protect deer.
6. Let the child not come down the stairway, he will fall.
7. Let the farmer plough the fields and sow seeds, let him not kill goats.
8. Let the parrots fly taking fruits with their beaks.
9. Sons, do not commit sins, live righteously.
10. May the disciples of the Buddha get alms and robes.
11. Let the children come out of the house and see the moon rising from the mountain.
12. Boys, do not go and kill deer in the forest with the hunter.
13. You (pl.) run home and bring water for the farmers ploughing the field.
14. Do not ask questions from the king\'s messenger.
15. You lay devotees should try to avoid evil and do good deeds.

-ooOoo-

:::
:::

Lesson 17 past tense

Lesson 17

1. The Past Tense

Conjugation of verbs with the base ending in -a.

Base: paca = to cook

Singular

3rd (So) apaci, paci = He cooked
2nd (Tvaṃ) apaci, paci = You cooked
1st (Ahaṃ) apaciṃ, paciṃ = I cooked

Plural

3rd (Te) apaciṃsu, paciṃsu = They cooked
2nd (Tumhe) apacittha, pacittha = You cooked
1st (Mayaṃ) apacimha, pacimha = We cooked

It should be noted that a- in apaci, apaciṃsu etc. is not a negative prefix.
It is the augment (optional) denoting the past tense.

Verbs whose bases end in -nā are also conjugated in the past tense as above.

Conjugation of verbs with the base ending in -e

Base: core = to steal

Singular

3rd (So) coresi, corayi = He stole
2nd (Tvaṃ) coresi = You stole
1st (Ahaṃ) coresiṃ, corayiṃ = I stole

Plural

3rd (Te) coresuṃ, corayiṃsu = They stole
2nd (Tumhe) corayitha = You stole
1st (Mayaṃ) corayimha = We stole

2. Examples in sentence formation

Singular:

[1. Bhūpālo dīpe cari / acari]
The king wandered in the island.

[Samaṇo dhammaṃ desesi]
The monk preached the dhamma.

[2. Tvaṃ bhaṇḍāni vikkiṇi]
You sold goods.

[Tvaṃ pupphāni pūjesi]
You offered the flowers.

[3. Ahaṃ pabbataṃ āruhiṃ]
I climbed the mountain.

[4. Ahaṃ dīpaṃ jālesiṃ / jālayiṃ]
I lit the lamp.

Plural:

[1. Bhūpālā dīpesu cariṃsu / acariṃsu -
] Kings wandered in the islands.

[Samaṇā dhammaṃ desesuṃ / desayiṃsu
] Monks preached the dhamma.

[2. Tumhe bhaṇḍāni vikkiṇittha
] You sold goods.

[Tumhe pupphāni pūjayittha
] You offered flowers.

[3. Mayaṃ pabbate āruhimha -
] We climbed mountains.

[4. Mayaṃ dīpe jālayimha -
] We lit lamps.

Exercise 17

3. Translate into English:

1. Kassako khettaṃ kasitvā nahāyituṃ udakaṃ otari.
2. Uggaṇhantānaṃ dārakānaṃ dātuṃ ācariyā kusumāni āhariṃsu.
3. Upāsakā āsanehi uṭṭhahitvā dhammaṃ desetuṃ upasaṅkamantaṃ samaṇaṃ vandiṃsu.
4. Nagaresu kammāni katvā vetane labhituṃ ākaṅkhamānā narā gāmehi nikkhamiṃsu.
5. Ācariyo āsanaṃ dussena chādetvā samaṇaṃ nisīdituṃ nimantesi.
6. Kumāro dvāraṃ vivaritvā rukkhamhā oruhante vānare passamāno aṭṭhāsi (stood).
7. Paṇḍito goṇe coretvā akusalaṃ karonte nare pakkositvā ovadi.
8. Yācakassa puttā rukkhehi patantāni phalāni saṃharitvā āpaṇasmiṃ vikkiṇiṃsu.
9. Kassako dhaññaṃ minitvā vāṇijassa vikkiṇituṃ pahiṇi.
10. Dhammaṃ uggaṇhitvā samaṇo bhavituṃ ākaṅkhamāno amacco ācariyaṃ pariyesamāno Buddhaṃ upasaṅkami.
11. Sace tumhe gāmaṃ pāpuṇeyyātha mitte olokeyyātha.
12. Paṇḍitamhā pañhe pucchitvā saccaṃ jānituṃ mātulo ussahi.
13. Pāsāṇamhi ṭhatvā ajaṃ khādantaṃ sīhaṃ disvā vānarā bhāyiṃsu.
14. Rukkhamūle nisīditvā gitāni gāyantānaṃ kumārānaṃ kāyesu paṇṇāni ca pupphāni ca patiṃsu.
15. Tumhe dhanaṃ saṃharamānā mā samuddaṃ taritvā dīpaṃ gacchatha.
16. Āpaṇasmiṃ bhaṇḍāni vikkiṇantassa vāṇijassa ratho atthi.
17. Ahaṃ puttassa dātuṃ dussaṃ sibbanto gītaṃ gāyiṃ.
18. Sūkarā ca sunakhā ca khette āvāṭe khaṇiṃsu.
19. Purisā rukkhamūle nisīditvā tāpasena bhāsamānaṃ suṇiṃsu.
20. Luddakena saddhiṃ vane āhiṇḍante putte āmantetvā kassakā akkosiṃsu.
21. Mā tvaṃ suvaṇṇapattaṃ vikkiṇitvā khagge kiṇāhi.
22. So bhaṇḍāni ca khettaṃ ca goṇe ca puttānaṃ daṭvā gehaṃ pahāya samaṇo bhavituṃ cintesi.
23. Dhammena jīvantā sappurisā mige na māresuṃ.
24. Ahaṃ sopānaṃ āruhiṃ, te sopānamhā oruhiṃsu.
25. Sahāyakā udakaṃ otaritvā nahāyantā padumāni ociniṃsu.

4. Translate into Pāli:

1. The child sprinkled the lotuses with water and honoured the Buddha with them.
2. Having received the pay the men went to the market and bought goods.
3. The fisherman brought fish from the sea and sold them to the farmers.
4. If you go to bathe wash the clothes of the children.
5. The parrots and the crows flew into the sky from the trees.
6. Do not scold the children playing under the tree with the dog.
7. I spoke to the people sitting in the park having assembled to see the king.
8. We got frightened seeing a serpent enter the house.
9. I gave water to my son eating rice together with his friend.
10. Do not do evil, do good to enter heaven after departing from the human world.

-ooOoo-

:::
:::

Lesson 18 fem. noun [-ā]

Lesson 18

1. Declension of feminine nouns ending in -ā

Vanitā - woman

Singular Plural
Nom. vanitā vanitā, vanitāyo
Voc. vanite vanitā, vanitāyo
Acc. vanitaṃ vanitā, vanitāyo
Ins. vanitāya vanitāhi (vanitābhi)
Abl. vanitāya vanitāhi (vanitābhi)
Dat. vanitāya vanitānaṃ
Gen. vanitāya vanitānaṃ
Loc. vanitāya, vanitāyaṃ vanitāsu

2. The following nouns are similarly declined:

(Most nouns ending in -ā are feminine).

kaññā / dārikā girl
gaṅgā river Ganges
nāvā ship
ammā mother
paññā wisdom
sālā hall
bhariyā wife
sabhā assembly
kathā speech
latā creeper
guhā cave
chāyā shadow
vālukā sand
mañjūsā box
mālā garland
surā liquor
sākhā branch
devatā deity
parisā retinue
saddhā faith, devotion
gīvā neck
jivhā tongue
pipāsā thirst
khudā hunger

3. Vocabulary - Verbs

sakkoti can, is able
parivāreti accompanies, surrounds
nivāreti prevents
anubandhati follows, chases after
kujjhati gets angry
namassati salutes, worships
poseti brings up, nourishes
vāyamati tries
nilīyati hides
sallapati engages in conversation
modati is happy, enjoys
sukhaṃ vindati experiences joy
dukkhaṃ vindati experiences suffering
paṭiyādeti prepares
pakkhipati puts, places, deposits

Exercise 18:

4. Translate into English:

1. Sace sabhāyaṃ kaññāyo katheyyuṃ aham pi kathessāmi.
2. Dārikāyo pupphāni ocinitvā sālāyaṃ nisīditvā mālāyo kariṃsu.
3. Vanitā rukkhassa sākhāyo chinditvā ākaḍḍhi.
4. Bhariyā mañjūsāsu vatthāni ca suvaṇṇaṃ ca ṭhapesi.
5. Dārikā pāsādassa chāyāyaṃ nisīditvā vālukāya kīḷiṃsu.
6. Bhariyāya kathaṃ sutvā pasīditvā kassako sappuriso abhavi.
7. Devatāyo puññāni karonte dhammena jīvante manusse rakkhantu.
8. Pabbatasmiṃ guhāsu vasantā sīhā vālukāya kīḷante mige māresuṃ.
9. Ammā dārikāya kujjhitvā hatthena pahari.
10. Vanitāyo saddhāya bhattaṃ pacitvā vihāraṃ netvā samaṇānaṃ pūjesuṃ
11. Tumhe mā suraṃ pivatha, mā gilānā (sick) bhavituṃ ussahatha.
12. Dhammena dhanaṃ saṃharamānā paññāya putte posentā narā manussaloke sukhaṃ vindanti.
13. Sace tumhe nāvāya gaṅgaṃ tareyyātha dīpasmiṃ vasante tāpase disvā āgantuṃ sakkissatha.
14. Parisaṃ parivāretvā pāsādamhā nikkhamantaṃ bhūpālaṃ disvā vanitāyo modanti.
15. Kaññāyo sālāyaṃ sannipatitvā kumārehi saddhiṃ sallapiṃsu.
16. Khudāya pīḷentaṃ gilānaṃ yācakaṃ disvā ammā bhattaṃ adadi / adāsi.
17. Guhāyaṃ nilīyitvā suraṃ pivantā corā sīhaṃ passitvā bhāyiṃsu.
18. Varāhe māretvā jīvanto naro gilāno hutvā dukkhaṃ vindati.
19. Vāṇijassa āpaṇe mañjūsāyaṃ mūlaṃ (money) atthi.
20. Samaṇā manusse pāpā nivāretvā sappurese kātuṃ vāyamanti.

5. Translate into Pāli:

1. The man stood on the road asking my mother the way to go to the monastery.
2. Having prepared rice with faith for the monks, the woman took it to the monastery.
3. You can live righteously and seek wealth.
4. Sitting in the shade of the house the girls cut branches from the creeper.
5. Wicked men did not advise their sons who drink liquor.
6. Taking the basket and money the girl went to the market to buy corn.
7. If you light lamps the lay devotees will see the objects in the monastery.
8. O good men, you learn the dhamma and try to live righteously.
9. If you try, you can avoid evil and do good.
10. Having seen the lion sleeping in the cave the woman ran.

-ooOoo-

:::
:::

Lesson 19 past participle

Lesson 19

1. The Past Participle

Past participles are mostly formed by adding -ta to the root with or without the connecting vowel -i-

pacati - pac + i + ta = pacita = cooked
bhāsati - bhās + i + ta = bhāsita = spoken
yācati - yāc + i + ta = yācita = begged
deseti - dis\' + i + ta = desita = preached
pūjeti - pūj + i + ta = pūjita = honoured
gacchati - gam + ta = gata = gone
hanati - han + ta = hata = killed
nayati / neti - nī + ta = nīta = led

The past participle is also formed from some roots by adding -na.

chindati - chid + na = chinna = cut
bhindati - bhid + na = bhinna = broken
nisīdati - ni + sad + na = nisinna = seated
tarati - tṛ + na = tiṇṇa = crossed

2. Past participles have a passive meaning when they are formed from transitive verbs, but from intransitive verbs they have an active meaning.

They are declined in the three genders, as -a ending nouns in the masculine and the neuter, and -ā ending nouns in the feminine.

[Pacati, chindati, nimanteti] are transitive verbs. Therefore:

[pacito odano] = the rice that is cooked (passive meaning)
[chinnaṃ paṇṇaṃ] = the leaf that is cut (passive meaning)
[nimantitā kaññā] = the girl who is invited (passive meaning)

But gacchati, patati, tiṭṭhati are intransitive verbs. Therefore:

[manusso gato (hoti)] = the man has gone (active meaning)
[pupphaṃ patitaṃ (hoti)] = the flower has fallen (active meaning)
[kaññā ṭhitā (hoti)] = the girl has stood (active meaning)

3. The following are some past participles

kasati - kasita, kaṭṭha
pucchati - pucchita, puṭṭha
pacati - pacita, pakka
ḍasati - daṭṭha
phusati - phuṭṭha
pavisati - paviṭṭha
āmasati - āmasita, āmaṭṭha
labhati - laddha, labhita
ārabhati - āraddha
bhavati - bhūta
bhuñjati - bhuñjita, bhutta
vapati - vutta
vasati - vuttha
āsiñcati - āsitta
khipati - khitta
dhovati - dhovita, dhota
pajahati - pahīna
vivarati - vivaṭa
pivati - pīta
cavati - cuta
hanati - hata
nikkhamati - nikkhanta
jānāti - ñāta
suṇāti - suta
mināti - mita
gaṇhāti - gahita
kiṇāti - kīta
pāpuṇāti - patta
karoti - kata
tiṭṭhati - ṭhita
harati - haṭa
kujjhati - kuddha
dadāti - dinna
pasīdati - pasanna
(passati) - diṭṭha, (dṛś)
muñcati - mutta

4. Examples in sentence formation

[Upāsakehi vihāraṃ paviṭṭho Buddho diṭṭho hoti
] The Buddha who entered the monastery was seen by the lay devotees.

[Te Buddhena desitaṃ dhammaṃ suṇiṃsu
] They listened to the dhamma preached by the Buddha.

[Dārikāya āhaṭāni bhaṇḍāni ammā piṭakesu pakkhipi
] The mother put in baskets the goods brought by the girl.

[Vānijo patitassa rukkhassa sākhāyo chindi
] The merchant cut the branches of the fallen tree.

[Mayaṃ udakena āsittehi pupphehi Buddhaṃ pūjema
] We may worship the Buddha with flowers sprinkled with water.

[Kassakena kasite khette sūkaro sayati
] A pig sleeps in the field ploughed by the farmer.

[Exercise 19:]

5. Translate into English:

1. Ammāya mañjūsāyaṃ pakkhittaṃ suvaṇṇaṃ dārikā na gaṇhi.
2. Dhotāni vatthāni gahetvā bhariyā udakamhā uttari.
3. Kassakehi uyyāne ropitesu rukkhesu phalāni bhaviṃsu.
4. Buddhā devehi ca narehi ca pūjitā honti.
5. Udakena pūritaṃ pattaṃ gahetvā vanitā gehaṃ āgatā hoti.
6. Adhammena (unrighteously) dīpaṃ pālentena bhūpālena pīḷitā manussā kuddhā honti.
7. Pakkaṃ (ripe) phalaṃ tuṇḍena gahetvā uḍḍentaṃ suvaṃ ahaṃ apassiṃ.
8. Udento suriyo brāhmaṇena namassito hoti.
9. Ammāya jālitaṃ dīpaṃ ādaya putto vihāraṃ paviṭṭho hoti.
10. Vanitāya dussena chādite āsane samaṇo nisīditvā sannipatitāya parisāya dhammaṃ desesi.
11. Kassakena khettaṃ ānītā goṇā tiṇaṃ khādantā āhiṇḍiṃsu.
12. Vāṇijā mañjūsāsu ṭhapitāni dussāni na vikkiṇiṃsu
13. Sace tvaṃ saccaṃ jāneyyāsi mā puttaṃ akkosa.
14. Nāvāya nikkhantā narā samuddaṃ taritvā dīpaṃ pāpuṇitvā bhariyāhi saddhiṃ kathentā modanti.
15. Magge ṭhite vāṇijassa sakaṭe ahaṃ kaññāya ānītāni bhaṇḍāni ṭhapesiṃ.
16. Dhammena laddhena dhanena putte posetvā jīvantā manussā devatāhi rakkhitā honti.
17. Sāvakehi ca upāsakehi ca parivārito Buddho vihārassa chāyāya nisinno hoti.
18. Ammāya pāpehi nivāritā puttā sappurisā hutvā dhammaṃ suṇanti.
19. Kassake pīḷentā corā paṇḍitena anusāsitā sappurisā bhavituṃ vāyamantā upāsakehi saddhiṃ uyyāne rukkhe ropenti.
20. Vanitā puttāya paṭiyāditamhā bhattamhā khudāya pīḷitassa yācakassa thokaṃ (little) datvā pānīyaṃ ca dadi / adāsi.
21. Sabhāyaṃ nisīditvā dārikāya gāyitaṃ gītaṃ sutvā kaññāyo modiṃsu.
22. Amaccena nimantitā purisā sālāyaṃ nisīdituṃ asakkontā (unable) uyyāne sannipatiṃsu.
23. Kassakehi khettesu vuttehi bījehi thokaṃ (little) sakuṇā khādiṃsu.
24. Kumārehi rukkhamūle nilīyitvā sayanto sappo diṭṭho hoti.
25. Vāṇijena dīpamhā āhaṭāni vatthāni kiṇituṃ vanitāyo icchanti.
26. Sace bhūpālo dhammena manusse rakkheyya te kammāni katvā dārake posentā sukhaṃ vindeyyuṃ.
27. Puttena yācitā ammā mittānaṃ odanaṃ paṭiyādesi.
28. Amaccena puṭṭhaṃ pañhaṃ adhigantuṃ asakkonto corānaṃ dūto cintetuṃ ārabhi.
29. Corehi guhāyaṃ nilīyitāni bhaṇḍāni passitvā vānarā tāni (them) ādāya rukkhe āruhiṃsu.
30. Ahaṃ pariyesitaṃ dhammaṃ adhigantvā modāmi.

6. Translate into Pāli:

1. The man who came to the assembly could not speak with the ministers.
2. The child ran to the shop taking the money given by the mother.
3. The king is seated in the chariot drawn by horses.
4. Having discussed with the wise man the farmers sent a messenger to the king.
5. The children went out of the open door.
6. The women who got down to the water washed clothes and bathed.
7. Buddhas and their disciples are worshipped by gods and men.
8. The merchant sold the clothes sewn by women.
9. I did not take the flowers and fruits brought by the girl from the forest
10. Being chased by the dog, the girls quickly (sīghaṃ) ran home.
11. The teacher having seen the evil deed done by the girl advised her.
12. We did not light the lamps prepared by the women.
13. You do not drag the branches cut by the farmer from the mountain.
14. Without getting the pay for the work done, the woman is angry.
15. Do not ask for fruits from the boy sitting on the branch.
16. The woman who is scolded by the brahmin cries, seated at the door.
17. The girl being called by the mother ran home to eat rice.
18. The men who tried to cut the creepers started pulling the branches.
19. The farmer who makes a living righteously, ploughing his fields experiences happiness with his wife and children.
20. Deities who have departed from the world of gods and are born in the human world rejoice listening to the dhamma preached by the Buddha.
21. The thieves who were instructed by the monk became good men.
22. There were no fruits on the trees planted by the farmer.
23. Bitten by the dog the girl ran home and cried.
24. The minister is not known to the doctor.
25. Seated under the tree the girls played with sand.
26. Sons, do not drink liquor.
27. Mothers prevent children from evil.
28. I gave water to the dog oppressed with thirst.
29. Seeing the hunter coming we hid among the trees.
30. We prepared alms with faith and gave to the monks.

-ooOoo-

:::
:::

Lesson 20 fem noun -i and [-ī]

Lesson 20

1. Declension of Feminine Nouns ending in -i

Bhūmi = earth, ground

Singular Plural
Nom. bhūmi bhūmī, bhūmiyo
Voc. bhūmi bhūmī, bhūmiyo
Acc. bhūmiṃ bhūmī, bhūmiyo
Ins. bhūmiyā bhūmīhi, (bhūmībhi)
Abl. bhūmiyā bhūmīhi, (bhūmībhi)
Dat. bhūmiyā bhūmīnaṃ
Gen. bhūmiyā bhūmīnaṃ
Loc. bhūmiyā, bhūmiyaṃ bhūmīsu

Feminine nouns ending in -ī are also similarly declined with the only exception being the nominative and vocative singular which end in-ī.

2. Vocabulary

Feminine nouns ending in -i

aṅguli - finger
aṭavi - forest
ratti - night
doṇi - boat
yuvati - maiden
yaṭṭhi - walking stick
asani - thunderbolt
nāḷi - unit of measure
rasmi - ray
iddhi - psychic power
sammajjani - broom

Feminine nouns ending in -ī

nadī - river
nārī / itthī - woman
taruṇī - young woman
bhaginī - sister
vāpī - tank
pokkharaṇī - pond
kadalī - banana
brāhmaṇī - brahmin woman
gāvī - cow
rājinī / devī - queen
kumārī - girl

3. Verbs

vyākaroti - explains
pattheti - aspires
vissajjeti - spends
āroceti - informs
muñcati - releases
nīhareti - takes out
peseti - sends
paṭiccādeti - conceals
veṭheti - wraps
viheṭheti - harasses

[Exercise 20]

4. Translate into English:

1. Bhūpālo rājiniyā saddhiṃ nāvāya nadiṃ taranto udake carante macche olokento amaccehi saddhiṃ katheti.
2. Pāniyaṃ pivitvā dārikāya bhūmiyaṃ nikkhitto patto bhinno hoti.
3. Kassakānaṃ gāviyo aṭaviyaṃ āhiṇḍitvā khettaṃ āgamiṃsu.
4. Rattiyā samuddasmiṃ patitā candassa rasmiyo oloketvā taruṇiyo modiṃsu.
5. Upāsakā iddhiyā ākāse gacchantaṃ tāpasaṃ disvā pasannā honti.
6. Bhaginiyā saddhiṃ pokkharaṇiyā tīre (bank) ṭhatva so padumāni ocinituṃ vāyami.
7. Nāriyo vāpīsu nahāyituṃ vā (or) vatthāni dhovituṃ vā na icchiṃsu.
8. Yuvatiyā puṭṭhaṃ pañhaṃ vyākātuṃ asakkonto ahaṃ tāya (with her) saddhiṃ sallapituṃ ārabhiṃ.
9. Asappurisassa puttena kataṃ pāpakammaṃ paṭicchādetuṃ ammā na ussahi.
10. Bhaginiyā dussena veṭhetvā mañcasmiṃ ṭhapitaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ itthī mañjūsāyaṃ pakkhipi.
11. Mā tumhe magge sayantaṃ kukkuraṃ viheṭhetha.
12. Sappuriso amacco dhanaṃ vissajjetvā yācakānaṃ vasituṃ sālāyo gāmesu karitvā bhūpālaṃ ārocesi.
13. Kumāro suvaṃ hatthamhā muñcitvā taṃ uḍḍentaṃ passamāno rodanto rukkhamūle aṭṭhāsi.
14. Saddhāya dānaṃ dadamānā kusalaṃ karontā sappurisā puna(again) manussaloke uppajjituṃ patthenti.
15. Kumāro mañjūsaṃ vivaritvā sāṭakaṃ nīharitvā ammāya pesesi.

5. Translate into Pāli:

1. There are lotuses and fishes in ponds in the king\'s park.
2. The young women picked lotuses from the tank and kept them on the ground.
3. The queen spoke with her sisters who came having crossed the river by boat.
4. I saw the dog chasing the cow in the field.
5. Women and girls did not climb trees to pick fruits and flowers.
6. You (pl.) went to the river to bathe and got frightened hearing the peal of thunder (asanisaddaṃ).
7. You (pl.) do not conceal the evil committed with your friends.
8. If you spent money to buy clothes, inform your mother.
9. Send the lotuses wrapped in lotus leaves to the young girls seated in the hall.
10. We can explain the questions asked by the women in the assembly.

-ooOoo-

:::
:::

Lesson 21 present participle fem.

Lesson 21

1. The Present Participle (contd.)

This lesson is a continuation of Lesson 11 and should be studied together with that lesson.

It was learnt in Lesson 11 that -nta / -māna are added to the base of verbs which end in -a, to form the present participle masculine and neutuer genders. e.g.:

paca + nta = pacanta
paca + māna = pacamāna

[They are declined like -a ending nouns in these two genders.]
Further it should be noted that with verbs whose base ends in -e / -aya, -nta is usually added to the base ending in -e; and -māna is added to the base ending in -aya. e.g.:

core + nta = corenta
coraya + māna = corayamāna

With verbs whose base ends in -nā both -nta / -māna are generally added, but the -nā is shortened to -na. e.g.:

kiṇā + nta = kiṇanta
kiṇā + māna = kiṇamāna
suṇā + nta = suṇanta
suṇā + māna = suṇamāna

Present participles ending in -nta occur more frequently in Pāli literature than those ending in -māna.

[2. The present participle feminine gender] is formed by adding -ntī / -mānā to the verbal base. e.g.:

paca + ntī = pacantī
paca + mānā = pacamānā
core + ntī = corentī
coraya + mānā = corayamānā
kiṇā + ntī = kiṇantī
kiṇā + mānā = kiṇamānā

When -ntī is added, the present participle feminine is declined like feminine nouns ending in -ī. When -mānā is added it is declined like feminine nouns ending in -ā.

Declension of pacantī:

Singular Plural
Nom. pacantī pacantī, pacantiyo
Voc. pacantī pacantī, pacantiyo
Acc. pacantiṃ pacantī, pacantiyo
Ins. pacantiyā pacantīhi (pacantībhi)
Abl. pacantiyā pacantīhi (pacantībhi)
Dat. pacantiyā pacantīnaṃ
Gen. pacantiyā pacantīnaṃ
Loc. pacantiyā, pacantiyaṃ pacantīsu

3. Examples in sentence formation

Singular:

[Ammā bhattaṃ pacantī kaññāya saddhiṃ katheti.
] Cooking rice the mother speaks with the girl.

[Kaññā bhattaṃ pacantiṃ ammaṃ passati.
] The girl sees the mother cooking rice.

[Kaññā bhattaṃ pacantiyā ammāya udakaṃ deti.
] The girl gives water to the mother cooking rice.

Plural:

[Bhattaṃ pacantiyo ammāyo kaññāhi saddhiṃ kathenti.
] Cooking rice mothers speak with girls.

[Kaññāyo bhattaṃ pacantiyo ammāyo passanti.
] Girls see mothers cooking rice.

[Kaññāyo bhattaṃ pacantīnaṃ ammānaṃ udakaṃ denti.
] Girls give water to mothers cooking rice.

Similarly, the present participle can be declined in all cases to agree in gender, number and case with the nouns they qualify.

[Exercise 21]

4. Translate into English:

1. Khette phalāni corentī dārikā kassakaṃ disvā bhāyitvā dhāvituṃ ārabhi.
2. Buddhassa sāvakena desitaṃ dhammaṃ sutvā yuvati saccaṃ adhigantuṃ icchantī ammāya saddhiṃ mantesi.
3. Sayantaṃ sunakhaṃ āmasantī kumārī gehadvāre nisinnā hoti.
4. Rājinī nārīhi puṭṭhe pañhe vyakarontī sabhāyaṃ nisinnā parisaṃ āmantetvā kathaṃ kathesi.
5. Aṭaviṃ gantvā rukkhaṃ chinditvā sākhāyo ākaḍḍhantiyo itthiyo sigāle disvā bhāyiṃsu.
6. Gehadvāre nisīditvā dussaṃ sibbantī bhaginī gītaṃ gāyati.
7. Asappuriso pāpakammāni paṭicchādetvā upāsakehi saddhiṃ sallapanto vihārasmiṃ āsane nisinno hoti.
8. Sāṭakena veṭhetvā nilīyitaṃ suvaṇṇaṃ passituṃ ākaṅkhamānā yuvati ovarakassa (room) dvāraṃ vivari.
9. Sace tvaṃ mulaṃ vissajjetuṃ iccheyyāsi, mā vatthaṃ kiṇāhi.
10. Sace tumhe bhūpālassa dūtaṃ pesetha amacce pi ārocetha.
11. Kassako chinnā sakhāyo khettamhā nīharitvā aṭaviyaṃ pakkhipi.
12. Pokkaraṇiyā tīre (bank) ṭhatvā kadaliphalaṃ khādantī kaññā bhaginiyā dinnaṃ padumaṃ gaṇhi.
13. Amhākaṃ (our) hatthapādesu vīsati (twenty) aṅguliyo santi.
14. Rattiyā gehā nikkhamituṃ bhāyantī kaññā dvāraṃ na vivari.
15. Sace tvaṃ yaṭṭhiyā kukkuraṃ pahareyyāsi so ḍaseyya.
16. Mayaṃ sappurisā bhavituṃ ākaṅkhamānā samaṇe upasaṅkamma dhammaṃ sutvā kusalaṃ kātuṃ ārabhimha.
17. Pāpakammehi anubandhitā asappurisā corā niraye (purgatory) uppajjitvā dukkhaṃ vindanti.
18. Mā puññaṃ parivajjetvā pāpaṃ karotha, sace kareyyātha manussalokamhā cavitvā dukkhaṃ vindissatha.
19. Sace tumhe sagge uppajjitvā modituṃ patthetha puññāni karotha.
20. Saccaṃ ñātuṃ ussahantā brāhmaṇā sahāyakehi saha mantayiṃsu.
21. Nāriyā pañjare (cage) pakkhittā sukā kadaliphalaṃ khādantā nisinnā honti.
22. Goṇaṃ viheṭhetuṃ na icchanto vāṇijo sakaṭamhā bhaṇḍāni nīharitva bhūmiyaṃ nikkhipitvā kassakaṃ ārocesi.
23. Aṭaviyaṃ viharantā migā ca goṇā ca varāhā ca sīhamhā bhāyanti.
24. Samaṇā saddhāya upāsakehi dinnaṃ bhuñjitvā saccaṃ adhigantuṃ vāyamantā sīlāni rakkhanti.
25. Rattiyā nikkhantā doṇi nadiṃ taritvā pabhāte (in the morning) dīpaṃ pāpuṇi.
26. Gehassa chāyāya ṭhatvā dārikāya bhūmiyaṃ nikkhittaṃ odanaṃ sunakho khādituṃ ārabhi.
27. Bhariyāya nāḷiyā mitaṃ dhaññaṃ ādāya kassako āpaṇaṃ gato hoti.
28. Uḍḍente kāke disvā vālukāya ca udakena ca kīḷantī dārikā hasamānā dhāvi.
29. Rathaṃ pājetuṃ (to drive) uggaṇhanto puriso dakkho (clever) rathācariyo bhavituṃ vāyami.
30. Vivaṭamhā dvāramhā nikkhantā kumārā pañjarehi muttā sakuṇā viya (like) uyyānaṃ dhāviṃsu.

5. Translate into Pāli:

1. Seated on the bed the girl drank the milk given by her mother.
2. Taking the pots (ghaṭe) and talking the women went to the river to bring water.
3. Without wishing to harass the bird the woman released him from the cage (pañjara).
4. Unable (asakkoti) to pick the fruits from the tree the young girl called the farmer.
5. There is no (natthi) milk in the bowl of the crying child.
6. The girls who were singing under the tree started dancing.
7. Being chased by the hunter and his dogs the deer ran into the forest.
8. Wishing to get profit the women sold garments in shops.
9. In order to buy oil (tela) to light lamps the boy went from shop to shop.
10. I gave the box to the girl sitting in the shade of the tree.
11. The girls laughed pulling the creeper from the tree.
12. They who oppress women and children are wicked men.
13. We see with our eyes the rays of the sun falling on the ground.
14. Hitting with a stick the woman killed the serpent entering the house.
15. Putting fruits and flowers in boxes sisters sat at the open door.
16. If you will come out of water and protect the child I will step into the pond and bathe.
17. We got angry with the women committing evil and left the hall.
18. Do not shoot the cows and deer roaming in the park, the king and queen will get angry.
19. May the king and his ministers not oppress the people living in the island.
20. I gave rice to the starving dogs walking on the road.

-ooOoo-

:::
:::

Lesson 22 future passive participle

Lesson 22

1. The Future Passive Participle

The future passive participle or the potential participle as it is sometimes called, is formed by adding -tabba / -anīya to the base of the verb; -tabba is mostly added with the connecting vowel -i-.

These participles are declined like a ending nouns in the masculine and neuter genders, and like ā ending nouns in the feminine. They express ideas such as 'must,\' 'should be\' and 'fit to be.\'

pacati - pacitabba / pacanīya
bhuñjati - bhuñjitabba / bhojanīya
karoti - kātabba / karaṇīya

2. Examples in sentence formation

[Ammā pacitabbaṃ / pacanīyaṃ taṇḍulaṃ (raw rice) piṭake ṭhapesi.]
The mother kept the (raw) rice which is to be cooked in the basket.

[Dārikāya bhuñjitabbaṃ / bhojanīyaṃ odanaṃ ahaṃ na bhuñjissāmi.
] I will not eat the rice which should be eaten by the girl.

[Kassakena kātabbaṃ / karaṇīyaṃ kammaṃ kātuṃ tvaṃ icchasi.
] You wish to do the work that should be done by the farmer.

[Exercise 22]

3. Translate into English:

1. Upāsakehi samaṇā vanditabbā honti.
2. Mañjūsāyaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ suvaṇṇaṃ mā mañcasmiṃ ṭhapehi.
3. Sappurisā pūjanīye pūjenti, asappurisā tathā (likewise) na karonti.
4. Bhūpālena rakkhitabbaṃ dīpaṃ amaccā na sammā (well) pālenti.
5. Manussehi dhammo uggaṇhitabbo, saccaṃ adhigantabbaṃ hoti.
6. Kumārīhi āhaṭāni pupphāni udakena āsiñcitabbāni honti.
7. Corena gahitaṃ bhaginiyā dhanaṃ pariyesitabbaṃ hoti.
8. Uyyāne ropitā rukkhā na chinditabbā honti.
9. Dhotabbāni dussāni gahetvā yuvatiyo hasamānā pokkharaṇiṃ otariṃsu.
10. Samaṇehi ovaditabbā kumārā vihāram na gamiṃsu.
11. Kassakena kasitabbaṃ khettaṃ vikkiṇituṃ vāṇijo ussahi.
12. Āpaṇesu ṭhapitāni vikkiṇitabbāni bhaṇḍāni kiṇituṃ te na icchiṃsu.
13. Ammā khādanīyāni ca bhojanīyāni ca paṭiyādetvā dārakānaṃ deti.
14. Manussehi dānāni dātabbāni, sīlāni rakkhitabbāni, puññāni kātabbāni.
15. Goṇānaṃ dātabbāni tiṇāni kassako khettamhā āhari.
16. Migā pānīyaṃ udakaṃ pariyesantā aṭaviyaṃ āhiṇḍiṃsu.
17. Darikāya dātuṃ phalāni āpaṇāya vā (or) khettamhā vā āharitabbāni honti.
18. Kathetabbaṃ vā akathetabbaṃ* vā ajānanto asappuriso mā sabhāyaṃ nisīdatu.
19. Tumhe bhūpālā amaccehi ca paṇḍitehi ca samaṇehi ca anusāsitabbā hotha.
20. Upāsakena puṭṭho pañho paṇḍitena vyākātabbo hoti.
21. Bhūpālassa uyyāne vasantā migā ca sakunā ca luddakehi na hantabbā honti.
22. Kusalaṃ ajānitvā pāpaṃ karontā kumārā na akkositabbā, te samaṇehi ca paṇḍitehi ca sappurisehi ca anusāsitabbā.
23. Asappurisā parivajjetabbā, mā tumhe tehi saddhiṃ (with them) gāme āhiṇḍatha.
24. Surā na pātabbā, sace piveyyātha tumhe gilānā bhavissatha.
25. Dhammena jīvantā manussā devehi rakkhitabbā honti.

4. Translate into Pāli:

1. At night people should light lamps.
2. The merchant brought horses to be sold to the farmers.
3. Objects should be seen with eyes, tastes (rasāni) should be enjoyed with the tongue.
4. The dog should not be hit with sticks and stones.
5. People in the island should be protected by the king and his ministers.
6. Flowers should not be picked by men walking in the park.
7. The corn should be measured by the farmer with his wife.
8. Men should not do evil.
9. Grass and water should be given to oxen and goats.
10. The assembly should be addressed by the teacher\'s sister.
11. The lions sleeping in the caves should not be approached by men.
12. The mother\'s clothes should be washed by the girl.

-ooOoo-

:::
:::

Lesson 23 causative

Lesson 23

1. The Causative

Causative verbs are formed by adding -e / -aya / -āpe / -āpaya to the root or verbal base.

Sometimes the vowel in the root is strengthened when the suffixes are added.
Verbal bases ending in -e / -aya invariably take the suffixes -ape / -āpaya to form the causative.

pacati - pāceti / pācayati / pacāpeti / pācāpayati
bhuñjati - bhojeti / bhojāpeti
coreti - corāpeti / corāpayati
kināti - kiṇāpeti / kiṇāpayati
karoti - kāreti / kārāpayati
dadāti / deti - dāpeti / dāpayati

In sentences with causative verbs the agent carrying out the action is expressed by the accusative or the instrumental case.

2. Examples in sentence formation

[Ammā bhaginiṃ bhattaṃ pacāpeti.
] Mother gets the sister to cook rice.

[Bhūpālo samaṇe ca yācake ca bhojāpesi.
] The king fed the recluses and beggars.

[Coro mittena kakacaṃ corāpetvā vanaṃ dhāvi.
] The thief ran having got a friend to steal a saw.

[Vejjo puttena āpaṇamhā khīraṃ kiṇāpesi.
] The doctor got his son to buy milk from the market.

[Upāsakā amaccena samaṇānaṃ vihāraṃ kārāpesuṃ.
] Lay devotees got the minister to build a monastery for the monks.

[Yuvati bhaginiyā ācariyassa mūlaṃ dāpetvā sippaṃ uggaṇhi.
] The maiden got the sister to give money to the teacher and learnt an art.

[Brāhmaṇo coraṃ / corena saccaṃ bhāsāpetuṃ vāyami.
] The brahmin tried to make the thief speak the truth.

Exercise 23

3. Translate into English:

1. Ammā samaṇehi asappurise putte anusāsāpesi.
2. Tumhe manusse pīḷente core āmantāpetvā ovadatha.
3. Vāṇijo kassakena rukkhe chindāpetvā / chedāpetvā sakaṭena nagaraṃ netvā vikkiṇi.
4. Samaṇo upāsake sannipātāpetvā dhammaṃ desesi.
5. Mātulo kumārehi pupphāni ca phalāni ca ocināpesi.
6. Dārikā sunakhaṃ pokkharaṇiṃ otarāpesi.
7. Amacco vāṇije ca kassake ca pakkosāpetvā pucchissati.
8. Kaññāhi āhaṭāni pupphāni vanitāyo āsiñcāpesuṃ.
9. Bhariyāya kātabbaṃ kammaṃ ahaṃ karomi.
10. Luddako mittena migaṃ vijjhitvā mārāpesi.
11. Brāhmaṇo ācāriyena kumāriṃ dhammaṃ uggaṇhāpesi.
12. Ammā dārikaṃ khīraṃ pāyetvā mañce sayāpesi.
13. Vāṇijā assehi bhaṇḍāni gāhāpetva vikkiṇituṃ nagaraṃ gamiṃsu.
14. Vanitā sahāyakena rukkhassa sākhāyo ākaḍḍhāpetvā gehaṃ nesi.
15. Ammā puttena gehaṃ āgataṃ samaṇaṃ vandāpesi.
16. Upāsakā samaṇe āsanesu nisīdāpetvā bhojāpesuṃ.
17. Bhaginī bhinnapattassa khaṇḍāni (pieces) āmasantī rodantī gehadvāre aṭṭhāsi.
18. Udakaṃ āharituṃ gacchantiyo nāriyo sallapantiyo rukkhamūlesu patitāni kusumāni oloketvā modiṃsu.
19. Luddako tuṇḍena phalaṃ ocinituṃ vāyamantaṃ suvaṃ sarena vijjhi.
20. Sappurisena kārāpitesu vihāresu samaṇā vasanti.

4. Translate into Pāli:

1. The wicked man gets his sons to shoot birds.
2. The lay devotees will get the monk to preach the doctrine.
3. Women get their children to honour the Buddha\'s disciples.
4. The young woman will get her sister to speak at the assembly.
5. The farmer caused the tree to fall into the pit.
6. You (pl.) will get the flowers sprinkled with water.
7. The king got his ministers to build a monastery.
8. The queen will live in the palace which the king got built.
9. The merchant got his wife to put the goods in boxes.
10. The brahmin got the Buddha\'s disciple to preach to his people.

-ooOoo-

:::
:::

Lesson 24 fem noun -u

Lesson 24

1. Declension of Feminine Nouns ending in -u

Dhenu - cow

Singular Plural
Nom. dhenu dhenū, dhenuyo
Voc. dhenu dhenū, dhenuyo
Acc. dhenuṃ dhenū, dhenuyo
Ins. dhenuyā dhenūhi, (dhenūbhi)
Abl. dhenuyā dhenūhi, (dhenūbhi)
Dat. dhenuyā dhenūnaṃ
Gen. dhenuyā dhenūnaṃ
Loc. dhenuyā, dhenuyaṃ dhenūsu

2. Some nouns similarly declined are as follows:

yāgu - gruel
kāsu - pit
vijju - lightning
rajju - rope
daddu - eczema
kaṇeru - cow-elephant
dhātu - element, relic
sassu - mother-in-law
vadhu - daughter-in-law

3. Vocabulary - Verbs

thaketi - shuts, closes
nāseti - destroys
sammajjati - sweeps
obhāseti - illuminates
bhajati - keeps company
bandhati - ties
vibhajati - divides, distributes
bhañjati - breaks
māpeti - builds, creates
vihiṃsati - harms
chaḍḍeti - throws
pattharati - spreads

Exercise 24

4. Translate into English:

1. Vadhū sassuyā dhenuṃ rajjuyā bandhitvā khettaṃ nesi.
2. Ammā yāguṃ pacitvā dārakānaṃ datvā mañce nisīdi.
3. Yuvatiyā hattesu ca aṇgulīsu ca daddu atthi.
4. Mayaṃ aṭaviyaṃ carantiyo kaṇeruyo apassimha.
5. Itthī yuvatiyā bhattaṃ pacāpetvā dārikānaṃ thokaṃ thokaṃ vibhaji.
6. Tumhe vijjuyā ālokena guhāyam sayantam sīhaṃ passittha.
7. Yuvatiyā hatthesu kumārehi dinnā mālāyo santi.
8. Vadhū khette kāsūsu patitāni phalāni saṃhari.
9. Brāhmaṇo Buddhassa dhātuyo vibhajitvā bhūpālānaṃ adadi / adāsi.
10. Vadhū sassuyā pāde vandi.
11. Yuvatiyā geham sammajjitabbaṃ hoti.
12. Devatāyo sakalaṃ (entire) vihāraṃ obhāsentiyo Buddhaṃ upasaṅkamiṃsu.
13.Aṭavīsu vasantiyo kaṇeruyo sākhāyo bhañjitvā khādanti.
14. Ahaṃ rukkhassa chāyāyaṃ nisinnānaṃ dhenūnaṃ ca goṇānaṃ ca tiṇāni adadiṃ / adāsiṃ.
15. Itthī magge gacchantiṃ ammaṃ passitvā rathamhā oruyha taṃ vanditvā rathasmiṃ āropetvā gehaṃ nesi.
16. Vadhū gehassa dvāram thaketvā nahāyituṃ nadiṃ upasaṅkamitvā yuvatīhi saddhiṃ sallapantī nadiyā tīre aṭṭhāsi.
17. Bhūpālo manusse vihiṃsante core nāsetvā dipaṃ pālesi.
18. Ammā asappurise bhajamāne putte samaṇehi ovādāpesi.
19. Sappurisena kiṇitvā āhaṭehi bhaṇḍehi chaḍḍetabbaṃ natthi.
20. Mā tumhe gāme vasante kassake vihiṃsatha.

25. Translate into Pāli:

1. The mother took the gold kept in the box and gave it to the daughter.
2. The daughter-in-law honoured the gods with garlands and fruits.
3. If you dig holes, I will plant trees.
4. You (pl.) go to the field and bring the corn home.
5. Cow-elephants wandered in the forest eating plantain trees.
6. I looked at the girls crossing the river by boat.
7. Young women pulled the branches fallen in the pit.
8. The rays of the sun illuminate the world.
9. Singing songs the sisters went to the tank to bathe.
10. The woman tied the cow with a rope and brought it to the field.
11. The daughter-in-law went to Anurādhapura with the mother-in-law to honour the relics of the Buddha.
12. May virtue and wisdom illuminate the minds of men in the world.

-ooOoo-

:::
:::

Lesson 25 masc. noun -i

Lesson 25

1. Declension of masculine nouns ending in -i

Aggi - fire

Singular Plural
Nom. aggi aggī / aggayo
Voc. aggi aggī / aggayo
Acc. aggiṃ aggī / aggayo
Ins. agginā aggīhi (aggībhi)
Abl. agginā / aggimhā / aggismā aggīhi (aggībhi)
Dat. aggino / aggissa aggīnaṃ
Gen. aggino / aggissa aggīnaṃ
Loc. aggimhi / aggismiṃ aggīsu

2. Masculine nouns ending in -i

muni / isi - sage
kavi - poet
ari - enemy
bhūpati - king
pati - husband, master
gahapati - householder
adhipati - lord, leader
atithi - guest
vyādhi - illness
udadhi - ocean
nidhi - (hidden) treasure
vīhi - paddy
kapi - monkey
ahi - serpent
dīpi - leopard
ravi - sun
giri - mountain
maṇi - gem
asi - sword
rāsi - heap
pāṇi - hand
kucchi - belly
muṭṭhi - fist, hammer

Exercise 25

3. Translate into English:

1. Munayo sīlaṃ rakkhantā girimhi guhāsu vasiṃsu
2. Ācariyena saddhiṃ viharanto kavi isi hoti.
3. Bhūpati asinā ariṃ paharitvā māresi.
4. Pati bhariyāya paṭiyāditaṃ odanaṃ bhuñjitvā khettaṃ agami.
5. Sappurisā gahapatayo bhariyāhi ca puttehi ca gehesu vasantā sukhaṃ vindanti.
6. Nidhiṃ pariyesanto adhipati sahāyakehi saddhiṃ dīpaṃ agacchi.
7. Atithīnaṃ odanaṃ pacantī itthī aggiṃ jālesi.
8. Vyādhinā pīḷito naro mañce sayati.
9. Gahapati vīhīnaṃ rāsiṃ minanto bhariyāya saddhiṃ kathesi.
10. Dārikā girimhā udentaṃ raviṃ olokentī hasanti.
11. Bhūpatino muṭṭhimhi maṇayo bhavanti.
12. Ari kavino soṇaṃ yaṭṭhiyā paharitvā dhāvi.
13. Kavi patinā dinnaṃ maṇiṃ pāṇinā gaṇhi.
14. Nāriyo patīhi saddhiṃ udadhiṃ gantvā nahāyituṃ ārabhiṃsu.
15. Adhipati atithiṃ khādanīyehi ca bhojanīyehi ca bhojāpesi.
16. Bhūpatinā kattabbāni kammāni adhipatayo na karissanti.
17. Munīhi pariyesitabbaṃ dhammaṃ aham pi uggaṇhituṃ icchāmi.
18. Ahaṃ dīpaṃ jāletvā udakena āsittāni padumāni Buddhassa pūjemi.
19. Tvaṃ girimhi vasante dīpayo oloketuṃ luddakena saha giriṃ āruhasi.
20. Devī parisāya saha sabhāyaṃ nisinnā hoti.
21. Gahapatayo pañhe pucchituṃ ākaṅkhamānā isiṃ upasaṅkamiṃsu.
22. Gahapatīhi puṭṭho isi pañhe vyākari.
23. Nāriyā dhotāni vatthāni gaṇhante kapayo disvā kumārā pāsāṇehi te (them) pahariṃsu.
24. Uyyāne āhiṇḍitvā tiṇaṃ khādantiyo gāviyo ca goṇā ca ajā ca aṭaviṃ pavisitvā dīpiṃ disvā bhāyiṃsu.
25. Gahapatīhi munayo ca atithayo ca bhojetabbā honti.
26. Ammā mañjūsāya pakkhipitvā rakkhite maṇayo dārikāya ca vadhuyā ca adadi / adāsi.
27. Yadi tumhe bhūpatiṃ upasankameyyātha mayaṃ rathaṃ paṭiyādessāma.
28. Gahapati coraṃ gīvāya gahetvā pādena kucchiṃ pahari.
29. Sakuṇehi katāni kulāvakāni (nests) mā tumhe bhindatha.
30. Gītaṃ gāyantī yuvati gāviṃ upasaṅkamma khīraṃ duhituṃ (to milk) ārabhi.
31. Buddhassa dhātuyo vandituṃ mayaṃ vihāraṃ gamimha.
32. Mayaṃ kaññāyo dhammasālaṃ sammajjitvā kilañjāsu (on mats) nisīditvā dhammaṃ suṇimha.
33. Mayaṃ locanehi rūpāni passāma, sotehi (with ears) saddaṃ (sound) suṇāma, jivhāya rasaṃ sādiyāma (we taste)
34. Te aṭaviyā āhiṇḍantiyo gāviyo rajjūhi bandhitvā khettam ānesuṃ.
35. Bhariyā vyādhinā pīḷitassa patino hatthaṃ āmasantī taṃ (him) samassāsesi (comforted).
36. Gahapati atithinā saddhiṃ sallapanto sālāya nisinno hoti.
37. Muni saccaṃ adhigantvā manussānaṃ dhammaṃ desetuṃ pabbatamhā oruyha gāme vihāre vasati.
38. Rajjuyā bandhitā gāvī tattha tattha (here and there) āhiṇḍfituṃ asakkontī rukkhamūle tiṇaṃ khādati.
39. Devī bhūpatinā saddhiṃ rathena gacchantī anatarāmagge (on the way) kasante kassake passi.
40. Mā tuhme akusalaṃ karotha, sace kareyyātha sukhaṃ vindituṃ na labhissatha.

4. Translate into Pāli:

1. The husbands brought gems from the island for their wives.
2. Sicknesses oppress people living in the world.
3. Sitting on the ground the woman measured paddy with a nāḷi.
4. Householders who do evil do not worship sages.
5. If you dig up the treasure you will get gems.
6. I washed the clothes which were to be washed by the wife.
7. We drank the gruel which was prepared by our mother.
8. You kindle the fire to cook rice and gruel for the guests coming from the city.
9. The householder hit with a sword the thief who entered the house.
10. The young girl gave grass to the cows standing in the shade of the tree.
11. Monkeys dwell on trees, lions sleep in caves, serpents move on the ground.
12. If you buy goods from the city and bring, I will sell them (tāni) to farmers.
13. O wicked man, if you do merit you will experience happiness.
14. There are gems and gold in the boxes in my mother\'s house.
15. The sage preached the doctrine to the king\'s retinue seated on the ground.
16. Recluses, sages and poets are honoured by virtuous men.
17. We will get the treasure which is protected by the leader.
18. Do not cut branches of the trees planted in the park.
19. Being released from the cage the birds flew into the sky.
20. We did not see sages crossing the river through psychic power.

-ooOoo-

:::
:::

Lesson 26 masc. noun [ -ī]

Lesson 26

1. Declension of masculine nouns ending in -ī

Pakkhī - bird

Singular Plural
Nom. pakkhī pakkhī / pakkhino
Voc. pakkhī pakkhī / pakkhino
Acc. pakkhinaṃ / pakkhiṃ pakkhī / pakkhino
Ins. pakkhinā pakkhīhi (pakkhībhi)
Abl. pakkhinā / pakkhimhā / pakkhismā pakkhīhi (pakkhībhi)
Dat. pakkhino / pakkhissa pakkhīnaṃ
Gen. pakkhino / pakkhissa pakkhīnaṃ
Loc. pakkhini / pakkhimhi / pakkhismiṃ pakkhīsu

It should be noted that this declension differs from the aggi declension only in the nominative, vocative and accusative cases.

The rest agrees with it, the only exception being pakkhini in the locative singular, for which there is no corresponding form in the aggi declension.

2. Masculine nouns ending in -ī

hatthī / karī - elephant
sāmī - lord, husband
seṭṭhī - banker
sukhī - one who is happy
mantī - minister
sikhī - peacock
pāṇī - living being
dāṭhī - tusker
dīghajīvī - one with long life
balī - powerful one
vaḍḍhakī - carpenter
sārathī - charioteer
kuṭṭhī - leper
pāpakārī - evil doer

Exercise 26

3. Translate into English:

1. Pakkhī gāyanto sākhāyaṃ nisīdati.
2. Gāviṃ rajjuyā muñcamānā ammā khette ṭhitā hoti.
3. Kaññāyo sabhāyaṃ naccantiyo gāyiṃsu.
4. Seṭṭhī mahantaṃ (much) dhanaṃ vissajjetvā samaṇānaṃ vihāraṃ kārāpesi.
5. Hatthino ca kaṇeruyo ca aṭaviyaṃ āhiṇḍanti.
6. Pāpakārī pāpāni paṭicchādetvā sappuriso viya (like) sabhāyaṃ nisinno seṭṭhinā saddhiṃ kathesi.
7. Sappurisā dīghajīvino hontu, puttā sukhino bhavantu.
8. Vāṇijo nagaramhā bhaṇḍāni kiṇitvā piṭakesu pakkhipitvā rajjuyā bandhitvā āpaṇaṃ pesesi.
9. Sārathinā āhaṭe rathe vaḍḍhakī nisinno hoti.
10. Sabbe (all) pāṇino dīghajīvino na bhavanti / honti.
11. Ammā vaḍḍhakinā gehaṃ kārāpetvā dārikāhi saha tattha (there) vasi.
12. Mayaṃ maṇayo vatthena veṭhetvā mañjūsāyaṃ nikkhipitvā bhariyānaṃ pesayimha.
13. Muni pāpakāriṃ pakkosāpetvā dhammaṃ desetvā ovadi.
14. Balinā bhūpatino dinnaṃ kariṃ oloketuṃ tumhe sannipatittha.
15. Ahaṃ seṭṭhī kuṭṭhiṃ pakkosāpetvā bhojanaṃ (food) dāpesiṃ.
16. Sace girimhi sikhino vasanti, te (them) passituṃ ahaṃ giriṃ āruhituṃ ussahissāmi.
17. Bhūpati sappuriso abhavi / ahosi; mantino pāpakārino abhaviṃsu / ahesuṃ.
18. Balinā kārāpitesu pāsādesu seṭṭhino puttā na vasiṃsu.
19. Sabbe pāṇino sukhaṃ pariyesamānā jīvanti, kammāni karonti.
20. Sāmī maṇayo ca suvaṇṇaṃ ca kiṇitvā bhariyāya adadi / adāsi.
21. Asanisaddaṃ (sound of thunder) sutvā girimhi sikhino naccituṃ ārabhiṃsu.
22. Mā balino pāpakārī hontu / bhavantu.
23. Sappurisā kusalaṃ karontā, manussehi puññaṃ kārentā, sukhino bhavanti.
24. Kavi asinā ariṃ pahari; kaviṃ paharituṃ asakkonto ari kuddho ahosi.
25. Kapayo rukkhesu carantā pupphāni ca chindiṃsu.

4. Translate into Pāli:

1. Followed by the evil hunter the elephants ran in the forest.
2. The leper took the garments given by the husband.
3. Leopards living in the forest do not fear lions living in the caves.
4. Singing a song, the boys danced with the girls in the hall.
5. Mothers with their daughters spread lotuses on the flower altar (pupphāsane).
6. If the boys drink liquor, the girls will become angry and will not sing.
7. The farmer got angry with the evil doer (use gen.) who harassed the cows grazing in the field.
8. The banker got the carpenter to build a mansion for his sons.
9. May the deities protect the good king governing the island righteously.
10. May all (sabbe) living beings live long happily.

-ooOoo-

:::
:::

Lesson 27 masc. noun -u and[ -ū]

Lesson 27

1. Declension of masculine nouns ending in -u

Garu = Teacher

Singular Plural
Nom. garu garū, garavo
Voc. garu garū, garavo
Acc. garuṃ garū, garavo
Ins. garunā garūhi (garūbhi)
Abl. garunā garūhi (garūbhi)
Dat. garuno, garussa garūnaṃ
Gen. garuno, garussa garūnaṃ
Loc. garumhi, garusmiṃ garūsu

2. Masculine nouns ending in -u

bhikkhu - monk
bandhu - relation
taru - tree
bahu - arm
sindhu - sea
pharasu - axe
pasu - beast
ākhu - rat
ucchu - sugar cane
veḷu - bamboo
kaṭacchu - spoon
sattu - enemy
setu - bridge
ketu - banner
susu - young one

3. Declension of masculine nouns ending in -ū

Vidū - wise man

Singular Plural
Nom. vidū vidū, viduno
Voc. vidū vidū, viduno
Acc. viduṃ vidū, viduno

The rest is similar to the garu declension.

Singular Plural
Ins. vidunā vidūhi (vidūbhi)
Abl. vidunā vidūhi (vidūbhi)
Dat. viduno, vidussa vidūnaṃ
Gen. viduno, vidussa vidūnaṃ
Loc. vidumhi, vidusmiṃ vidūsu

4. Masculine nouns ending in -ū

pabhū - eminent person
sabbaññū - omniscient one
viññū - wise man
vadaññū - philanthropist
atthaññū - benevolent man
mattaññū - moderate or abstemious man

Exercise 27

5. Translate into English:

1. Bhikkhavo Tathāgatassa sāvakā honti.
2. Bandhavo ammaṃ passituṃ nagaramhā gāmaṃ āgamiṃsu.
3. Coro āraññe taravo chindituṃ pharasuṃ ādāya gacchi / agami.
4. Sīhā ca dīpayo ca aṭaviyaṃ vasante pasavo māretvā khādanti.
5. Sappurisā viññuno bhavanti.
6. Bhūpati mantīhi saddhiṃ sindhuṃ taritvā sattavo paharitvā jinituṃ ussahi.
7. Ammā kaṭacchunā dārikaṃ odanaṃ bhojāpesi.
8. Hatthino ca kaṇeruyo ca ucchavo ākaḍḍhitvā khādiṃsu.
9. Bhūpatissa mantino sattūnaṃ ketavo āhariṃsu.
10. Setumhi nisinno bandhu taruno sākhaṃ hatthena ākaḍḍhi.
11. Uyyāne ropitesu veḷūsu pakkhino nisīditvā gāyanti.
12. Sace pabhuno atthaññū honti manussā sukhino gāme viharituṃ sakkonti.
13. Sabbaññū Tathāgato dhammena manusse anusāsati.
14. Mattaññū sappurisā dīghajīvino ca sukhino ca bhaveyyuṃ.
15. Viññūhi anusāsitā mayaṃ kumārā sappurisā bhavituṃ ussahimha.
16. Mayaṃ ravino ālokena ākāse uḍḍente pakkhino passituṃ sakkoma.
17. Tumhe pabhuno hutvā dhammena jīvituṃ vāyameyyātha.
18. Ahaṃ dhammaṃ desentaṃ bhikkhuṃ jānāmi.
19. Ahayo ākhavo khādantā aṭaviyā vammikesu (anthills) vasanti.
20. Vanitāya sassu bhaginiyā ucchavo ca padumāni ca adadi / adāsi.

6. Translate into Pāli:

1. Crossing the bridge the enemy has entered the island.
2. You shall not cut bamboos with axes, you may with saws.
3. King\'s ministers tied banners on the bridge and on trees.
4. The beasts fed the young ones with rats.
5. Wise men became eminent people.
6. The monk was a relation of the king who rules the island.
7. The trees cut by the enemy fell into the sea.
8. With the fist the mother hit the dog which was trying to bite the girl.
9. Kings protect recluses, brahmins, men and beasts living in the island.
10. Mother\'s sister killed a rat with a bamboo.
11. The teacher sent sugar-cane to the tuskers\' young ones.
12. Seeing a monkey trying to enter the house the husband closed the door.

-ooOoo-

:::
:::

Lesson 28 masc [-u / -ar, agent - relationship]

Lesson 28

1. Declension of masculine nouns ending in -u / -ar

Some masculine nouns have two bases ending in -u and -ar.
They express the agent or a relationship.

Satthu / satthar - teacher (lit., he who admonishes)

Singular Plural
Nom. satthā satthāro
Voc. satthā, sattha satthāro
Acc. satthāraṃ satthāro
Ins. satthārā satthārehi, satthūhi
Abl. satthārā satthārehi, satthūhi
Dat. satthu, satthuno, satthussa satthārānaṃ, satthūnaṃ
Gen. satthu, satthuno, satthussa satthārānaṃ, satthūnaṃ
Loc. satthari satthāresu, satthūsu

2. Some words similarly declined are as follows:

kattu - doer
gantu - goer
sotu - hearer
dātu - giver
netu - leader
vattu - sayer
jetu - victor
vinetu - disciplinarian
viññātu - knower
bhattu - husband
nattu - grandson

[N.B.] Though bhattu and nattu are nouns expressing relationships they are declined like agent nouns such as satthā, as in Sanskrit.

3. Masculine nouns expressing relationships such as pitu (father), and bhātu (brother) are declined somewhat differently as follows:

Pitu / pitar = father

Singular Plural
Nom. pitā pitaro
Voc. pitā, pita pitaro
Acc. pitaraṃ pitaro
Ins. pitarā pitarehi, pitūhi
Abl. pitarā pitarehi, pitūhi
Dat. pitu, pituno pitarānaṃ
Gen. pitussa pitūnaṃ
Loc. pitari pitaresu, pitūsu

Bhātu / bhātar = brother

Singular Plural
Nom. bhātā bhātaro
Voc. bhātā, bhāta bhātaro
Acc. bhātaraṃ bhātaro
Ins. bhātarā bhātarehi,bhātūhi
Abl. bhātarā bhātarehi,bhātūhi
Dat. bhātu, bhātuno bhātarānaṃ
Gen. bhātussa bhātūnaṃ
Loc. bhātari bhātaresu,bhātūsu

4. Feminine nouns expressing relationships are declined as follows:

Mātu / Mātar = mother

Singular Plural
Nom. mātā mātaro
Voc. mātā, māta, māte mātaro
Acc. mātaraṃ mātaro
Ins. mātarā, mātuyā mātarehi, mātūhi
Abl. mātarā, mātuyā mātarehi, mātūhi
Dat. mātu, mātuyā, mātāya mātarānaṃ, mātūnaṃ,mātānaṃ
Gen. mātu, mātuyā, mātāya mātarānaṃ, mātūnaṃ,mātānaṃ
Loc. mātari, mātuyā, mātuyaṃ mātaresu, mātūsu

Dhītu (daughter) and duhitu (daughter) are similarly declined.

Exercise 28

5. Translate into English:

1. Satthā bhikkhūnaṃ dhammaṃ desento rukkhassa chāyāya nisinno hoti.
2. Puññāni kattāro bhikkhūnaṃ ca tāpasānaṃ ca dānaṃ denti.
3. Sace satthā dhammaṃ deseyya viññātāro bhavissanti.
4. Bhūpati dīpasmiṃ jetā bhavatu.
5. Pitā dhītaraṃ ādāya vihāraṃ gantvā satthāraṃ vandāpesi.
6. Viññātāro loke manussānaṃ netāro hontu / bhavantu.
7. Bhātā pitarā saddhiṃ mātuyā pacitaṃ yāguṃ bhuñji.
8. Bhattā nattārehi saha kīḷantaṃ kapiṃ disvā hasanto aṭṭhāsi (stood).
9. Setuṃ kattāro veḷavo bandhitvā nadiyā tīre ṭhapesuṃ.
10. Sindhuṃ taritvā dīpaṃ gantāro sattūhi hatā honti.
11. Bhariyā bhattu sāṭake rajakena dhovāpesi.
12. Netuno kathaṃ sotāro uyyāne nisinnā suriyena pīḷitā honti.
13. Dātārehi dinnāni vatthāni yācakehi na vikkiṇitabbāni honti.
14. Rodantassa nattussa kujjhitvā vanitā taṃ (him) hatthena pahari.
15. Vinetuno ovādaṃ (advice) sutvā bandhavo sappurisā abhaviṃsu / ahesuṃ.
16. Gehesu ca aṭavīsu ca vasante ākhavo ahayo khādanti.
17. Nattā mātaraṃ yāguṃ yācanto bhūmiyaṃ patitvā rodati.
18. Tumhe bhātarānaṃ ca bhaginīnaṃ ca mā kujjhatha.
19. Dīpaṃ gantārehi nāvāya sindhu taritabbo hoti.
20. Pubbakā (ancient) isayo mantānaṃ (magic spells) kattāro ca mantānaṃ pavattāro (reciters) ca abhaviṃsu / ahesuṃ.
21. Mattaññū dātā nattārānaṃ thokaṃ thokaṃ modake (sweets) dadiṃsu / adaṃsu.
22. Atthaññū netāro manusse sappurise karontā vinetāro bhavanti.
23. Mātā dhītaraṃ ovadantī sīsaṃ (head) cumbitvā (kissed) bāhuṃ āmasitvā samassāsesi.
24. Vadaññū brāhmaṇo khudāya pīḷente yācake disvā pahūtaṃ (much) bhojanaṃ (food) dāpesi.
25. Sārathinā āhaṭe veḷavo gahetvā vaḍḍhakī sālaṃ māpesi.

6. Translate into Pāli:

1. Father and mother went with the brother to see the sister.
2. Evil doers will not live long happily.
3. May the king, together with his retinue, become victorious.
4. Mother\'s brother is the uncle.
5. The enemies of my brothers tied banners on trees and bamboos.
6. The house builder gave bamboos to the grandsons.
7. Brother gave food to (my) daughter with a spoon.
8. The Buddha is the teacher of gods and men.
9. May you (pl.) be speakers of the truth.
10. Good husbands are kind (kāruṇikā) to their wives like gods.
11. Let good men become powerful ministers to govern the island.
12. The powerful kings were victorious.

-ooOoo-

:::
:::

Lesson 29 neuter -i and -u

Lesson 29

1. Declension of Neuter nouns ending in -i

Aṭṭhi = bone, seed

Singular Plural
Nom. aṭṭhi aṭṭhī, aṭṭhīni
Voc. aṭṭhi aṭṭhī, aṭṭhīni
Acc. aṭṭhiṃ aṭṭhī, aṭṭhīni
Ins. aṭṭhinā aṭṭhīhi, (aṭṭhībhi)
Abl. aṭṭhinā aṭṭhīhi, (aṭṭhībhi)
Dat. aṭṭhino, aṭṭhissa aṭṭhīnaṃ
Gen. aṭṭhino, aṭṭhissa aṭṭhīnaṃ
Loc. aṭṭhini, aṭṭhimhi, aṭṭhismiṃ aṭṭhīsu

[N.B.] This declension is similar to the aggi declension except in the nominative, vocative and accusative cases.

2. Neuter nouns ending in -i

vāri - water
akkhi - eye
sappi - ghee
dadhi - curds
acci - flame
satthi - thigh

3. Declension of neuter nouns ending in -u

Cakkhu = eye

Singular Plural
Nom. cakkhu cakkhū, cakkhūni
Voc. cakkhu cakkhū, cakkhūni
Acc. cakkhuṃ cakkhū, cakkhūni

The rest is similar to the garu declension.

Singular Plural
Ins. cakkhunā chakkhūhi (chakkhūbhi)
Abl. cakkhunā chakkhūhi (chakkhūbhi)
Dat. chakkhuno, chakkhussa chakkhūnaṃ
Gen. chakkhuno, chakkhussa chakkhūnaṃ
Loc. chakkhumhi, chakkhusmiṃ chakkhūsu

4. Neuter nouns ending in -u

dhanu - bow
madhu - honey
assu - tear
jāṇu / jaṇṇu - knee
dāru - firewood
ambu - water
vasu - wealth
vatthu - ground, base, site, estate

5. Vocabulary - Verbs

anukampati - feels compassionate
vāceti - teaches
sammisseti - mixes
pabbajati - renounces, becomes ordained
vippakirati - scatters, (pp. vippakiṇṇa)
parājeti - defeats
anugacchati - follows
pattheti - aspires, hopes
samijjhati - fulfils, succeeds
pavatteti - sets in motion
(assūni) pavatteti - sheds tears
vibhajati - distributes, analyses

Exercise 29

6. Translate into English:

1. Gehaṃ pavisantaṃ ahiṃ disvā kaññā bhāyitvā assūni pavattentī rodituṃ ārabhi.
2. Dīpinā hatāya gāviyā aṭṭhīni bhūmiyaṃ vippakiṇṇāni honti.
3. Nadiyā vārinā vatthāni dhovanto pitā nahāpetuṃ puttaṃ pakkosi.
4. Tvaṃ sappinā ca madhunā ca sammissetvā odanaṃ bhuñjissasi.
5. Mayaṃ khīramhā dadhiṃ labhāma.
6. Bhikkhu dīpassa acciṃ olokento aniccasaññaṃ (perception of impermanence) vaḍḍhento (developing) nisīdi.
7. Pāpakāri luddako dhanuṃ ca sare ca ādāya aṭaviṃ paviṭṭho.
8. Sattu amaccassa satthiṃ asīnā paharitvā aṭṭhiṃ chindi.
9. Ahaṃ sappinā pacitaṃ odanaṃ madhunā bhuñjituṃ na icchāmi.
10. Nattā hatthehi ca jaṇṇūhi ca gacchantaṃ yācakaṃ disvā anukampamāno bhojanaṃ ca vatthaṃ ca dāpesi.
11. Dārūni saṃharantiyo itthiyo aṭaviyaṃ āhiṇḍantī gāyiṃsu.
12. Ambūmhi jātāni padumāni na ambunā upalittāni (smeared) honti.
13. Manussā nānākammāni (various work) katvā vasuṃ saṃharitvā puttadāre (children and wife) posetuṃ ussahanti.
14. Bhattā mātuyā akkhīsu assūni disvā bhariyāya kujjhi.
15. Pitā khettavatthūni puttānaṃ ca nattārānaṃ ca vibhajitvā vihāraṃ gantvā pabbaji.
16. Pakkhīhi khāditānaṃ phalānaṃ aṭṭhīni rukkhamūle patitāni honti.
17. Ācariyo sissānaṃ (pupils) sippaṃ (art) vācento te anukampamāno dhammena jīvituṃ anusāsi.
18. Bodhisatto samaṇo māraṃ (the evil one) parājetvā Buddho bhavi / ahosi.
19. Buddhaṃ passitvā dhammaṃ sotuṃ patthentā narā dhammaṃ carituṃ vāyamanti.
20. Sace sappurisānaṃ sabbā patthanā (fem. aspirations) samijjheyyuṃ manussā loke sukhaṃ vindeyyuṃ.
21. Vyādhinā pīḷitā mātā assūni pavattentī dhītuyā gehaṃ āgantvā mañce sayitvā yāguṃ yāci.
22. Mātaraṃ anukampamānā dhītā khippaṃ (soon) yāguṃ paṭiyādetvā mātuyā mukhaṃ (face) dhovitvā yāguṃ pāyesi.
23. Pitarā puṭṭhaṃ pañhaṃ bhattā sammā (correctly) vibhajitvā upamāya (with a smile) atthaṃ vyākari / vyākāsi.
24. Luddako aṭaviyā bhūmiyaṃ dhaññaṃ vippakiritvā mige palobhetvā (tempting) māretuṃ ussahi.
25. Dhaññaṃ khādantā migā āgacchantaṃ luddakaṃ disvā vegena (speedily) dhāvimsu.

7. Translate into Pāli:

1. He saw the bones of the animals killed by the leopard in the forest.
2. You (pl.) will bathe in the river water.
3. There are tears in the eyes of the daughter who is a young girl.
4. The farmer sells ghee and curd to the merchants.
5. The flames of the lamps danced in the wind (vātena).
6. There is eczema on the feet of the enemy.
7. The bee (bhamara / madhukara) collects honey from flowers without hurting them.
8. The woman bringing firewood from the forest fell into the river.
9. Planting trees in the fields and gardens men try to collect wealth.
10. The husband brought a gem for the wife from the city.

-ooOoo-

:::
:::

Lesson 30 adjectives -vantu and -mantu

Lesson 30

1. Declension of Adjectives ending in -vantu and -mantu

Attributive adjectives ending in -vantu and -mantu can be declined in all three genders.
They agree with the nouns they qualify in gender, number and case.

Masculine Gender

Guṇavantu - virtuous

Singular Plural
Nom. guṇavā, guṇavanto guṇavanto, guṇavantā
Voc. guṇavā, guṇava, guṇavanta guṇavanto, guṇavantā
Acc. guṇavantaṃ guṇavanto, guṇavante
Ins. guṇavatā, guṇavantena guṇavantehi (guṇavantebhi)
Abl. guṇavatā, guṇavantamhā, guṇavantasmā guṇavantehi (guṇavantebhi)
Dat. guṇavato, guṇavantassa guṇavataṃ, guṇavantānaṃ
Gen. guṇavato, guṇavantassa guṇavataṃ, guṇavantānaṃ
Loc. guṇavati, guṇavante, guṇavantamhi, guṇavantasmiṃ guṇavantesu

[NB:] Note the similarities of this declension to the declension of the present participle masculine gender ending in -nta.

Adjectives ending in -mantu are declined as cakkhumā, cakkhumanto etc.

Neuter Gender

Ojavantu - nourishing

Singular Plural
Nom. ojavantaṃ ojavantāni
Acc. ojavantaṃ ojavantāni

The rest is similar to the declension of masculine adjectives ending in -vantu and -mantu.

Feminine Gender

Guṇavatī / guṇavantī and cakkhumatī / cakkhumantī are the feminine forms of the adjectives ending in -vantu and -mantu. They are declined like kumārī, i.e. feminine nouns ending in -ī.

2. Adjectives ending in -vantu and -mantu

dhanavantu - rich
Bhagavantu - the Fortunate one, the Buddha
yasavantu - famous
kulavantu - of good family
sotavantu - attentive, having ears
sīlavantu - virtuous
saddhāvantu - devoted
satimantu - mindful
cakkhumantu - having eyes
balavantu - powerful
paññavantu - wise
puññavantu - fortunate, meritorious
phalavantu - fruitful
himavantu - Himalayas, possessor of snow
vaṇṇavantu - colourful
bhānumantu - sun, radiant
buddhimantu - intelligent
bandhumantu - having relations

Exercise 30

3. Translate into English:

1. Balavantehi bhūpatīhi arayo parājitā honti.
2. Mayaṃ cakkhūhi bhānumantassa suriyassa rasmiyo oloketuṃ na sakkoma.
3. Bhikkhavo Bhagavatā desitaṃ dhammaṃ sutvā satimantā bhavituṃ vāyamiṃsu.
4. Sīlavantā upāsakā Bhagavantaṃ vanditvā dhammaṃ sutvā satimantā bhavituṃ vāyamiṃsu.
5. Paññavantehi icchitaṃ patthitaṃ samijjhissati.
6. Kulavato bhātā Bhagavatā saha mantento bhūmiyaṃ pattharitāya kilañjāyaṃ (mat) nisinno ahosi.
7. Phalavantesu tarūsu nisinnā pakkhino phalāni khāditvā aṭṭhīni bhūmiyaṃ pātesuṃ.
8. Himavati bahū (many) pasavo ca pakkhī ca uragā (reptiles) ca vasanti.
9. Sīlavantā dhammaṃ sutvā cakkhumantā bhavituṃ ussahissanti.
10. Guṇavato bandhu sīlavatiṃ pañhaṃ pucchi.
11. Guṇavatī yuvati sīlaṃ rakkhantī mātaraṃ posesi.
12. Yasavatiyā bandhavo balavanto pabhuno abhaviṃsu.
13. Dhanavantassa sappurisassa bhariyā puññavatī ahosi.
14. Sīlavantesu vasantā asappurisā pi guṇavantā bhaveyyuṃ.
15. Silavatiyo mātaro putte guṇavante kātuṃ ussahanti.
16. Buddhimā puriso pāpaṃ karonte putte anusāsituṃ paññavantaṃ bhikkhuṃ pakkosi.
17. Kulavato nattā sīlavatā bhikkhunā dhammaṃ sutvā pasīditvā gehaṃ pahāya bhikkhūsu pabbaji.
18. Balavantā pabhuno guṇavanto bhavantu.
19. Dhanavantā balavantā kadāci karahaci (seldom) guṇavantā bhavanti.
20. Himavantasmā āgato paññavā isi sīlavatiyā mātuyā uyyāne atithi ahosi.
21. Dubbalaṃ (weak) sīlavatiṃ itthiṃ disvā anukampamānā dhanavatī taṃ (her) posesi.
22. Himavati phalavantā taravo na chinditabbā honti.
23. Dhammassa viññātāro yasavantā bhavituṃ na ussahanti.
24. Bandhumā balavā hoti, dhanavā bandhumā hoti.
25. Sīlavatī rājinī guṇavatīhi itthīhi saddhiṃ sālāyaṃ nisīditvā yasavatiyā kaññāya kathaṃ suṇi.
26. Guṇavā puriso rukkhamhā ojavantāni phalāni ocinitvā vihāre vasantānaṃ silavantānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ vibhaji.
27. Balavatiyā rājiniyā amaccā dhammena dīpe manusse pālesuṃ.
28. Yasavantīnaṃ nārīnaṃ dhītaro pi yasavantiyo bhavissanti.
29. Paññavantiyā yuvatiyā puṭṭho dhanavā pañhaṃ vyākātuṃ asakkonto sabhāyaṃ nisīdi.
30. Bhānumā suriyo manussānaṃ ālokaṃ deti.

4. Translate into Pāli:

1. Sages living in the Himalaya sometimes (kadāci) come to towns.
2. Mindful monks preached the doctrine to wise lay devotees.
3. Fortunate people have virtuous friends and relations.
4. Rich merchants go from village to village selling goods.
5. The virtuous girl was the wife of the rich teacher.
6. The intelligent monk answered the question asked by the powerful eminent person.
7. There are garlands in the hand of the virtuous girl.
8. The rich are famous, the wise are virtuous.
9. You (pl.) do not avoid virtuous and wise men.
10. The Fortunate One is living in the famous island ruled by the powerful king.
11. If a wise monk lives in the village, people will become virtuous.
12. May men of good families become virtuous and wise.
13. People will follow the rich and powerful.
14. The famous king defeated the powerful enemy who has many relations.
15. People with eyes see the radiant sun.

-ooOoo-

:::
:::

Lesson 31 personal pronouns

Lesson 31

1. Declension of Personal Pronouns

The first personal pronoun: amha

Singular Plural
Nom. ahaṃ [= I]  mayaṃ, amhe [= we] 
Acc. maṃ, mamaṃ [= me]  amhe, amhākaṃ, no [= us] 
Ins. mayā, me amhehi, no
Abl. mayā amhehi
Dat. mama, mayhaṃ, mamaṃ, me amhaṃ, amhākaṃ, no
Gen. mama, mayhaṃ, mamaṃ, me amhaṃ, amhākaṃ, no
Loc. mayi amhesu

2. The second personal pronoun:

tumha

Singular Plural
Nom. tvaṃ, tuvaṃ [= you]  tumhe [= you] 
Acc. taṃ, tavaṃ, tuvaṃ tumhe, tumhākaṃ, vo
Ins. tvayā, tayā, te tumhehi, vo
Abl. tvayā, tayā tumhehi, vo
Dat. tava,tuyhaṃ, te tumhaṃ, tumhākaṃ, vo
Gen. tava, tuyhaṃ, te tumhaṃ, tumhākaṃ, vo
Loc. tvayi, tayi tumhesu

Exercise 31

3. Translate into English:

1. Mama ācariyo maṃ vācento potthakaṃ (book) likhi (wrote).
2. Mayhaṃ bhaginī gilānaṃ (sick) pitaraṃ posesi.
3. Dātāro bhikkhūnaṃ dānaṃ dentā amhe pi bhojāpesuṃ.
4. Tumhākaṃ dhītaro kuhiṃ (where) gamissanti?
5. Amhākaṃ dhītaro satthāraṃ namassituṃ Veḷuvanaṃ gamissanti.
6. Amhaṃ kammāni karontā dāsā (servants) pi sappurisā bhavanti.
7. Amhehi katāni puññāni ca pāpāni ca amhe anubandhanti.
8. Tayā kītāni bhaṇḍāni tava dhītā mañjūsāsu pakkhipitvā ṭhapesi.
9. Kulavantā ca caṇḍālā (outcasts) ca amhesu bhikkhūsu pabbajanti.
10. Amhākaṃ uyyāne phalavantesu tarūsu vaṇṇavantā pakkhino caranti.
11. Uyyānaṃ āgantvā tiṇāni khādantā migā amhe passitvā bhāyitvā aṭaviṃ dhāviṃsu.
12. Amhākaṃ bhattāro nāvāya udadhiṃ taritvā dīpaṃ pāpuṇiṃsu.
13. Amhaṃ bhūpatayo balavantā jetāro bhavanti.
14. Tumhākaṃ nattāro ca mama bhātaro ca sahayakā abhaviṃsu / ahesuṃ.
15. Tumhehi āhaṭāni cīvarāni mama mātā bhikkhūnaṃ pūjesi.
16. Uyyāne nisinno ahaṃ nattārehi kīḷantaṃ tavaṃ apassiṃ.
17. Dhaññaṃ minanto ahaṃ tayā saddhiṃ kathetuṃ na sakkomi.
18. Ahaṃ tava na kujjhāmi, tvam me kujjhasi.
19. Mama dhanavanto bandhavo viññū viduno bhavanti.
20. Dīpassa accinā ahaṃ tava chāyaṃ passituṃ sakkomi.
21. Amhākaṃ bhūpatayo jetāro hutvā pāsādesu ketavo ussāpesum (hoisted).
22. Bhātuno puttā mama gehe viharantā sippaṃ uggaṇhiṃsu.
23. Tava duhitā bhikkhuno ovāde ṭhatvā patino kāruṇikā sakhī (friend) ahosi.
24. Kusalaṃ karontā netāro saggaṃ gantāro bhavissanti.
25. Sace coro gehaṃ pavisati sīsaṃ bhinditvā nāsetabbo hoti.
26. Amhākaṃ sattuno hatthesu ca pādesu ca daddu atthi.
27. Sīlavantā buddhimantehi saddhim loke manusssānaṃ hitasukhāya (for welfare and happiness) nānā kammāni karonti.
28. Sace susūnaṃ vinetā kāruniko hoti, te sotavantā susavo gunavantā bhavissanti.
29. Mayaṃ khīramhā dadhi ca dadhimhā sappiṃ ca labhāma.
30. Mayaṃ sappiṃ ca madhuṃ ca sammissetvā bhojanaṃ paṭiyādetvā bhuñjissāma.

4. Translate into Pāli:

1. May our sons and grandsons live long and happily.
2. Trees should not be cut by us or by you.
3. Your king went to the island with the ministers and defeated the enemy.
4. I picked up the seeds which were scattered on the ground by you.
5. Our teacher who was wise and famous taught us the doctrine.
6. A bird taking a fruit by the beak was seen by you.
7. My grandson wishes to become a doctor.
8. You (pl.) saw sages living in caves in the Himalaya mountain.
9. May our sons and daughters become rich and virtuous.
10. My grandson will become a disciple of yours.
11. May you be rich and famous.
12. The bee (madhukara) is standing on the lotus born (jāta) in the water.
13. The devoted lay devotee gave a flower to the young girl of good family.
14. The famous young girl has a colourful gem in her hand.
15. The radiant sun illuminates the world.

-ooOoo-

:::
:::

Lesson 32 personal pronoun, relative, demon., interro.

Lesson 32

1. Declension of Pronouns

There are:

- Relative pronouns,
- demonstrative pronouns and
- interrogative pronouns

of all three genders.

They are declined in all cases except the vocative. They become adjectives when they qualify other nouns.

2. Masculine gender, singular number

Relative Pronoun Demonstrative Pronoun Interrogative Pronoun
Nom. yo [= he who]  so [= he, that]  ko [= who] 
Acc. yaṃ taṃ kaṃ
Ins. yena tena kena
Abl. yamhā, yasmā tamhā, tasmā kasmā, kismā
Dat. yassa tassa kassa, kissa
Gen. yassa tassa kassa, kissa
Loc. yamhi, yasmiṃ tamhi, tasmiṃ kamhi, kasmiṃ kimhi, kismiṃ

3. Neuter Gender, singular number

Relative Pronoun Demonstrative Pronoun Interrogative Pronoun
Nom. yaṃ [= that]   taṃ [= it, that]   kim [= which which] 
Acc. yaṃ taṃ kim

[The rest is similar to the masculine declension]

4. Feminine gender, singular number

Relative Pronoun Demonstrative Pronoun Interrogative Pronoun
Nom. yā [= she], [who]  sā [= she], [that]  kā [= who] 
Acc. yaṃ taṃ kaṃ
Ins. yāya tāya kāya
Abl. yāya tāya kāya
Dat. yassā, yāya tassā, tāya kassā, kāya
Gen. yassā, yāya tassā, tāya kassā, kāya
Loc. yassaṃ, yāyaṃ tassaṃ, tāyaṃ kassaṃ, kāyaṃ

5. Masculine gender, plural number

Relative Pronoun Demonstrative Pronoun Interrogative Pronoun
Nom. ye [= they, who] te [= they, those]  ke [= who] 
Acc. ye te ke
Ins. yehi tehi kehi
Abl. yehi tehi kehi
Dat. yesaṃ(yesānaṃ) tesaṃ (tesānaṃ) kesaṃ (kesānaṃ)
Gen. yesaṃ(yesānaṃ) tesaṃ (tesānaṃ) kesaṃ (kesānaṃ)
Loc. yesu tesu kesu

[6. Neuter gender,] Plural:

Relative Pronoun Demonstrative Pronoun Interrogative Pronoun
Nom. yāni, ye [= those, which]  tāni, te [= those]  kāni, ke [= which]
Acc. yāni, ye tāni, te kāni, ke

[The rest is similar to the masculine declension]

7. Feminine gender, plural number

Relative Pronoun Demonstrative Pronoun Interrogative Pronoun
Nom. yā, yāyo [= they, who]   tā, tāyo [= they, those]  kā, kāyo [= who] 
Acc. yā, yā yo tā, tāyo kā, kāyo
Ins. yāhi tāhi kāhi
Abl. yāhi tāhi kāhi
Dat. yāsaṃ (yāsānaṃ) tāsaṃ (tāsānaṃ) kāsaṃ(kāsānaṃ)
Gen. yāsaṃ (yāsānaṃ) tāsaṃ (tāsānaṃ) kāsaṃ(kāsānaṃ)
Loc. yāsu tāsu kāsu

8. The indefinite particle: [ci] 

The indefinite particle [ci] (Skt. [cid]) is appended to the case forms of the interrogative pronoun, expressing ideas such as anyone, whichever, whoever, e.g.

[Masc].

koci puriso = some man;
kenaci purisena = by some man

Neut.

kiñci phalaṃ = some fruit;
kenaci phalena = by some fruit

Fem.

kāci itthi = some woman;
kāyaci itthiyā = by, to, of, on some woman.

9. Pronominal Adverbs

Relative Adverbs Demonstrative Adverbs Interrogative Adverbs
yattha [- where]   tattha [- there]   kattha [- where] 
yatra [- where]   tatra [- there]   kutra [- where] 
yato [- whence, where]   tato [- thence, therefore]  kuto [- whence] 
yathā [- how, in what manner]   tathā [- in that manner]  kathaṃ [- how] 
yasmā [- because]   tasmā [- therefore]   kasmā [- why] 
yadā [- when]   tadā [- then]   kadā [- when]
yena [- where]   tena [- there]   
yāva [- how long]  tāva [- so long]   

10. Examples in sentence formation

[Yo atthaññu hoti so kumāre anusāsituṃ āgacchatu.]
May he who is benevolent come to admonish the boys.

[Yaṃ ahaṃ ākaṅkhamāno ahosiṃ so āgato hoti.]
He whom I was expecting has come.

[Yena maggena so āgato tena gantuṃ ahaṃ icchāmi.]
By which road he came, I wish to go by the same.

[Yassa sā bhariyā hoti so bhattā puññavanto hoti.
] He is a fortunate husband whose wife she is.

[Yasmiṃ hatthe daddu atthi tena hatthena patto na gaṇhitabbo hoti.
] The bowl should not be taken by the hand which has eczema on it.

[Yāni kammāni sukhaṃ āvahanti (bring) tāni puññāni honti.
] Those actions which bring happiness are meritorious.

[Yā bhariyā sīlavatī hoti sā bhattuno piyāyati.
] The wife who is virtuous is dear to the husband.

[Yāya rājiniyā sā vāpī kārāpitā taṃ ahaṃ na anussarāmi.
] I do not remember the queen by whom that tank was built.

[Yassaṃ sabhāyaṃ so kathaṃ pavattesi tattha bahū manussā sannipatitā abhaviṃsu / ahesuṃ.
] The meeting where he made a speech, there many people gathered.

[Yāsaṃ itthīnaṃ mañjūsāsu suvaṇṇaṃ atthi tāyo dvārāni thaketvā gehehi nikkhamanti.
] Those women in whose boxes there is gold close the doors and go out.

[Yāsu itthīsu kodho natthi tāyo vinītā bhariyāyo ca mātaro ca bhavanti.
] Women in whom there is no anger become disciplined wives and mothers.

[Yattha bhūpatayo dhammikā honti tattha manussā sukhaṃ vindanti.
] Where kings are righteous, there the men enjoy happiness.

[Yato bhānumā ravi lokaṃ obhāseti tato cakkhumantā rūpāni passanti.
] Since the radiant sun illuminates the world, (therefore) those who have eyes see objects.

[Yathā Bhagavā dhammaṃ deseti, tathā tumhehi paṭipajjitabbaṃ.
] Just as the Blessed One preaches the doctrine, so should you conduct yourselves.

[Yasmā pitaro rukkhe ropesuṃ, tasmā mayaṃ phalāni bhuñjāma.
] Because fathers planted trees, (therefore) we enjoy fruits.

[Yāda amhehi icchitaṃ patthitaṃ samijjhati tadā amhe modāma.
] When our wishes and aspirations are fulfilled, then we are happy.

[Ko tvaṃ asi? Ke tumhe hotha?
] Who are you (sg.)?
Who are you (pl.)?

[Kena dhenu aṭaviyā ānītā?
] By whom was the cow brought from the forest?

[Kassa bhūpatinā pāsādo kārāpito?
] For whom was the palace built by the king?

[Kasmā amhehi saccaṃ bhāsitabbaṃ?
] Why should we speak the truth?

[Asappurisehi pālite dīpe kuto mayaṃ dhammikaṃ vinetāraṃ labhissāma?
] In an island governed by wicked men where will we get a righteous disciplinarian?

[Kehi kataṃ kammaṃ disvā tumhe kujjhatha?
] Seeing whose work (lit. done by whom) do you get angry?

[Kesaṃ nattāro tuyhaṃ ovāde ṭhassanti?
] Whose grandsons will stand by your advice?

[Kehi ropitāsu latāsu pupphāni ca phalāni ca bhavanti?
] On the creepers planted by whom are there flowers and fruits?

[Kāya itthiyā pādesu daddu atthi?
] On the feet of which woman is there eczema?

Exercise 32:

11. Translate into English:

1. Yassā so putto hoti sā mātā puññavatī hoti.
2. Yo taṃ dīpaṃ pāleti so dhammiko bhūpati hoti.
3. Kena ajja (today) navaṃ (new) jīvitamaggaṃ na pariyesitabbaṃ?
4. Sace tumhe asappurisā lokaṃ dūseyyātha (pollute) kattha puttadhītarehi saddhiṃ tumhe vasatha?
5. Yadā bhikkhavo sannipatitvā sālāyaṃ kilañjāsu nisīdiṃsu tadā Buddho pāvisi.
6. Yasmiṃ padese Buddho viharati tattha gantuṃ ahaṃ icchāmi.
7. Yāyaṃ guhāyaṃ sīhā vasanti taṃ pasavo na upasaṅkamanti.
8. Yo dhanavā hoti, tena sīlavatā bhavitabbaṃ.
9. Sace tumhe maṃ pañhaṃ pucchissatha ahaṃ vissajjetuṃ (to explain) ussahissāmi.
10. Yattha sīlavantā bhikkhavo vasanti tattha manussā sappurisā honti.
11. Kadā tvaṃ mātaraṃ passituṃ bhariyāya saddhiṃ gacchasi?
12. Yāhi rukkhā chinnā tāyo pucchituṃ kassako āgato hoti.
13. Kathaṃ tumhe udadhiṃ tarituṃ ākaṅkhatha?
14. Kuto tā itthiyo maṇayo āhariṃsu?
15. Yāsu mañjūsāsu ahaṃ suvaṇṇaṃ nikkhipiṃ tā corā coresuṃ.
16. Yo ajja nagaraṃ gacchati so tarūsu ketavo passissati.
17. Yassa mayā yāgu pūjitā so bhikkhu tava putto hoti.
18. Kuto ahaṃ dhammassa viññātāraṃ paññavantaṃ bhikkhuṃ labhissāmi?
19. Yasmā so bhikkhūsu pabbaji, tasmā sā pi pabbajituṃ icchati.
20. Yaṃ ahaṃ jānāmi tumhe pi taṃ jānātha.
21. Yāsaṃ itthīnaṃ dhanaṃ so icchati tāhi taṃ labhituṃ so na sakkoti.
22. Yato amhākaṃ bhūpati arayo parājesi tasmā mayaṃ tarūsu ketavo bandhimha.
23. Kadā amhākaṃ patthanā (aspirations) samijjhanti?
24. Sabbe te sappurisā tesaṃ pañhe vissajjetuṃ vāyamantā sālāya nisinnā honti.
25. Sace tvaṃ dvāraṃ thakesi ahaṃ pavisituṃ na sakkomi.
26. Amhehi katāni kammāni chāyāyo viya amhe anubandhanti.
27. Susavo mātaraṃ rakkhanti.
28. Ahaṃ sāminā saddhiṃ gehe viharantī modāmi.
29. Tumhākaṃ puttā ca dhītaro ca udadhiṃ taritvā bhaṇḍāni vikkiṇantā mūlaṃ pariyesituṃ icchanti.
30. Tvaṃ suraṃ pivasi, tasmā sā tava kujjhati.

12. Translate into Pāli:

1. He who is virtuous will defeat the enemy.
2. The girl who spoke at the meeting is not a relation of mine.
3. When the mother comes home the daughter will give the gems.
4. The dog to whom I gave rice is my brother\'s.
5. Why did you not come home today to worship the monks?
6. From where did you get the robes which you offered to the monks?
7. Whom did you give the gold which I gave you?
8. Eat what you like.
9. I will sit on the rock until you bathe in the river.
10. Where intelligent people live there I wish to dwell.

-ooOoo-

:::
:::

Lesson  Appendix - pali verbs, vocab, glossary

Glossary (English - Pāli)

[A]

accompany : [bhajati / parivāreti]
action : [kamma]
address : [āmanteti]
admonish : [anusāsati / ovadati]
advice : [ovāda]
advise : [ovadati]
again : [puna]
all : [sabba]
alms : [dāna]
ancient : [pubbaka]
and : [ca]
(be) angry : [kujjhati]
animal : [pasu]
anthill : [vammika]
approach : [upasaṅkamati]
arrow : [sara]
arts (and sciences) : [sippa]
assemble : [sannipatati]
assembly : [sabhā]
attain : [pāpuṇāti / pappoti]
avoid : [parivejjeti]
axe : [pharasu]

[B]

banana : [kadalī]
bamboo : [veḷu]
bank : [tīra]
banker : [seṭṭhī]
bathe : [nahāyati]
basket : [piṭaka]
beak : [tuṇḍa]
because : [yato / yasmā]
become : [bhavati / hoti]
bed : [mañca]
bee : [bhamara / madhukara]
beg : [yācati]
beggar : [yācaka]
belly : [kucchi]
benevolent one : [atthaññū]
between : [antarā]
bind : [bandhati]
bird : [sakuṇa / pakkhī]
bite : [ḍasati]
boat : [doṇi]
body : [kāya]
book : [potthaka]
(be) born : [uppajjati]
bow : [dhanu]
bowl : [patta]
box : [mañjūsā]
boy : [kumāra]
brahmin : [brāhmaṇa]
branch : [sākhā]
break : [bhindati / bhañjati]
bridge : [setu]
bring : [āharati / āneti / āvahati]
broom : [sammajjanī]
brother : [bhātu]
Buddha : [Tathāgata / Sugata / Bhagavā]
buy : [kiṇāti]

[C]

cage : [pañjara]
call : [pakkosati]
can : [sakkoti]
carpenter : [vaḍḍhakī]
carry : [harati]
cart : [sakaṭa]
caste : [kula]
cave : [guhā]
charioteer : [sārathī]
chase after : [anubandhati]
chief : [adhipati]
child : [dāraka]
city : [nagara]
clever : [dakkha]
climb : [āruhati]
close : [thaketi]
cloth : [vattha / dussa / sāṭaka]
collect : [ocināti / saṃharati]
colourful : [vaṇṇavantu]
come : [āgacchati]
compassionate : [kāruṇika]
conceal : [chādeti / paṭicchādeti]
console : [samassāseti]
converse : [sallapati]
cook : [pacati]
corn : [dhañña]
cow : [gāvī / dhenu]
cow elephant : [kaṇeru]
create : [māpeti]
creeper : [latā]
cross : [tarati / uttarati]
crow : [kāka]
curd : [dadhi]
cut : [chindati]

[D]

dance : [naccati]
daughter : [dārikā / dhītu / duhitu]
(is) dear : [piyāyati]
deer : [miga]
defeat : [parājeti]
deity : [deva / devatā / sura]
delight : [modati]
demerit : [akusala / pāpa]
depart : [nikkhamati]
descend : [otarati / oruhati]
destroy : [nāseti]
develop : [vaḍḍheti]
dig : [khaṇati]
disciple : [sāvaka]
disciplinarian : [vinetu]
discuss : [manteti]
dispatch : [peseti / pahiṇāti]
distribute : [vibhajati]
do : [karoti]
do not : [mā] (with imperative)
doctrine : [dhamma]
doer : [kattu]
dog : [kukkura / sunakha / soṇa]
door : [dvāra]
drink : [pivati / pibati]
drinking water : [pānīya]
drives : [pājeti]
dwells : [viharati / vasati]

[E]

ear : [sota]
eat : [khādati / bhuñjati]
eczema : [daddu]
elephant : [hatthī / karī]
elements : [dhātu]
eminent person : [pabhū]
enemy : [sattu, ari]
enjoy : [bhuñjati]
enter : [pavisati]
entire : [sakala]
estate : [vatthu]
evil : [pāpa]
evil one : [māra]
expects : [ākaṅkhati / pattheti]
explain : [vyākaroti]
explore : [pariyesati]
eye : [akkhi / cakkhu / locana / nayana]

[F]

face : [mukha]
faith : [saddhā]
fall : [patati]
famous : [yasavantu]
fast : [sīghaṃ]
father : [pitu]
fear : [bhāyati]
feel : [vindati]
feel compassionate : [anukampati]
fell : [pāteti]
field : [khetta]
fill : [pūreti]
finger : [anguli]
fire : [aggi]
firewood :[dāru]
fish : [maccha]
fisherman : [dhīvara]
fist : [muṭṭhi]
flag : [ketu]
flame : [acci]
flower : [kusuma / puppha]
flower altar : [pupphāsana]
fly : [uḍḍeti / uppatati]
follow :[anugacchati / anubandhati]
food : [bhojana / khādanīya/ bhojanīya]
foot : [pāda]
foot of tree : [rukkhamūla]
forest : [arañña / vana / aṭavi]
form (object) : [rūpa]
friend : [mitta / sahāya(ka)]
friend (female) : [sakhī]
fruit : [phala]
fulfil : [samijjhati]

[G]

gain : [lābha]
garland : [mālā]
garment : [sāṭaka / vattha]
gem : [maṇi]
generous one : [vadaññū]
get : [labhati]
ghee : [sappi]
girl : [dārikā / kaññā / kumārī / yuvati]
give : [dadāti / deti]
giver : [dātu]
go : [gacchati]
goat : [aja]
goer : [gantu]
gold : [suvaṇṇa / hirañña]
good man : [sappurisa]
goods : [bhaṇḍa]
grass : [tiṇa]
ground : [bhūmi]
gruel : [yāgu]
guest : [atithi]

[H]

hall : [sālā]
hand : [hattha]
happy one : [sukhi]
happily : [sukhaṃ]
harass : [pīḷeti]
harm : [hiṃsati]
head : [sīsa]
heap : [rāsi]
heaven : [sagga]
hermit : [tāpasa]
hide : [chādeti / paṭicchādeti]
Himalaya : [himavantu]
hit : [paharati]
hoe : [kuddāla]
hoist : [ussāpeti]
honey : [madhu]
honour : [pūjeti / vandati]
hope : [pattheti / ākaṅkhati]
horse : [assa]
house : [nivāsa / geha / ghara]
householder : [gahapati]
how : [kathaṃ / yathā]
how far : [yāva... tāva]
hunger : [khudā]
hunter : [luddaka]
husband : [pati / bhattu / sāmī]

[I]

I : [ahaṃ]
if : [sace / yadi]
illuminate : [obhāseti]
impermanent : [anicca]
indeed : [addhā]
inform : [āroceti]
intelligence : [paññā]
intelligent one : [paññavantu / viññātu]
invite : [nimanteti / pakkosati]
is : [atthi / bhavati / hoti]

[J]

jackal : [sigāla]

[K]

keep : [ṭhapeti]
kill : [hanati / māreti]
king : [bhūpāla / bhūpati]
kiss : [cumbati]
knee : [jāṇu / jaṇṇu]
know : [jānāti]
knowledgable man : [vidū / viññū]

[L]

lamp : [dīpa]
laugh : [hasati]
lay devotee : [upāsaka]
lead : [neti / nayati]
leader : [netu]
leaf : [paṇṇa]
learn : [uggaṇhāti]
leave : [nikkhamati]
leopard : [dīpi]
leper : [kuṭṭhī]
light : [n,] [āloka] / [v,] [jāleti]
lightning : [asani]
(is) like : [viya]
lion : [sīha]
liquor : [surā]
listen : [suṇāti]
listener : [sotu]
live : [jīvati]
living being : [pāṇī]
living long : [dīghajīvī]
look : [oloketi]
lotus : [paduma]
luscious : [ojavantu]

[M]

magic spell : [manta]
man : [nara / purisa / manussa]
mansion : [pāsāda]
many : [bahu]
mat : [kilañjā]
measure : [n,] [nāḷi] / [v,] [mināti]
merchant : [vāṇija]
merit : [kusala / puñña]
messenger : [dūta]
milk : [n,] [khīra] / [v,] [duhati]
mind : [citta]
minister : [mantī]
mix : [sammisseti]
moderate : [mattaññū]
monastery : [vihāra]
monk : [samaṇa / bhikkhu]
monkey : [vānara / makkaṭa / kapi]
moon : [canda]
morning : [pabhāte]
mother : [ammā / mātu]
mother:in:law : [sassu]
mountain : [pabbata / giri]
mouth : [mukha]
much : [pahūta]

[N]

neck : [gīvā]
nest : [kulāvaka]
new : [nava]
night : [ratti]
not : [na]
nourish : [poseti]

[O]

object : [rūpa]
ocean : [samudda / udadhi / sindhu]
oil : [tela]
omniscient : [sabbaññū]
open : [vivarati]
oppress : [pīḷeti]
or : [vā]
outcast : [caṇḍāla]
ox : [goṇa]

[P]

paddy : [vīhi]
palm : [pāṇi]
park : [uyyāna]
parrot : [suka / suva]
peacock : [sikhī]
piece : [khaṇḍa]
pig : [varāha / sūkara]
pit : [āvāṭa / kāsu]
plant : [v,] [ropeti]
play : [v,] [kīḷati]
(be) pleased : [pasīdati]
plough : [kasati]
poet : [kavi]
pollute : [dūseti]
pond : [pokkharaṇī]
pot : [ghaṭa]
powerful : [balī / balavantu]
preach : [deseti]
prepare : [paṭiyādeti]
prevent : [nivāreti]
protect : [rakkhati]
psychic power : [iddhi]
pull : [ākaḍḍhati]
pupil : [sissa]
purgatory : [naraka]
put : [pakkhipati]

[Q]

queen : [rājinī]
question : [n,] [pañha] / [v,] [pucchati]

[R]

ray : [rasmi]
receive : [labhati]
reciter : [pavattu]
reject : [pajahati]
relative : [bandhu]
release : [muñcati]
relic : [dhātu]
renounce : [pabbajati]
reptile : [uraga]
retinue : [parisā]
rice : [bhatta / odana / taṇḍula]
right : [sammā]
rise : [udeti]
river : [nadī / vāri]
road : [magga]
roam : [āhiṇḍati / carati]
robe : [cīvara]
room : [ovaraka]
rope : [rajju]
rule : [pāleti]
run : [dhāvati]

[S]

sage : [isi / muni]
sailor : [nāvika]
sand : [vālukā]
saw : [kakaca]
scatter : [vikirati]
science & arts : [sippa]
scold : [vigarahati]
sea : [samudda / udadhi / sindhu]
seat : [āsana]
see : [passati]
seed : [bīja]
sell : [vikkiṇāti]
send : [peseti / pahiṇāti]
serpent : [sappa / ahi / uraga]
servant : [dāsa]
sew : [sibbati]
shade / shadow : [chāyā]
ship : [nāvā]
shoot : [vijjhati]
shop : [āpaṇa]
sickness : [vyādhi]
sick person : [gilāna]
simile : [upamā]
since : [yato]
sing : [gāyati]
sister : [bhagini]
sit : [nisīdatī]
sky : [ākāsa]
sleep : [sayati]
smeared : [upalitta]
sometimes : [kadāci karahaci]
son : [putta]
song : [gīta]
soon : [khippaṃ]
sound : [sadda]
sow : [vapati]
speak : [bhāsati / katheti]
speaker : [vattu]
speech : [kathā]
spend : [vissajjeti]
spoil : [dūseti]
spoon : [kaṭacchu]
spread : [pattharati]
sprinkle : [siñcati]
stairway : [sopāna]
stand / stay : [tiṭṭhati]
steal : [coreti]
stone : [pāsāṇa]
suffering : [dukkha]
sugar:cane : [ucchu]
sun : [suriya / ravi / bhānumantu]
sweep : [sammajjati]
sweetmeat : [modaka]
sword : [khagga / asi]

[T]

take : [ādadāti / gaṇhāti]
take out : [nīharati]
tank : [vāpi]
taste : [rasa]
teach : [vāceti]
teacher : [ācariya / garu / satthu]
tear n. : [assu]
tempt : [palobheti]
then : [tadā]
there : [tattha]
therefore : [tasmā]
thief : [cora]
think : [cinteti]
thirst : [pipāsā]
thirsty : [pipāsita]
thunder : [asani]
thus : [tathā]
today : [ajja]
tongue : [jivhā]
touch : [phusati]
town : [nagara]
treasure : [nidhi]
tree : [rukkha / taru]
try : [ussahati / vāyamati]
throw : [chaḍḍeti]
truth : [sacca]
turn : [pavatteti]
tusker : [dāṭhī]
twenty : [vīsati]

[U]

uncle : [mātula]
understand : [adhigacchati]
until : [yāva... tāva]

[V]

various : [nānā]
vehicle : [ratha]
victor : [jetu]
village : [gāma]
virtue : [sīla / guṇa]
virtuous : [guṇavantu / sīlavantu]

[W]

wage : [vetana]
walking stick : [yaṭṭhi]
wander : [āhiṇḍati / carati]
wash : [dhovati]
washerman : [rajaka]
water : [udaka / jala / pānīya]
weak : [dubbala]
wealth : [dhana / vasu]
weep : [rodati]
when : [yadā / kadā]
whence : [yato / kuto]
where : [yattha / kuhiṃ / kattha]
why : [yasmā / kasmā]
wicked man : [asappurisa]
wife : [bhariyā / vadhū]
wife & children : [puttadāra]
win : [jayati]
wind : [vāta]
wisdom : [paññā]
wise man : [vidū / viññū / paññavantu]
wish : [icchati / pattheti]
with : [saddhiṃ / saha]
woman : [itthī / nāri/ yuvati] /[vanitā]
world : [loka]
worship : [vandati / namassati]
wrap : [veṭheti]
write : [likhati]

[Y]

you : [tvaṃ] (sg.) [/ tumhe] (pl.)
young one : [susu]
young woman : [yuvati]

List of Verbs

Prefixes and roots of verbs are given in Sanskrit within brackets

[akkosati (a + kṛś) :] scolds
[atthi (as) :] is
[adhigacchati (adhi + gam) :] understands
[anukampati (anu + kamp) :] feels compassionate
[anugacchati (anu + gam) :] follows
[anubandhati (anu + badh) :] follows, chases after
[anusāsati (anu + śās) :] admonishes

[ākaṅkhati (ā + kāṅkṣ) :] expects
[ākaḍḍhati (ā + kṛṣ?) :] pulls, drags
[āgacchati (ā + gam) :] comes
[ādadāti (ā + dā) :] takes
[āneti (ā + nī) :] brings, leads
[āmanteti (ā + denom. mantra) :] addresses
[āmasati (ā + mṛś) :] touches, strokes
[ārabhati (ā + rabh) :] starts, commences
[āruhati (ā + ruh) :] climbs, ascends
[āroceti (ā + ruc) :] informs
[āvahati (ā + vah) :] brings forth
[āsiñcati (ā + sic) :] sprinkles
[āharati (ā + hṛ) :] brings
[āhiṇḍati (ā + hiṇḍ) :] roams, wanders

[icchati (iṣ / āp) :] wishes

[uggaṇhāti (ud + gṛh) :] learns
[uṭṭhahati (ud + sthā) :] stands up
[uḍḍeti (ud + ḍī) :] flies
[uttarati (ud + tṛ) :] crosses
[udeti ( ud + i) :] rises
[upasaṅkamati (upa + saṃ + kram) :] approaches
[uppajjati (ud + pad) :] is born
[uppatati (ud + pad) :] flies, jumps up
[ussahati (ud + sah) :] tries
[ussāpeti (ud + śri) :] hoist

[ocināti (ava + ci) :] collects, picks
[otarati (ava + tṛ) :] gets down, descends (into water)
[obhāseti (ava + bhāṣ) :] illuminates
[oruhati (ava + ruh) :] climbs down
[oloketi (ava + lok) :] looks at
[ovadati (ava + vad) :] advises

[katheti (kath) :] speaks
[karoti (kṛ) :] does, commits
[kasati (kṛṣ) :] ploughs
[kiṇāti (krī) :] buys
[kīḷati (krīḍ) :] plays
[khaṇati (khaṇ) :] digs
[khādati (khād) :] eats
[khipati (kṣip) :] throws
[kujjhati (krudh) :] gets angry

[gacchati (gam) :] goes
[gaṇhāti (gṛh) :] takes
[gāyati (gai) :] sings

[carati (car) :] wanders, conducts oneself
[cavati (cyu) :] departs, dies
[cinteti (cit) :] thinks
[cumbati (cumb) :] kisses
[coreti (cur) :] steals
[chaḍḍeti (chaḍḍ) :] throws away
[chādeti (chad) :] conceals
[chindati (chid) :] cuts

[jānāti (jñā) :] knows
[jāleti (jval) :] lights, kindles
[jināti (ji) :] wins
[jīvati (jīv?) :] lives

[ṭhapeti (sthā) :] places, keeps

[ḍasati (ḍas) :] bites, stings

[tarati (tṛ) :] crosses
[tiṭṭhati (sthā) :] stays, stands
[thaketi (sthag) :] closes, shuts

[dadāti / deti (dā) :] gives
[dassati (dṛś) :] to see
[duhati (duh) :] milks
[dūseti (dūṣ) :] spoils, pollutes
[deseti (diś) :] points out, instructs, preaches
[dhāvati (dhāv) :] runs
[dhovati (dhov) :] washes

[naccati (nṛt) :] dances
[namassati (denom, namas) :] worships, salutes
[nahāyati (snā) :] bathes
[nāseti (naś) :] destroys
[nikkhamati (nis + kram) :] leaves, renounces
[nikkhipati (ni + kṣip) :] throws away, puts down
[nimanteti (ni + denom. mantra) :] invites
[nilīyati (ni+ lī) :] hides
[nivāreti (ni + vṛ) :] prevents
[nisidati (ni + sad) :] sits
[nīhareti (ni + hṛ) :] takes out
[neti (nī) :] leads

[pakkosati (pra + kṛṣ) :] calls, summons
[pakkhipati (pra + kṣip) :] puts, places, deposits
[pacati (pac) :] cooks
[pajahati (hā) :] rejects, abandons
[paṭicchādeti (prati + chad) :] conceals, hides
[paṭiyādeti (prati + yat) :] prepares
[patati (pat) :] falls
[pattharati (pra + stṛ) :] spread
[pattheti (pra + arth) :] wishes, aspires
[pappoti (see pāpuṇāti ) :] attains
[pabbajati (pra + vraj) :] goes forth, renounces the world, gets ordained
[parājeti (parā + ji) :] defeats
[pariyesati (pari + iṣ) :] explores, searches
[parivajjeti (pari + vṛj) :] avoids
[parivāreti (pari + vṛ) :] accompanies
[palobheti (pra + lubh) :] tempts
[pavatteti (pra + vṛt) :] sets in motion
[pavisati (pra + viś) :] enters
[pasīdati (pra + sad) :] is pleased
[passati (spaś) :] sees
[paharati (pra + hṛ) :] hits, strikes
[pahiṇāti (pra + hi) :] dispatches
[pājeti (pra + aj) :] drives
[pāteti (pat) :] fells
[pāpuṇāti (pra + āp) :] attains
[pāleti (pāl) :] rules, governs
[piyāyati (denom. piya) :] is dear
[pivati (pā) :] drinks
[pīḷeti (pīḍ) :] oppresses
[pucchati (pṛcch) :] questions
[pūjeti (pūj) :] honours, worships
[pūreti (pṛ) :] fills
[peseti (pra + iṣ) :] sends
[poseti (puṣ) :] nourishes, looks after
[phusati (sprś) :] touches

[bandhati (badh) :] binds, ties
[bhajati (bhaj) :] keeps company
[bhañjati (bhañj) :] breaks
[bhavati (bhū) :] becomes
[bhāyati (bhī) :] fears
[bhāsati (bhāṣ) :] speaks
[bhindati (bhid) :] breaks
[bhuñjati (bhuj) :] eats, enjoys, partakes of

[manteti (denom. mantra) :] discusses, takes counsel
[māpeti (mā) :] creates, builds
[māreti (mṛ) :] kills
[mināti (mā) :] measures
[muñcati (muc) :] releases, frees
[modati (mud) :] takes delight

[yācati (yac) :] begs

[rakkhati (rakṣ) :] protects, observes /
[rodati (rud) :] cries, weeps
[ropeti (rup) :] plants

[labhati (labh) :] gets, receives
[likhati (likh) :] writes
[vaḍḍheti (vṛdh) :] developes, increases

[vandati (vand) :] worships
[vapati (vap) :] sows
[vasati (vas) :] dwells
[vāceti (vac) :] teaches
[vāyamati (vi + ā + yam) :] exerts, tries
[vikkiṇāti (vi + krī) :] sells
[vijjhati (vyadh) :] shoots
[vindati (vid) :] feels, experiences
[vippakirati (vi + pra + kṛ\) :] scatters
[vibhajati (vi + bhaj) :] distributes
[vivarati (vi + vṛ) :] opens
[vissajjeti (vi + sṛj) :] spends
[viharati (vi + hṛ) :] dwells
[vihiṃsati (vi + hiṃs) :] hurts, harms
[viheṭheti (vi + hīḍ) :] harasses
[veṭheti (veṣṭ) :] wraps
[vyākaroti (vi + ā + kṛ) :] explains

[saṃharati (saṃ + hṛ) :] collects
[sakkoti (śak) :] is able, can
[sannipatati (saṃ + ni + pat) :] assembles, gathers to- gether
[samassāseti (saṃ + ā + śvas) :] consoles, comforts
[samijjhati (saṃ + ṛdh) :] fulfils, succeeds
[sammajjati (saṃ + mṛj) :] sweeps
[sammisseti (saṃ + denom. miśra) :] mixes
[sayati (śī) :] sleeps
[sallapati (saṃ + lap) :] converses
[sādiyati (svad) :] enjoys
[sibbati (sīv) :] sews
[suṇāti (śru) :] listens, hears

[hanati (han) :] kills
[harati (hṛ) :] carries, takes away
[hasati (has) :] laughs
[hoti (bhū) :] is, becomes  

[Pāli Vocabulary
] [(other than Verbs)] 

Abbreviations:

[m =] [masculine;
] [f =] [feminine;
] [n =] [neuter;
] [adj =] [adjective;
] [ind =] [indeclinable particle;
] [adv =] [adverb
] [pron =] [pronoun] 

[akusala, adj :] demerit
[akkhi, n :] eye
[aggi, m :] fire
[aṅguli, f :] finger
[acci, n :] flame
[aja, m :] goat
[ajja, ind :] today
[aṭavi, f :] forest
[aṭṭhi, n :] bone
[atithi, m :] guest
[atthaññū, m :] benevolent person
[addhā, ind :] indeed, certainly
[adhipati, m :] chief
[anicca, adj :] impermanent
[antarā, ind :] between
[amacca, m :] minister
[ambu, n :] water
[ammā, f :] mother
[arañña, n :] forest
[ari, m :] enemy
[asani, f :] thunder
[asappurisa, m :] wicked man
[asi, m :] sword
[assa, m :] horse
[assu, n :] tear
[ahaṃ, pron :] I
[ahi, m :] serpent
[ākāsa, m :] sky
[ākhu, m :] mouse
[ācariya, m :] teacher
[āpaṇa, n :] shop
[āloka, m :] light
[āvāṭa, m :] pit
[āsana, n :] seat

[itthi, f :] woman
[iddhi, f :] psychic power
[isi, m :] sage

[ucchu, m :] sugar cane
[udaka, n :] water
[udadhi, m :] ocean, sea
[upamā, f :] simile
[upalitta, mfn :] smeared
[upāsaka, m :] lay devotee
[uyyāna, n :] park
[uraga, m :] reptile

[odana, m :] rice
[ojavantu, adj :] luscious
[ovaraka, m :] bed room
[ovāda, n :] advice

[kakaca, m :] saw
[kaññā, f :] girl
[kaṭacchu, m :] spoon
[kaṇeru, f :] cow / elephant
[kattu, m :] doer
[kattha, adv :] where
[kathā, f :] speech
[kathaṃ, adv :] how
[kadalī, f :] banana, plantain
[kadā, adv :] when
[kadāci karahaci, adv :] sometimes
[kapi, m :] monkey
[kamma, n :] action, deed
[karī, m :] elephant
[kavi, m :] poet
[kasmā, adv :] why
[kāka, m :] crow
[kāya, m :] body
[kāruṇika, adj :] compassionate
[kāsu, f :] pit
[kilañjā, f :] mat
[kukkura, m :] dog
[kucchi, mf :] belly
[kuṭṭhī, m :] leper
[kuto, adv :] whence
[kutra, adv :] where
[kumāra, m :] boy
[kumārī, f :] girl
[kulavantu, adj :] man of good family
[kusala, adj :] merit
[kusuma, n :] flower
[kuhiṃ, adv :] where
[ketu, m :] flag

[khagga, m :] sword
[khaṇḍa, n :] piece
[khādanīya, n :] food
[khippaṃ, adv :] soon
[khīra, n :] milk
[khudā, f :] hunger
[khetta, n :] field

[Gangā, f :] Ganges river
[gantu, m :] one who goes
[garu, m :] teacher
[gahapati, m :] householder
[gāma, m :] village
[gāvī, f :] cow
[giri, m :] mountain
[gilāna, m :] sick man
[gīta, n :] song
[gīvā, f :] neck
[guṇavantu, adj :] virtuous
[guhā, f :] cave
[geha, n :] house, home
[goṇa, m :] ox

[ghaṭa, n :] pot
[ghara, n :] house

[ca, ind :] and
[cakkhu, n :] eye
[caṇḍāla, m :] outcast
[canda, m :] moon
[citta, n :] mind
[cīvara, n :] robe
[cora, m :] thief
[chāyā, f :] shade, shadow

[jāṇu / jaṇṇu, n :] knee
[jala, n :] water
[jāta, mfn :] born
[jivhā, f :] tongue
[jetu, m :] victor

[taṇḍula, n :] raw rice
[tato, adv :] therefore
[tattha, adv :] there
[tatra, adv :] there
[tathā, adv :] thus
[Tathāgata, m :] the Buddha
[tadā, adv :] then
[taru, m :] tree
[taruṇi, f :] young woman
[tasmā, adv :] therefore
[tāpasa, m :] hermit
[tāva, adv :] so far, until
[tiṇa, n :] grass
[tīra, n :] bank
[tuṇḍa, n :] beak
[tela, n :] oil
[tvaṃ, pron :] you

[dakkha, adj :] clever
[daddu, fn :] eczema
[dadhi, n :] curd
[dāṭhī, m :] tusker
[dātu, m :] giver
[dāna, n :] alms
[dāraka, m :] child
[dāru, n :] firewood
[dāsa, m :] servant
[dīghajīvī, m :] one with long life
[dīpa, m :] island / lamp
[dīpī, m :] leopard
[dukkhaṃ, adv :] suffering
[dubbala, adj :] weak
[dussa, n :] cloth
[duhitu, f :] daughter
[dūta, m :] messenger
[deva, m :] deity
[devatā, f :] deity
[devi, f :] queen
[doṇi, f :] boat
[dvāra, n :] door

[dhañña, n :] corn
[dhana, n :] wealth
[dhanu, n :] bow
[dhamma, m :] doctrine
[dhātu, f :] relics, elements
[dhītu, f :] daughter
[dhīvara, m :] fisherman
[dhenu, f :] cow

[na, ind :] not
[nagara, n :] city, town
[nadī, f :] river
[nayana, n :] eye
[nara, m :] man
[naraka, n :] purgatory
[nava, adj :] new
[nānā, ind :] various
[nārī, f :] woman
[nāḷi, f :] a unit of measure
[nāvā, f :] ship
[nāvika, m :] sailor
[nidhi, m :] treasure
[nivāsa, m :] house
[netu, m :] leader

[pakkhī, m :] bird
[pañjara, mn :] cage
[paññā, f :] wisdom
[pañha, m :] question
[paṇḍita, m :] sage, wise man
[paṇṇa, n :] leaf
[pati, m :] husband
[patta, m :] bowl
[patthanā, f :] hope, expectation
[paduma, n :] lotus
[pabbata, m :] mountain
[pabhāte, n :] early morning
[pabhū, m :] eminent person
[pasu, m :] animal
[parisā, f :] retinue
[pavattu, m :] reciter
[pahūta, adj :] much
[pāṇi, m :] palm, hand
[pāṇī, m :] living being
[pāda, m :] foot
[pānīya, n :] drinking water
[pāpa, n :] evil
[pāsāṇa, m :] stone
[pāsāda, m :] mansion
[pi, ind :] too, also
[piṭaka, m :] basket
[pitu, m :] father
[pipāsā, f :] thirst
[pipāsita, mfn :] thirsty
[puñña, n :] merit
[putta, m :] son
[puttadāra, m :] children and wife
[puna, ind :] again
[puppha, n :] flower
[pupphāsana, n :] flower altar
[pubbaka, mfn :] ancient
[purisa, m :] man
[pokkharaṇī, f :] pond
[potthaka, n :] book

[pharasu, m :] axe
[phala, n :] fruit

[bandhu, m :] relative
[balavantu, mfn :] powerful
[balī, m :] powerful one
[bahu, adj :] many
[bīja, n :] seed
[Buddha, m :] the Buddha
[buddhi, f :] intelligence
[brāhmaṇa, m :] brahmin
[brāhmaṇī, f :] brahmin woman

[bhaginī, f :] sister
[Bhagavā, m :] the Buddha
[bhaṇḍa, n :] goods
[bhatta, mn :] rice
[bhattu, m :] husband
[bhariyā, f :] wife
[bhātu, m :] brother
[bhānumā, m :] sun
[bhikkhu, m :] monk
[bhūpati, m :] king
[bhūpāla, m :] king
[bhūmi, f :] ground
[bhojana, n :] food, meal
[bhojanīya, n :] soft food

[makkaṭa, m :] monkey
[magga, m :] road
[maccha, m :] fish
[mañca, m :] bed
[mañjūsā, f :] box
[maṇi, m :] gem
[mattaññū, m :] moderate, abstemious one
[madhu, n :] honey
[madhukara, m :] bee
[manussa, m :] man
[manta, n :] magic spell
[mantī, m :] minister
[mā, ind :] do not
[mātu, f :] mother
[mātula, m :] uncle
[māra, m :] the evil one
[mālā, f :] garland
[miga, m :] deer
[mitta, mn :] friend
[mukha, n :] face, mouth
[muṭṭhi, m :] fist
[muni, m :] sage
[mūla, n :] money
[modaka, n :] sweetmeat

[yaṭṭhi, f :] walking stick
[yato, adv :] since
[yattha, adv :] where
[yatra, adv :] where
[yathā, adv :] in which manner
[yadā, adv :] when
[yadi, ind :] if
[yasavantu, mfn :] famous
[yasmā, adv :] because
[yāgu, f :] gruel
[yācaka, m :] beggar
[yāva, adv :] how far
[yuvati, f :] young woman

[rajaka, m :] washerman
[rajju, f :] rope
[ratti, f :] night
[ratha, m :] vehicle, chariot
[ravi, m :] sun
[rasa, n :] taste
[rasmi, f :] ray
[rājinī, f :] queen
[rāsi, m :] heap
[rukkha, m :] tree
[rukkhamūla, n :] foot of tree
[rūpa, n :] form, object

[latā, f :] creeper
[lābha, m :] gain, profit
[luddaka, m :] hunter
[loka, m :] world
[locana, n :] eye

[vaḍḍhakī, m :] carpenter
[vaṇṇavantu, mfn :] colourful
[vattu, m :] speaker
[vattha, n :] cloth
[vatthu, n :] estate
[vadaññū, m :] generous one
[vadhū, f :] wife/daughter
[vana, n :] forest
[vammika, mn :] anthill
[varāha, m :] pig
[vasu, n :] wealth
[vā, ind :] or
[vāṇija, m :] merchant
[vāta, m :] wind
[vānara, m :] monkey
[vāpī, f :] tank
[vāri, n :] river
[vālukā, f :] sand
[vijju, f :] lightning
[viññātu, m :] knowledgeable man
[viññū, m :] wise man
[vidū, m :] wise man
[vinetu, m :] disciplinarian
[viya, ind :] like, similar
[vihāra, m :] monastery
[vīsati :] twenty
[vīhi, m :] paddy
[vega, adj :] speed
[vetana, n :] wage, pay
[veḷu, m :] bamboo
[vyādhi, m :] sickness

[sakaṭa, m :] cart
[sakala, adj :] entire
[sakuṇa, m :] bird
[sakhī, f :] female friend
[sagga, n :] heaven
[sace, ind :] if
[sacca, n :] truth
[sattu, m :] enemy
[satthi, n :] thigh
[satthu, m :] teacher
[sadda, m :] sound
[saddhā, f :] faith
[saddhiṃ, ind :] with
[sappa, m :] serpent
[sappi, n :] ghee
[sappurisa, m :] good man
[sabba, mfn :] all
[sabaññū, m :] all knowing one
[sabhā, f :] assembly
[samaṇa, m :] monk
[samudda, m :] sea, ocean
[sammajjanī, f :] broom
[sammā, ind :] well, right
[sara, m :] arrow
[sassu, f :] mother
[saha, ind :] with
[sahāya (ka), m :] friend
[sākhā, f :] branch
[sāṭaka, m :] garment
[sāmī, m :] husband
[sārathī, m :] charioteer
[sālā, f :] hall
[sāvaka, m :] disciple
[sikhī, m :] peacook
[sigāla, m :] jackal
[sindhu, m :] sea, ocean
[sippa, n :] arts and science
[sissa, m :] pupil
[sīghaṃ, adv :] fast
[sīla, n :] virtue
[sīsa, n :] head
[sīha, m :] lion
[suka, m :] parrot
[sukhaṃ, adv :] happily
[sukhī, m :] happy person
[sugata, m :] the Buddha
[sunakha, m :] dog
[sura, m :] deity
[surā, f :] liquor
[suriya, m :] sun
[suva, m :] parrot
[suvaṇṇa, n :] gold
[susu, m :] young one
[sūkara, m :] pig
[seṭṭhi, m :] banker
[setu, n :] bridge
[soṇa, m :] dog
[sota, n :] ear
[sotu, m :] listener
[sopāna, m :] stairway

[hattha, m :] hand
[hatthī, m :] elephant
[himavantu, mfn :] Himalaya
[hirañña, n :] gold

-ooOoo-

:::
:::

[Lesson workbook answers]

[Source: Tipitaka Network, http://www.tipitaka.net/pali/palidd/]

:::
:::

Lesson 1 exercise answers

Pali Primer Exercise 1

Translate into English:

1. Bhūpālo bhuñjati.
[king / eats]
The king eats.

2. Puttā sayanti.
[sons / sleep]
Sons sleep.

3. Vāṇijā sayanti.
[merchants / sleep]
Merchants sleep.

4. Buddho passati.
[Buddha / sees
] The Buddha sees.

5. Kumāro dhāvati.
[boy / runs
] The boy runs.

6. Mātulo kasati.
[uncle / ploughs
] The uncle ploughs.

7. Brāhmaṇā bhāsanti.
[brahmins / speak
] Brahmins speak.

8. Mittā gacchanti.
[friends / go
] Friends go.

9. Kassakā pacanti.
[farmers / cook
] Farmers cook.

10. Manusso chindati.
[man / cuts
] The man cuts.

11. Purisā dhāvanti.
[men / run
] Men run.

12. Sahāyako bhuñjati.
[friend / eats
] The friend eats.

13. Tathāgato bhāsati.
[Buddha / speaks
] The Buddha speaks.

14. Naro pacati.
[man / cooks
] The man cooks.

15. Sahāyā kasanti.
[friends / plough
] Friends plough.

16. Sugato āgacchati.
[Buddha / comes
] The Buddha comes.

Translate into Pali:

1. Sons run.
[puttā / dhāvanti
] Puttā dhāvanti.

2. The uncle sees.
[mātulo / passati
] Mātulo passati.

3. The Buddha comes.
[Buddho / āgacchati
] Buddho āgacchati.

4. Boys eat.
[kumārā / bhuñjanti
] Kumārā bhuñjanti.

5. Merchants go.
[vāṇijā / gacchanti
] Vāṇijā gacchanti.

6. The man sleeps.
[manusso / sayati
] Manusso sayati.

7. Kings go.
[bhūpālā / gacchanti
] Bhūpālā gacchanti.

8. The brahmin cuts.
[brāhmaṇo / chindati
] Brāhmaṇo chindati.

9. Friends speak.
[mittā / bhāsanti
] Mittā bhāsanti.

10. The farmer ploughs.
[kassako / kasati
] Kassako kasati.

11. The merchant comes.
[vāṇijo / āgacchati
] Vāṇijo āgacchati.

12. Sons cut.
[puttā / chindanti
] Puttā chindanti.

13. Uncles speak.
[mātulā / bhāsanti
] Mātulā bhāsanti.

14. The boy runs.
[kumāro / dhāvati
] Kumāro dhāvati.

15. The friend speaks.
[sahāyo / bhāsati
] - Sahāyo bhāsati.
- Mitto bhāsati.

16. The Buddha sees.
[Buddho / passati
] Buddho passati.

Notes:

1. bhūpāla: king, lit. protector of the earth - a word rarely used in the texts. Other words for king include rāja (Narada Lesson 17, Warder p.153) and bhūpati (Lesson 25).

2. Here is a list of words related to bhāsati: bhāsati - to speak;

• :::
  1. akkosati - to scold, swear at, abuse, revile;
• ajjhesati - to request, ask, bid;
• atidisati - to give further explanation, to explain in detail;
• adhibhāsati - to address, to speak to;
• anukassati - to draw after, to repeat, recite, quote;
• anudisati - to point out, direct, bid, address;
• anubhāsati - to speak after, to repeat;
• anusāsati - to advise, admonish, instruct in or give advice upon;
• anuhasati - to laugh at, to ridicule;
• anvādisati - to advise, dedicate, assign;
• apadisati - to call to witness, to refer to, to quote;
• abhisaṃsati - to execrate, revile, lay a curse on;
• abhisiṃsati - to utter a solemn wish;
• avahasati - to laugh at, deride, mock;
• ādisati - to announce, tell, point out, refer to; to dedicate;
• ukkaṃsati - to exalt, praise;
• ukkāsati - to \"ahem\"!, to cough, to clear one\'s throat;
• uddisati - to propose, point out, appoint, allot;
• upakkosati - to scold, reprove, blame;
• upadisati - to point out, show, advise, specify;
• ūhasati - to laugh at, deride, mock;
• obhāsati - to speak to, to rail at, offend, abuse;
• ghasati - to eat;
• ñasati - to bite (of snakes, scorpions);
• namassati - to pay honour to, to venerate, honour, do homage to;
• pakkosati - to call, summon;
• paccakkosati - to curse in return;
• paccanubhāsati - to speak out or mention correspondingly, to enumerate;
• paccābhāsati - to retort, recite, explain, relate;
• paccāsati - to ask, beg, pray;
• paccāsiṃsati - to expect, wait for, desire, hope for, ask;
• paṭikkosati - to blame, reject, revile, scorn;
• paṭipasaṃsati - to praise back or in return;
• paṭibhāsati - to address in return or in reply;
• paṭirosati - to annoy in return, to tease back;
• pabhāsati - to tell, declare, talk;
• paribhāsati - to abuse, scold, revile, censure, deiame;
• parihasati - to laugh at, mock, deride;
• pasaṃsati - to speak out, praise, commend, agree;
• pasasati - to teach, instruct;
• pahasati - to laugh, giggle;
• pahassati - to laugh, be joyful or cheerful;
• bhasati - to bark;
• saṃsati - to proclaim, point out;
• saṃhasati - to laugh with;
• samaubhāsati - to converse or study together;
• samādisati - to indicate, to command;
• samukkaṃsati - to extol, to praise;
• siṃsati - to neigh;
• hasati & hassati - to laugh, to be merry; to neigh (of horses);
• hesati - to neigh.
  :::

3. According to PED, the three words sahāya/sahāyaka/mitta all mean \'friend\'. sahāya/sahāyaka in some passages may also mean companion or ally.

:::
:::

Lesson 2 exercise answers

Pali Primer Exercise 2

Translate into English:

1. Tathāgato dhammaṃ bhāsati.
[Buddha / truth / speaks
] The Buddha speaks the truth.

2. Brāhmaṇā odanaṃ bhuñjanti.
[brahmins / rice / eat
] Brahmins eat rice.

3. Manusso suriyaṃ passati.
[man / sun / sees
] The man sees the sun.

4. Kumārā sigāle paharanti.
[boys / jackals / hit
] Boys hit the jackals.

5. Yācakā bhattaṃ yācanti.
[beggars / rice / beg
] - Beggars beg [for] rice.
- Beggars ask for rice.

6. Kassakā āvāṭe khaṇanti.
[farmers / pits / dig
] Farmers dig pits.

7. Mitto gāmaṃ āgacchati.
[friend / [to] village / comes
] The friend comes to the village.

8. Bhūpālo manusse rakkhati.
[king / people / protects
] The king protects the people.

9. Puttā pabbataṃ gacchanti.
[sons / [to] mountain / go
] Sons go to the mountain.

10. Kumāro Buddhaṃ vandati.
[boy / Buddha / worships
] - The boy worships the Buddha.
- The boy pays respect to the Buddha.

11. Vāṇijā patte āharanti.
[merchants / bowls / bring
] Merchants bring bowls.

12. Puriso vihāraṃ gacchati.
[man / [to] monastery / goes
] The man goes to the monastery.

13. Kukkurā pabbataṃ dhāvanti.
[dogs / [to] mountain / run
] Dogs run to the mountain.

14. Sigālā gāmaṃ āgacchanti.
[jackals / [to] village / come
] Jackals come to the village.

15. Brāhmaṇā sahāyake āharanti.
[brahmins / friends / bring
] Brahmins bring friends.

16. Bhūpālā Sugataṃ vandanti.
[kings / Buddha / worship
] Kings worship the Buddha.

17. Yācakā sayanti.
[beggars / sleep
] Beggars sleep.

18. Mittā sunakhe haranti.
[friends / dogs / take away
] Friends take the dogs away.

19. Putto candaṃ passati.
son / moon / sees
The son sees the moon.

20. Kassako gāmaṃ dhāvati.
[farmer / [to] village / runs
] The farmer runs to the village.

21. Vāṇijā rukkhe chindanti.
[merchants / trees / cut
] Merchants cut trees.

22. Naro sigālaṃ vijjhati.
[man / jackal / shoots
] The man shoots the jackal.

23. Kumāro odanaṃ bhuñjati.
[boy / rice / eats
] The boy eats rice.

24. Yācako soṇaṃ paharati.
[beggar / dog / hits
] The beggar hits the dog.

25. Sahāyakā pabbate āruhanti.
[friends / mountains / climb
] Friends climb mountains.

Translate into Pali:

1. Men go to the monastery.
[narā / gacchanti / vihāraṃ
] Narā vihāraṃ gacchanti.

2. Farmers climb mountains.
[kassakā / āruhanti / pabbate
] Kassakā pabbate āruhanti.

3. The brahmin eats rice.
[brāhmaṇo / bhuñjati / odanaṃ
] Brāhmaṇo odanaṃ bhuñjati.

4. The Buddha sees the boys.
[Buddho / kumāre / passati
] Buddho kumāre passati.

5. Uncles take away bowls.
[mātulā / haranti / patte
] Mātulā patte haranti.

6. The son protects the dog.
[putto / rakkhati / kukkuraṃ
] Putto kukkuraṃ rakkhati.

7. The king worships the Buddha.
[bhūpālo / vandati / Buddhaṃ
] Bhūpālo Buddhaṃ vandati.

8. The merchant brings a boy.
[vāṇijo / āharati / kumāraṃ
] Vāṇijo kumāraṃ āharati.

9. Friends salute the brahmin.
[mittā / vandanti / brāhmaṇaṃ
] Mittā brāhmaṇaṃ vandanti.

10. Beggars beg rice.
[yācakā / yācanti / odanaṃ
] Yācakā odanaṃ yācanti.

11. Merchants shoot jackals.
[vāṇijā / vijjhanti / sigāle
] Vāṇijā sigāle vijjhanti.

12. Boys climb the mountain.
[kumārā / āruhanti / pabbataṃ
] Kumārā pabbataṃ āruhanti.

13. The farmer runs to the village.
[kassako / dhāvati / gāmaṃ
] Kassako gāmaṃ dhāvati.

14. The merchant cooks rice.
[vāṇijo / pacati / bhattaṃ
] Vāṇijo bhattaṃ pacati.

15. Sons worship the uncle.
[puttā / vandanti / mātulaṃ
] Puttā mātulaṃ vandanti.

16. Kings protect men.
[bhūpālā / rakkhanti / nare
] Bhūpālā nare rakkhanti.

17. The Buddha comes to the monastery.
[Buddho / āgacchati / vihāraṃ
] Buddho vihāraṃ āgacchati.

18. The men descend.
[narā / oruhanti
] Narā oruhanti.

19. Farmers dig pits.
[kassakā / khaṇanti / āvāṭe
] Kassakā āvāṭe khaṇanti.

20. The merchant runs.
[vāṇijo / dhāvati
] Vāṇijo dhāvati.

21. The dog sees the moon.
[kukkuro / passati / candaṃ
] Kukkuro candaṃ passati.

22. Boys climb trees.
[kumārā / āruhanti / rukkhe
] Kumārā rukkhe āruhanti.

23. The brahmin brings the bowl.
[brāhmaṇo / āharati / pattaṃ
] Brāhmaṇo pattaṃ āharati.

24. The beggar sleeps.
[yācako / sayati
] Yācako sayati.

25. The king sees the Buddha.
[bhūpālo / passati / Buddhaṃ
] Bhūpālo Buddhaṃ passati.

:::
:::

Lesson 3 exercise answers

Pali Primer Exercise 3

Translate into English:

1. Buddho sāvakehi saddhiṃ vihāraṃ gacchati.
[Buddha / [with] disciples / with / [to] monastery / goes
] The Buddha goes to the monastery with [his] disciples.

2. Puriso puttena saha dīpaṃ dhāvati.
[man / [with] son / with / [to] island / runs
] The man runs to the island with [his] son.

3. Kassako sarena sigālaṃ vijjhati.
[farmer / [with] arrow / jackal / shoots
] The farmer shoots the jackal with (an) arrow.

4. Brāhmaṇā mātulena saha pabbataṃ āruhanti.
[brahmins / [with] uncle / with / mountain / climb
] Brahmins climb the mountain with uncle.

5. Puttā pādehi kukkure paharanti.
[sons / [with] feet / dogs / hit
] - Sons hit the dogs with feet.
- Sons kick the dogs.

6. Mātulo puttehi saddhiṃ rathena gāmaṃ āgacchati.
[uncle / [with] sons / with / by chariot / [to] village / comes
] The uncle comes to the village with [his] sons by a chariot.

7. Kumārā hatthehi patte āharanti.
[boys / [by the means of] hands / bowls / bring
] Boys bring the bowls by hands.

8. Coro maggena assaṃ harati.
[thief / [by the means of] road / horse / takes away
] The thief takes away the horse along the road.

9. Kassako āvāṭaṃ oruhati.
[farmer / [to] pit / descends
] - The farmer descends to the pit.
- The farmer gets down to the pit.

10. Bhūpālā paṇḍitehi saha samaṇe passanti.
[kings / [with] wise men / with / monks / see
] Kings, [together] with the wise men, see the monks.

11. Paṇḍito bhūpālena saha Tathāgataṃ vandati.
[wise man / [with] king / with / Buddha / worships
] The wise man, [together] with the king, worships the Buddha.

12. Puttā sahāyena saddhiṃ odanaṃ bhuñjanti.
[sons / [with] friend / with / rice / eat
] Sons eat rice with [a] friend.

13. Vāṇijo pāsāṇena migaṃ paharati.
[merchant / [with] stone / deer / hits
] The merchant hits [a] deer with [a] stone.

14. Sunakhā pādehi āvāṭe khaṇanti.
[dogs / [with] feet / pits / dig
] Dogs dig pits with [their] feet.

15. Brāhmaṇo puttena saha suriyaṃ vandati.
[brahmin / [with] son / with / sun / worships
] The brahmin, [together] with [his] son, worships the sun.

16. Kassako soṇehi saddhiṃ rukkhe rakkhati.
[farmer / [with] dogs / with / trees / protects
] The farmer protects trees with dogs.

17. Sugato sāvakehi saha vihāraṃ āgacchati.
[Buddha / [with] disciples / with / [to] monastery / comes
] Buddha comes to the monastery with [his] disciples.

18. Yācako pattena bhattaṃ āharati.
[beggar / [by the means of] bowl / rice / brings
] The beggar brings rice in [a] bowl.

19. Paṇḍitā saggaṃ gacchanti.
[wise men / heaven / go
] Wise men go to heaven.

20. Kumārā assehi saddhiṃ gāmaṃ dhāvanti.
[boys / [with] horses / with / [to] village / run
] Boys run to the village with horses.

21. Coro khaggena naraṃ paharati.
[thief / [by the means of] sword / man / hits
] The thief hits the man with [a] sword.

22. Vāṇijo sakaṭena dīpe āharati.
[merchant / [by the means of] cart / lamps / brings
] The merchant brings lamps by [a] cart.

23. Assā maggena dhāvanti.
[horses / [by the means of] path / run
] - Horses run through the path/road.
- Horses run along the path/road.

24. Sigālā migehi saddhiṃ pabbataṃ dhāvanti.
[jackals / [with] deer / with / [to] mountain / run
] Jackals run to the mountain with deer.

25. Bhūpālo paṇḍitena saha manusse rakkhati.
[king / [with] wise man / with / people / protects
] The king, [together] with [a] wise man, protects the people.

Translate into Pali:

1. The recluse sees the Buddha with his friend.
[samaṇo / passati / Buddhaṃ / mittena saha
] Samaṇo mittena saha Buddhaṃ passati.

2. Disciples go to the monastery with the Buddha.
[sāvakā / gacchanti / viharaṃ / Buddhena saha
] Sāvakā Buddhena saha viharaṃ gacchanti.

3. The horse runs to the mountain with the dogs.
[asso / dhāvati / pabbataṃ / kukkurehi saddhiṃ
] Asso kukkurehi saddhiṃ pabbataṃ dhāvati.

4. The boy hits the lamp with a stone.
[kumāro / paharati / dīpaṃ / pāsāṇena
] Kumāro pāsāṇena dīpaṃ paharati.

5. Merchants shoot deer with arrows.
[vāṇijā / vijjhanti / mige / sarehi
] Vāṇijā sarehi mige vijjhanti.

6. Farmers dig pits with their hands.
[kassakā / khaṇanti / āvāṭe / hatthehi
] Kassakā hatthehi āvāṭe khaṇanti.

7. Boys go to the monastery by chariot with their uncle.
[kumārā / gacchanti / vihāraṃ / rathena / mātulena saha
] Kumārā mātulena saha rathena vihāraṃ gacchanti.

8. The brahmin cooks rice with his friend.
[brāhmaṇo / pacati / bhattaṃ / mittena saha
] Brāhmaṇo mittena saha bhattaṃ pacati.

9. The king protects the island with wise men.
[bhūpālo / rakkhati / dīpaṃ / paṇḍitehi saha
] Bhūpālo paṇḍitehi saha dīpaṃ rakkhati.

10. Kings worship monks with their sons.
[bhūpālā / vandanti / samaṇe / puttehi saha
] Bhūpālā puttehi saha samaṇe vandanti.

11. Thieves bring horses to the island.
[corā / āharanti / asse / dīpaṃ
] Corā asse dīpaṃ āharanti.

12. Disciples climb mountains with men.
[sāvakā / āruhanti / pabbate / narehi saha
] Sāvakā narehi saha pabbate āruhanti.

13. Merchants cut trees with farmers.
[vāṇijā / chindanti / rukkhe / kassakehi saha
] Vāṇijā kassakehi saha rukkhe chindanti.

14. The beggar digs a pit with a friend.
[yācako / khaṇati / āvāṭaṃ / mittena saha
] Yācako mittena saha āvāṭaṃ khaṇati.

15. The brahmin sees the moon with his uncles.
[brāhmaṇo / passati / candaṃ / mātulehi saha
] Brāhmaṇo mātulehi saha candaṃ passati.

16. The thief hits the horse with a sword.
[coro / paharati / assaṃ / khaggena
] Coro khaggena assaṃ paharati.

17. The son brings rice in a bowl.
[putto / āharati / odanaṃ / pattena
] Putto pattena odanaṃ āharati.

18. Boys run to the mountain with their dogs.
[kumārā / dhāvanti / pabbataṃ / kukkurehi saddhiṃ
] Kumārā kukkurehi saddhiṃ pabbataṃ dhāvanti.

19. Merchants come to the village by carts with farmers.
[vāṇijā / āgacchanti / gāmaṃ / sakaṭehi / kassakehi saha
] Vāṇijā kassakehi saha sakaṭehi gāmaṃ āgacchanti.

20. Uncles come to the monastery by chariots with their sons.
[mātulā / āgacchanti / vihāraṃ / rathehi / puttehi saha
] Mātulā puttehi saha rathehi vihāraṃ āgacchanti.

21. Jackals run to the mountain along the road.
[sigālā / dhāvanti / pabbataṃ / maggena
] Sigālā maggena pabbataṃ dhāvanti.

22. Dogs dig pits with their feet.
[kukkurā / khaṇanti / āvāṭe / pādehi
] Kukkurā pādehi āvāṭe khaṇanti.

23. The man carries a saw in his hand.
[naro / harati / kakacaṃ / hatthena
] Naro hatthena kakacaṃ harati.

24. Recluses go to heaven.
[samaṇā / gacchanti / saggaṃ
] Samaṇā saggaṃ gacchanti.

25. The Buddha comes to the village with his disciples.
[Buddho / āgacchati / gāmaṃ / sāvakehi saddhiṃ
] Buddho sāvakehi saddhiṃ gāmaṃ āgacchati.

Notes:

1. The words \'saha\' and \'saddhiṃ\' are indeclinables. They are used only to express the meaning of accompaniment. One exception is when \"talking\" or \"discussing\" with a person, there is no need for \'saha\' and \'saddhiṃ\'. [See Warder\'s Lesson 8 for more details.]

:::
:::

Lesson 4 exercise answers

Pali Primer Exercise 4

Translate into English:

1. Corā gāmamhā pabbataṃ dhāvanti.
[thieves / [from] village / [to] mountain / run
] Thieves run from the village to the mountain.

2. Dārako mātulasmā odanaṃ yācati.
[child / [from] uncle / rice / begs
] The child begs [for] rice from the uncle.

3. Kumāro sopānamhā patati.
[boy / [from] stairway / falls
] The boy falls from the stairway/steps.

4. Mātulā sāṭake dhovanti.
[uncles / garments / wash
] Uncles wash garments.

5. Dhīvarā piṭakehi macche āharanti.
[fishermen / [in] baskets / fish / bring
] Fishermen bring fish in baskets.

6. Upāsakā samaṇehi saddhiṃ vihārasmā nikkhamanti.
[lay devotees / [with] monks / with / [from] monastery / set out
] - Lay devotees set out from the monastery with monks.
- Lay devotess leave the monastery with monks.

7. Brāhmaṇo kakacena rukkhaṃ chindati.
[brahmin / [with] saw / tree / cuts
] The brahmin cuts the tree with [a] saw.

8. Kumārā mittehi saha bhūpālaṃ passanti.
[boys / [with] friends / with / king / see
] Boys, (together) with friends, see the king.

9. Vāṇijo assena saddhiṃ pabbatasmā oruhati.
[merchant / [with] horse / with / [from] mountain / descends
] The merchant descends from the mountain with [his] horse.

10. Yācako kassakasmā soṇaṃ yācati.
[beggar / [from] farmer / dog / begs
] - The beggar begs (for) the dog from the farmer.
- The beggar begs the farmer for the dog.

11. Sappā pabbatehi gāmaṃ otaranti.
[serpents / [from] mountains / [to] village / descend
] Serpents descend to the village from the mountains.

12. Amaccā sarehi mige vijjhanti.
[ministers / [with] arrows / deer / shoot
] The ministers shoot deer using arrows.

13. Coro gāmamhā sakaṭena sāṭake harati.
[thief / [from] village / [in] cart / garments / takes away
] The thief takes away the garments from the village in [a] cart.

14. Bhūpālo amaccehi saddhiṃ rathena pāsādaṃ āgacchati.
[king / [with] ministers / with / [by] chariot / [to] palace / comes
] The king comes to the palace with [his] ministers by a chariot.

15. Sūkarā pādehi āvāṭe khaṇanti.
[pigs / [with] feet / pits / dig
] Pigs dig pits with [their] feet.

16. Kumāro sahāyakehi saha sāṭake dhovati.
[boy / [with] friends / with / garments / washes]
The boy washes the garments with friends.

17. Samaṇā gāmamhā upāsakehi saddhiṃ nikkhamanti.
[monks / [from] village / [with] lay devotees / with / leave]
Monks leave the village with lay devotees.

18. Kukkuro piṭakamhā macchaṃ khādati.
[dog / [from] basket / fish / eat]
The dog eats a fish from the basket.

19. Mitto puttamhā sunakhaṃ yācati.
[friend / [from] son / dog / begs]
- The friend begs the son for the dog.
- The friend asks for the dog from the son.

20. Buddho sāvake pucchati
[Buddha / disciples / questions]
The Buddha questions [his] disciples.

21. Amaccā paṇḍitehi pañhe pucchanti.
[ministers / [from] wise men / questions / ask]
- The ministers ask the wise men questions.
- The ministers ask questions from the wise men.

22. Rajako sahāyena saha sāṭakaṃ dhovati.
[washerman / [with] friend / with / garment / washes]
The washerman washes the garment with [a] friend.

23. Macchā piṭakamhā patanti.
[fish / [from] basket / fall]
Fish fall from the basket.

24. Corā pāsāṇehi varāhe paharanti.
[thieves / [with] stones / pigs / hit]
The thieves hit the pigs with stones.

25. Amacco pāsādamhā suvaṃ āharati
[minister / [from] palace / parrot / brings]
The minister brings the parrot from the palace.

Translate into Pali:

1. Horses run from the village to the mountain.
[assā / dhāvanti / gāmamhā / pabbataṃ]
Assā gāmamhā pabbataṃ dhāvanti.

2. Merchants come from the island to the monastery with lay devotees.
[vāṇijā / āgacchanti / dīpasmā / vihāraṃ / upāsakehi saha]
Vāṇijā upāsakehi saha dīpasmā vihāraṃ āgacchanti.

3. Thieves shoot pigs with arrows.
[corā / vijjhanti / sūkare / sarehi]
Corā sarehi sūkare vijjhanti.

4. The lay devotee questions (about) the dhamma from the recluse.
[upāsako / pucchati / dhammaṃ / samaṇamhā]
Upāsako samaṇamhā dhammaṃ pucchati.

5. The child falls from the rock with a friend.
[dārako / patati / pāsāṇasmā / mittena saha]
Dārako mittena saha pāsāṇasmā patati.

6. The dog bites the child.
[kukkuro / ḍasati / dārakaṃ
] Kukkuro dārakaṃ ḍasati.

7. Ministers set out from the palace with the king.
[amaccā / nikkhamanti / pāsādamhā / bhūpālena saha
] Amaccā bhūpālena saha pāsādamhā nikkhamanti.

8. The man brings a deer from the island.
[naro / āharati / migaṃ / dīpasmā
] Naro dīpasmā migaṃ āharati.

9. The farmer gets down from the tree.
[kassako / oruhati / rukkhamhā
] Kassako rukkhamhā oruhati.

10. Dogs run along the road with horses.
[kukkurā / dhāvanti / maggena / assehi saddhiṃ
] Kukkurā assehi saddhiṃ maggena dhāvanti.

11. Boys take away lamps from merchants.
[kumārā / haranti / dīpe / vāṇijehi
] Kumārā vāṇijehi dīpe haranti.

12. The thief gets down from the stairway.
[coro / oruhati / sopānasmā
] Coro sopānasmā oruhati.

13. Merchants bring parrots from mountains.
[vāṇijā / āharanti / suve / pabbatehi
] Vāṇijā pabbatehi suve āharanti.

14. The horse hits the serpent with its foot.
[asso / paharati / sappaṃ / pādena
] Asso pādena sappaṃ paharati.

15. The uncle, with his friends, sees recluses from the mountains.
[mātulo / mittehi saha / passati / samaṇe / pabbatehi]
Mātulo mittehi saha pabbatehi samaṇe passati.

16. Merchants bring horses to the palace from the island.
[vāṇijā / āharanti / asse / pāsādaṃ / dīpamhā]
Vāṇijā dīpamhā asse pāsādaṃ āharanti.

17. The minister questions the thief.
[amacco / pucchati / coraṃ]
Amacco coraṃ pucchati.

18. The farmer eats rice with the washerman.
[kassako / bhuñjati / odanaṃ / rajakena saha
] Kassako rajakena saha odanaṃ bhuñjati.

19. The child falls from the stairway.
[dārako / patati / sopānamhā]
Dārako sopānamhā patati.

20. The fisherman climbs the mountain with his uncle.
[dhīvaro / āruhati / pabbataṃ / mātulena saha]
Dhīvaro mātulena saha pabbataṃ āruhati.

21. The beggar, together with his dog, sleeps.
[yācako / kukkurena saddhiṃ / sayati
] Yācako kukkurena saddhiṃ sayati.

22. Kings protect islands with their ministers.
[bhūpālā / rakkhanti / dīpe / amaccehi saha
] Bhūpālā amaccehi saha dīpe rakkhanti.

23. The king worships the Buddha from his palace.
[bhūpālo / vandati / Buddhaṃ / pāsādasmā
] Bhūpālo pāsādasmā Buddhaṃ vandati.

24. The man kills a serpent with a sword.
[naro / hanati / sappaṃ / khaggena]
Naro khaggena sappaṃ hanati.

25. Fishermen bring fish to the village in carts.
[dhīvarā / āharanti / macche / gāmaṃ / sakaṭehi]
Dhīvarā sakaṭehi macche gāmaṃ āharanti.

26. Pigs run from the village to the mountain.
[sūkarā / dhāvanti / gāmamhā / pabbataṃ]
Sūkarā gāmamhā pabbataṃ dhāvanti.

27. Lay devotees ask questions from the wise man.
[upāsakā / pucchanti / pañhe / paṇḍitasmā]
Upāsakā paṇḍitasmā pañhe pucchanti.

28. The son brings a parrot from the tree.
[putto / āharati / sukaṃ / rukkhamhā]
Putto rukkhamhā sukaṃ āharati.

29. Wise men go to the monastery.
[paṇḍitā / gacchanti / vihāraṃ]
Paṇḍitā vihāraṃ gacchanti.

30. Disciples go along the road to the village.
[sāvakā / gacchanti / maggena / gāmaṃ]
Sāvakā maggena gāmaṃ gacchanti.

Note:

1. The noun following \"nikkhamati\" takes the ablative form:
Eg: Ministers leave the palace.
[amaccā / nikkhamanti / pāsādasmā]
Amaccā pāsādasmā nikkhamanti.

2(a) pucchati: questions
The minister questions the thief.
Amacco coraṃ pucchati.

2(b) The minister questions the dhamma from the Buddha.
Amacco Buddhasmā dhammaṃ pucchati.

3. Do not confuse the following words:
..ṣakaṭa - cart, sāṭaka - garment;
..ḍhāvati - runs, dhovati - washes;
...khaṇati - digs, khādati - eats.

:::
:::

Lesson 5 exercise answers

Pali Primer Exercise 5

Translate into English:

1. Vāṇijo rajakassa sāṭakaṃ dadāti.
[merchant / to washerman / garment / gives]
The merchant gives [a] garment to the washerman.

2. Vejjo ācariyassa dīpaṃ āharati.
[doctor / for teacher / lamp / brings]
The doctor brings [a] lamp for the teacher.

3. Migā pāsāṇamhā pabbataṃ dhāvanti.
[deer / from rock / to mountain / run]
Deer run from the rock to the mountain.

4. Manussā Buddhehi dhammaṃ labhanti.
[men / from Buddhas / doctrine / get]
Men get the doctrine from Buddhas.

5. Puriso vejjāya sakaṭaṃ ākaḍḍhati.
[man / to doctor / cart / pulls]
The man pulls the cart to the doctor.

6. Dārako hatthena yācakassa bhattaṃ āharati.
[child / in hand / to beggar / rice / brings]
The child brings rice to the beggar in (his) hand.

7. Yācako ācariyāya āvāṭaṃ khaṇati.
[beggar / for teacher / pit / digs]
The beggar digs (a) pit for the teacher.

8. Rajako amaccānaṃ sāṭake dadāti.
[washerman / to ministers / garments / gives]
The washerman gives garments to ministers.

9. Brāhmaṇo sāvakānaṃ mañce āharati.
[brahmin / for disciples / beds / brings]
The brahmin brings beds for the disciples.

10. Vānaro rukkhamhā patati, kukkuro vānaraṃ ḍasati.
[monkey / from tree / falls / dog / monkey / bites]
The monkey falls from the tree, the dog bites the monkey.

11. Dhīvarā piṭakehi amaccānaṃ macche aharanti.
[fishermen / in baskets / for ministers / fish / bring]
Fishermen bring fish in baskets for ministers.

12. Kassako vāṇijāya rukkhaṃ chindati.
[farmer / for merchant / tree / cuts]
The farmer cuts (a) tree for the merchant.

13. Coro kuddālena ācariyāya āvāṭaṃ khaṇati.
[thief / with hoe / for teacher / pit / digs]
The thief digs (a) pit with (a) hoe for the teacher.

14. Vejjo puttānaṃ bhattaṃ pacati.
[doctor / for sons / rice / cooks]
The doctor cooks rice for (his) sons.

15. Tāpaso luddakena saddhiṃ bhāsati.
[hermit / with hunter / speaks]
The hermit speaks with the hunter.

16. Luddako tāpasassa dīpaṃ dadāti.
[hunter / to hermit / lamp / gives]
The hunter gives the lamp to (a) hermit.

17. Sīhā mige hananti.
[lions / deer / kill]
Lions kill deer.

18. Hunters shoot deer with arrows for ministers.
[luddakā / vijjhanti / mige / sarehi / amaccānaṃ]
Luddakā sarehi amaccānaṃ mige vijjhanti.

18. Makkaṭo puttena saha rukkhaṃ āruhati.
[monkey / with son / tree / climbs]
> The monkey climbs the tree with (its) son.
> The monkey climbs the tree with (its) young.

19. Samaṇā upāsakehi odanaṃ labhanti.
[monks / from lay devotees / rice / receive]
Monks receive rice from lay devotees.

20. Dārakā rodanti, kumāro hasati, mātulo kumāraṃ paharati.
[children / cry / boy / laughs / uncle / boy / hits]
Children cry, the boy laughs, the uncle hits the boy.

21. Vānarā pabbatamhā oruhanti, rukkhe āruhanti.
[monkeys / from mountain / descend / tree / climb]
> Monkeys descend from the mountain, [and] climb trees.
> Monkeys get down from the mountain, [and] climb trees.

22. Corā rathaṃ pavisanti, amacco rathaṃ pajahati.
[robbers / chariot / enter / minister / chariot / abandons]
Robbers enter the chariot, the minister abandons the chariot.

23. Ācariyo dārakāya rukkhamhā sukaṃ āharati.
[teacher / for child / from tree / parrot / brings]
The teacher brings (a) parrot from (a) tree for the child.

24. Luddako pabbatasmā ajaṃ ākaḍḍhati.
[hunter / from mountain / goat / drags]
The hunter drags the goat from the mountain.

25. Tāpaso pabbatamhā sīhaṃ passati.
[hermit / from mountain / lion / sees]
The hermit sees (a) lion from the mountain.

26. Vāṇijā kassakehi lābhaṃ labhanti.
[merchants / from farmers / profit / receive]
Merchants receive profit from farmers.

27. Luddako vāṇijānaṃ varāhe hanati.
[hunter / for merchants / pigs / kills]
The hunter kills pigs for the merchants.

28. Tāpaso ācariyamhā pañhe pucchati.
[hermit / from teacher / questions / asks]
The hermit asks questions from the teacher.

29. Putto mañcamhā patati.
[son / from bed / falls]
The son falls from the bed.

30. Kumārā sahāyakehi saddhiṃ nahāyanti.
[boys / with friends / bathe]
Boys bathe with friends.

Translate into Pali:

1. Merchants bring horses for ministers.
[vāṇijā / āharanti / asse / amaccānaṃ]
Vāṇijā amaccānaṃ asse āharanti.

2. The hunter kills a goat for the merchant.
[luddako / hanati / ajaṃ / vāṇijāya]
Luddako vāṇijāya ajaṃ hanati.

3. The man cuts trees with a saw for the farmer.
[manusso / chindati / rukkhe / kakacena / kassakassa]
Manusso kakacena kassakassa rukkhe chindati.

4. Deer run away from the lion.
[migā / dhāvanti / sīhasmā]
Migā sīhasmā dhāvanti.

5. The king worships the Buddha along with lay devotees.
[bhūpālo / vandati / Buddhaṃ / upāsakehi]
Bhūpālo upāsakehi saha Buddhaṃ vandati.

6. Thieves run from villages to the mountains.
[corā / dhāvanti / gāmehi / pabbate]
Corā gāmehi pabbate dhāvanti.

7. The washerman washes garments for the king.
[rajako / dhovati / sāṭake / bhūpālāya]
Rajako bhūpālāya sāṭake dhovati.

8. The fisherman brings fish in baskets for farmers.
[dhīvaro / āharati / macche / piṭakehi / kassakānaṃ]
Dhīvaro piṭakehi kassakānaṃ macche āharati.

9. The teacher enters the monastery, sees the monks.
[ācariyo / pavisati / vihāraṃ / passati / samaṇe]
Ācariyo vihāraṃ pavisati, samaṇe passati.

10. The serpent bites the monkey.
[sappo / ḍasati / vānaraṃ]
Sappo vānaraṃ ḍasati.

11. Boys drag the bed for the brahmin.
[kumārā / ākaḍḍhanti / mañcaṃ / brāhmaṇassa]
Kumārā brāhmaṇassa mañcaṃ ākaḍḍhanti.

12. Thieves enter the palace together with men.
[corā / pavisanti / pāsādaṃ / purisehi saha]
Corā purisehi saha pāsādaṃ pavisanti.

13. Farmers get fish from fishermen.
[kassakā / labhanti / macche / dhīvarehi]
Kassakā dhīvarehi macche labhanti.

14. Pigs go from the island to the mountain.
[varāhā / gacchanti / dīpamhā / pabbataṃ]
Varāhā dīpamhā pabbataṃ gacchanti.

15. The king abandons the palace, the son enters the monastery.
[bhūpālo / pajahati / pāsādaṃ / putto / pavisati / vihāraṃ]
Bhūpālo pāsādaṃ pajahati, putto vihāraṃ pavisati.

16. The lion sleeps, the monkeys play.
[sīho / sayati / vānarā / kīḷanti]
Sīho sayati, vānarā kīḷanti.

17. The teacher protects his sons from the dog.
[ācariyo / rakkhati / putte / kukkurasmā]
Ācariyo kukkurasmā putte rakkhati.

18. Hunters shoot deer with arrows for ministers.
[luddakā / vijjhanti / mige / sarehi / amaccānaṃ]
Luddakā sarehi amaccānaṃ mige vijjhanti.

19. Children desire rice from the uncle.
[dārakā / icchanti / odanaṃ / mātulamhā]
Dārakā mātulamhā odanaṃ icchanti.

20. The doctor gives a garment to the hermit.
[vejjo / dadāti / sāṭakaṃ / tāpasāya]
Vejjo tāpasāya sāṭakaṃ dadāti.

21. The merchant brings a goat by cart for the teacher.
[vāṇijo / āharati / ajaṃ / sakaṭena / ācariyassa]
Vāṇijo sakaṭena ācariyassa ajaṃ āharati.

22. Sons see the moon from the mountain.
[puttā / passanti / candaṃ / pabbatasmā]
Puttā pabbatasmā candaṃ passanti.

23. Wise men get profit from the dhamma.
[paṇḍitā / labhanti / lābhaṃ / dhammamhā]
Paṇḍitā dhammamhā lābhaṃ labhanti.

24. Monkeys leave the village.
[vānarā / nikkhamanti / gāmasmā]
Vānarā gāmasmā *nikkhamanti.

* See notes in Lesson 4.

25. The son brings a parrot for his friend from the mountain.
[putto / āharati / suvaṃ / mittāya / pabbatamhā]
Putto pabbatamhā mittāya suvaṃ āharati.

26. The doctor enters the monastery.
[vejjo / pavisati / vihāraṃ]
Vejjo vihāraṃ pavisati.

27. The jackal runs from the village to the mountain along the road.
[sigālo / dhāvati / gāmasmā / pabbataṃ / maggena]
Sigālo maggena gāmasmā pabbataṃ dhāvati.

28. The cart falls off the road, the child cries.
[sakaṭo / patati / maggamhā / dārako / rodati]
Sakaṭo maggamhā patati, dārako rodati.

29. The ministers go up the stairway, the doctor comes down the stairway.
[amaccā / āruhanti / sopānaṃ / vejjo / oruhati / sopānaṃ]
Amaccā sopānaṃ āruhanti, vejjo sopānaṃ oruhati.

30. Wise men ask questions from the Buddha.
[paṇḍitā / pucchanti / pañhe / Buddhasmā]
Paṇḍitā Buddhasmā pañhe pucchanti.

-ooOoo-

:::
:::

Lesson 6 exercise answers

Pali Primer Exercise 6

Translate into English:

1. Kassakassa putto vejjassa sahāyena saddhiṃ āgacchati.
[[of] farmer / son / [of] doctor / with friend / comes]
The farmer\'s son comes with the doctor\'s friend.

2. Brāhmaṇassa kuddālo hatthamhā patati.
[[of] brahmin / hoe / from hand / falls]
The brahmin\'s hoe falls from (his) hand.

3. Migā āvāṭehi *nikkhamanti.
[deer / [from] pits / leave]
Deer leave the pits.

* See notes in Lesson 4.

4. Vāṇijānaṃ assā kassakassa gāmaṃ dhāvanti.
[[of] merchants / horses / [of] farmer / village / run]
Merchants\' horses run to the farmer\'s village.

5. Mātulassa mitto Tathāgatassa sāvake vandati.
[[of] uncle / friend / [of] Buddha / disciples / worships]
The uncle\'s friend worships/pays respect to Buddha\'s disciples.

6. Amacco bhūpālassa khaggena sappaṃ paharati.
[minister / [of] king / with sword / serpent / hits]
The minister hits the serpent with the king\'s sword.

7. Vāṇijā gāme manussānaṃ piṭakehi macche āharanti.
[merchants / to villages / for people / in baskets / fish / bring]
The merchants bring fish in baskets to villages for the people.

8. Coro vejjassa sakaṭena mittena saha gāmamhā nikkhamati.
[thief / [of] doctor / in cart / with friend / [from] village / leaves]
The thief leaves the village with (a) friend in the doctor\'s cart.

9. Upāsakassa puttā samaṇehi saha vihāraṃ gacchanti.
[[of] lay devotee / sons / with monks / monastery / go]
The lay devotee\'s sons go to the monastery with the monks.

10. Yācako amaccassa sāṭakaṃ icchati.
[beggar / [of] minister / garment / desires]
The beggar desires the minister\'s garment.

11. Mittānaṃ mātulā tāpasānaṃ odanaṃ dadanti.
[[of] friends / uncles / to hermits / rice / give]
Friends\' uncles give rice to hermits/ascetics.

12. Dhīvarassa kakacena coro kukkuraṃ paharati.
[[of] fisherman / with saw / thief / dog / strikes]
The thief strikes the dog with the fisherman\'s saw.

13. Bhūpālassa putto amaccassa assaṃ āruhati.
[[of] king / son / [of] minister / horse / climbs]
> The king\'s son climbs the minister\'s horse.
> The prince mounts the minister\'s horse.

14. Paṇḍitassa puttā Buddhassa sāvakena saha vihāraṃ pavisanti.
[[of] wise man / sons / [of] Buddha / with disciple / monastery / enter]
The wise man\'s sons enter the monastery with (a) disciple of the Buddha.

15. Suriyo manusse rakkhati.
[sun / men / protects]
The sun protects men.

16. Vejjassa sunakho ācariyassa sopānamhā patati.
[[of] doctor / dog / [of] teacher / stairway / falls]
The doctor\'s dog falls from the teacher\'s stairway.

17. Rajakā rukkhehi oruhanti.
[washermen / from trees / descend]
Washermen get down from trees.

18. Yācakassa dārakā rodanti.
[[of] beggar / children / cry]
The beggar\'s children cry.

19. Luddakassa puttā corassa dārakehi saddhiṃ kīḷanti.
[[of] hunter / sons / [of] thief / with children / play]
The hunter\'s sons play with the thief\'s children.

20. Tāpaso Tathāgatassa sāvakānaṃ odanaṃ dadāti.
[hermit / [of] Buddha / to disciples / rice / gives]
The hermit gives rice to the Buddha\'s disciples.

21. Samaṇā ācariyassa hatthena sāṭake labhanti.
[monks / [of] teacher / from hand / garments / receive]
Monks receive garments from the teacher\'s hand.

22. Coro vāṇijassa sahāyakasmā assaṃ yācati.
[robber / [of] merchant / friend / horse / begs]
The robber begs for the horse from the merchant\'s friend.

23. Upāsakā Tathāgatassa sāvakehi pañhe pucchanti.
[lay devotees / [of] Buddha / from disciples / questions / ask]
Lay devotees ask questions from the Buddha\'s disciples.

24. Pāsāṇamhā migo patati, luddako hasati, sunakhā dhāvanti.
[from rock / deer / falls / hunter / laughs / dogs / run]
The deer falls from the rock, the hunter laughs, dogs run.

25. Vejjassa patto puttassa hatthamhā patati.
[[of] doctor / bowl / [of] son / from hand / falls]
The doctor\'s bowl falls from his son\'s hand.

26. Kumāro mātulānaṃ puttānaṃ hatthena odanaṃ dadāti.
[boy / [of] uncles / to sons / with hand / rice / gives]
The boy gives rice to uncles\' sons with hand.

27. Sarā luddakassa hatthehi patanti, migā pabbataṃ dhāvanti.
[arrows / [of] hunter / from hands / fall / deer / to mountain / run]
Arrows fall from the hunter\'s hands, deer run to the mountain.

28. Bhūpālassa putto amaccehi saddhiṃ pāsādasmā oruhati.
[[of] king / son / with ministers / from palace / descends]
The king\'s son comes down from the palace with ministers.

29. Vejjassa soṇo kassakassa sūkaraṃ ḍasati.
[[of] doctor / dog / [of] farmer / dog]
The doctor\'s dog bites the farmer\'s pig.

30. Dhīvaro manussānaṃ macche āharati, lābhaṃ labhati.
[fisherman / for people / fish / brings / profit / gets]
The fisherman brings fish to/for the people, (he) gets profit.

Translate into Pali:

1. The brahmin\'s sons bathe with the minister\'s son.
[brāhmaṇassa / puttā / nahāyanti / amaccassa / puttena saha]
Brāhmaṇassa puttā amaccassa puttena saha nahāyanti.

2. Uncle\'s friend cooks rice with the farmer\'s son.
[mātulassa / mitto / pacati / bhattaṃ / kassakassa / puttena saha]
Mātulassa mitto kassakassa puttena saha bhattaṃ pacati.

3. The fisherman brings fish to the king\'s palace.
[dhīvaro / āharati / macche / bhūpālassa / pāsādaṃ]
Dhīvaro macche bhūpālassa pāsādaṃ āharati.

4. The king calls the minsters\' sons from the palace.
[bhūpālo / pakkosati / amaccānaṃ / putte / pāsādamhā]
Bhūpālo pāsādamhā amaccānaṃ putte pakkosati.

5. The merchant\'s chariot falls from the mountain.
[vāṇijassa / ratho / patati / pabbatasmā]
Vāṇijassa ratho pabbatasmā patati.

6. The king\'s ministers set out from the palace with the horses.
[bhūpālassa / amaccā / nikkhamanti / pāsādamhā / assehi saddhiṃ]
Bhūpālassa amaccā assehi saddhiṃ pāsādamhā nikkhamanti.

7. The brahmin\'s doctor gives garments to the hermits.
[brāhmaṇassa / vejjo / dadāti / sāṭake / tāpasānaṃ]
Brāhmaṇassa vejjo tāpasānaṃ sāṭake dadāti.

8. The hunter\'s dogs run from the mountain to the village.
[luddakassa / sunakhā / dhāvanti / pabbatasmā / gāmaṃ]
Luddakassa sunakhā pabbatasmā gāmaṃ dhāvanti.

9. The merchant brings a bed for the doctor\'s child.
[vāṇijo / āharati / mañcaṃ / vejjassa / dārakāya]
Vāṇijo vejjassa dārakāya mañcaṃ āharati.

10. Deer run from the mountain to the village.
[migā / dhāvanti / pabbatamhā / gāmaṃ]
Migā pabbatamhā gāmaṃ dhāvanti.

11. The teacher\'s child falls from the farmer\'s tree.
[ācariyassa / dārako / patati / kassakassa / rukkhasmā]
Ācariyassa dārako kassakassa rukkhasmā patati.

12. The dog eats fish from the fisherman\'s basket.
[sunakho / khādati / macche / dhīvarassa / piṭakamhā]
Sunakho dhīvarassa piṭakamhā macche khādati.

13. The disciples of the Buddha go from the monastery to the mountain.
[sāvakā / Buddhassa / gacchanti / vihārasmā / pabbataṃ]
Buddhassa sāvakā vihārasmā pabbataṃ gacchanti.

14. The hunter kills a pig with an arrow for the minister\'s friends.
[luddako / hanati / varāhaṃ / sarena / amaccassa / mittānaṃ]
Luddako amaccassa mittānaṃ sarena varāhaṃ hanati.

15. The child gets a lamp from the hands of the teacher.
[dārako / labhati / dīpaṃ / hatthehi / ācariyassa]
Dārako ācariyassa hatthehi dīpaṃ labhati.

16. The doctors\' teacher calls the child\'s uncle.
[vejjānaṃ / ācariyo / pakkosati / dārakassa / mātulaṃ]
Vejjānaṃ ācariyo dārakassa mātulaṃ pakkosati.

17. The boy brings rice in a bowl for the monk.
[kumāro / āharati / odanaṃ / pattena / samaṇāya]
Kumāro samaṇāya pattena odanaṃ āharati.

18. Men go to the village of the lay devotees.
[manussā / gacchanti / gāmaṃ / upāsakānaṃ]
Manussā upāsakānaṃ gāmaṃ gacchanti.

19. Pigs run away from jackals.
[sūkarā / dhāvanti / sigālehi]
Sūkarā sigālehi dhāvanti.

20. Monkeys play with the deer.
[vānarā / kīḷanti saddhiṃ / migena]
Vānarā migena saddhiṃ kīḷanti.

21. The wise man comes to the king\'s island with the merchants.
[paṇḍito / āgacchati / bhūpālassa / dīpaṃ / vāṇijehi saha]
Paṇḍito vāṇijehi saha bhūpālassa dīpaṃ āgacchati.

22. The farmer\'s children go to the mountain by their uncles\' chariots.
[kassakassa / dārakā / gacchanti / pabbataṃ / mātulānaṃ / rathehi]
Kassakassa dārakā mātulānaṃ rathehi pabbataṃ gacchanti.

23. Garments fall from the carts of the merchants.
[sāṭakā / patanti / sakaṭehi / vāṇijānaṃ]
Sāṭakā vāṇijānaṃ sakaṭehi patanti.

24. The recluse gets a bowl from the king\'s hands.
[samaṇo / labhati / pattaṃ / bhūpālassa / hatthehi]
Samaṇo bhūpālassa hatthehi pattaṃ labhati.

25. The washerman brings garments for the man\'s uncle.
[rajako / āharati / sāṭake / purisassa / mātulāya]
Rajako purisassa mātulāya sāṭake āharati.

26. King\'s ministers eat rice together with the teacher\'s friends.
[bhūpālassa / amaccā / bhuñjanti / odanaṃ / ācariyassa / mittehi saha]
Bhūpālassa amaccā ācariyassa mittehi saha odanaṃ bhuñjanti.

27. Wise men protect the islands of the kings from the thieves.
[paṇḍitā / rakkhanti / dīpe / bhūpālānaṃ / corehi]
Paṇḍitā corehi bhūpālānaṃ dīpe rakkhanti.

28. Boys bring baskets for the fishermen from farmers.
[kumārā / āharanti / piṭake / dhīvarānaṃ / kassakehi]
Kumārā kassakehi dhīvarānaṃ piṭake āharanti.

29. The farmer\'s horse drags the doctor\'s vehicle away from the road.
[kassakassa / asso / ākaḍḍhati / vejjassa / rathaṃ / maggamhā]
Kassakassa asso maggamhā vejjassa rathaṃ ākaḍḍhati.

30. Monks enter the village of the teacher.
[samaṇā / pavisanti / gāmaṃ / ācariyassa]
Samaṇā ācariyassa gāmaṃ pavisanti.

:::
:::

Lesson 7 exercise answers

Pali Primer Exercise 7

Translate into English:

1. Brāhmaṇo sahāyakena saddhiṃ rathamhi nisīdati.
[brahmin / with friend / in chariot / sits]
The brahmin sits in the chariot with (a) friend.

2. Asappurisā corehi saha gāmesu caranti.
[wicked men / with thieves / in villages / walk]
Wicked men move about in villages with thieves.

3. Vāṇijo kassakassa nivāse bhattaṃ pacati.
[merchant / farmer\'s / house / rice / cook]
The merchant cooks rice in the farmer\'s house.

4. Bhūpālassa amaccā dīpesu manusse rakkhanti.
[king\'s / ministers/ on islands / people / protect]
The king\'s ministers protect people on the islands.

5. Sugatassa sāvakā vihārasmiṃ vasanti.
[Buddha\'s / disciples / in monastery / live]
The Buddha\'s disciples live in the monastery.

6. Makkaṭo rukkhamhā āvāṭasmiṃ patati.
[monkey / from tree / into pit / falls]
The monkey falls from the tree into the pit.

7. Suriyassa āloko samuddamhi patati.
[sun\'s / light / on sea / falls]
The sun\'s light falls on the sea.

8. Kassakānaṃ goṇā gāme āhiṇḍanti.
[farmers\' / oxen / in village / roam]
Farmers\' oxen roam in the village.

9. Vejjassa dārako mañcasmiṃ sayati.
[doctor\'s / child / on bed / sleeps]
The doctor\'s child sleeps on the bed.

10. Dhīvarā samuddhamhā piṭakesu macche āharanti.
[fishermen / from sea / in baskets / fish / bring]
Fishermen bring, in baskets, fish from the ocean/sea.

11. Sīho pāsāṇasmiṃ ṭiṭṭhati, makkaṭā rukkhesu caranti.
[lion / on rock / stands / monkeys / on trees / move]
The lion stands on the rock, monkeys move on trees.

12. Bhūpālassa dūto amaccena saddhiṃ samuddaṃ tarati.
[king\'s / messenger / minister / with / sea / crosses]
The king\'s messenger crosses the sea with (a) minister.

13. Manussā loke jīvanti, devā sagge vasanti.
[people / in world / live / deities / in heaven / live]
People live in the world, deities/gods live in the heaven.

14. Migā pabbatesu dhāvanti, sakuṇā ākāse uppatanti.
[deer / in mountains / run / birds / in sky / fly]
Deer run in mountains, birds fly in the sky.

15. Amacco khaggaṃ bhūpālassa hatthamhā ādadāti.
[minister / sword / king\'s / from hand / takes]
The minister takes the sword from the king\'s hand.

16. Ācariyo mātulassa nivāse mañcamhi puttena saha nisīdati.
[teacher / uncle\'s / house / on bed / son / with / sits]
The teacher sits on (a) bed in uncle\'s house with (his) son.

17. Tāpasā pabbatamhi viharanti.
[hermits / in mountain / live]
Hermits dwell/live in the mountain.

18. Upāsakā samaṇehi saddhiṃ vihāre sannipatanti.
[lay devotees / monks / with / in monastery / assemble]
The lay devotees assemble with the monks in the monastery.

19. Kākā rukkhehi uppatanti.
[crows / from trees / fly]
Crows fly from trees.

20. Buddho dhammaṃ bhāsati, sappurisā Buddhamhi pasīdanti*.
[Buddha / dhamma / speaks / virtuous men / Buddha / are pleased with]
The Buddha speaks the dhamma, good/virtuous men are pleased with the Buddha.

21. Asappuriso khaggena nāvikassa dūtaṃ paharati.
[wicked man / with sword / sailor\'s / messenger /strikes]
The wicked man strikes the sailor\'s messenger with a sword.

22. Puriso sarena sakunaṃ vijjhati, sakuṇo rukkhamhā āvāṭasmiṃ patati.
[man / with arrow / bird / shoots / bird / from tree / into pit / falls]
The man shoots a bird with an arrow, the bird falls from the tree into the pit.

23. Manussā suriyassa ālokena lokaṃ passanti.
[men / sun\'s / with light / world / see]
By the light of the sun, people see the world.
Lit.: Men see the world with the sun\'s light.

24. Kassakassa goṇā magge sayanti.
[farmer\'s / oxen / on road / sleep]
The farmer\'s oxen sleep on the road.

25. Goṇassa kāyasmiṃ kāko tiṭṭhati.
[ox\'s / on body / crow / stands]
The crow stands on the bull\'s body.

26. Migā dīpasmiṃ pāsāṇesu nisīdanti.
[deer / on island / on rocks / sit]
Deer sit on the rocks on the island.

27. Sakuṇo nāvikassa hatthamhā āvāṭasmiṃ patati.
[bird / sailor\'s / from hand / into pit / falls]
The bird falls from the sailor\'s hand into the pit.

28. Sappuriso nāvikena saha samuddamhā uttarati.
[virtuous man / sailor / with / from sea / comes out]
The virtuous man comes out from the sea with the sailor.

29. Kuddālo luddakassa hatthamhā āvāṭasmiṃ patati.
[hoe / hunter\'s / hand / into pit / falls]
The hoe falls from the hunter\'s hand into the pit.

30. Suriyassa ālokena cando bhāsati (shines).
[sun\'s / by light / moon / shines]
The moon shines by the light of the sun.

Translate into Pali:

1. The lion stands on the rock in the mountain.
[sīho / tiṭṭhati / pāsāṇamhi / pabbatasmiṃ]
Sīho pabbatasmiṃ pāsāṇamhi tiṭṭhati.

2. Thieves enter the house of the teacher.
[corā / pavisanti / nivāsaṃ / ācariyassa]
Corā ācariyassa nivāsaṃ pavisanti.

3. Children run from the road to the sea with friends.
[dārakā / dhāvanti / magasmā / samuddaṃ / mittehi saha]
Dārakā mittehi saha maggasmā samuddaṃ dhāvanti.

4. Uncle\'s oxen wander on the road.
[mātulassa / goṇā / āhiṇḍanti / maggasmiṃ]
Mātulassa goṇā maggasmiṃ āhiṇḍanti.

5. Birds sit on the tree.
[sakuṇā / nisīdanti / rukkhamhi]
Sakuṇā rukkhamhi nisīdanti.

6. The ox hits the goat with its foot.
[goṇo / paharati / ajaṃ / pādena
] Goṇo pādena ajaṃ paharati.

7. Jackals live on the mountain.
[sigālā / vasanti / pabbatasmiṃ
] Sigālā pabbatasmiṃ vasanti.

8. The king worships the feet of the Buddha with his ministers.
[bhūpālo / vandati / pāde / Buddhassa / amaccehi saha
] Bhūpālo amaccehi saha Buddhassa pāde vandati.

9. The uncle sleeps on the bed with his son.
[mātulo / sayati / mañcamhi / puttena saha
] Mātulo puttena saha mañcamhi sayati.

10. The fisherman eats rice in the house of the farmer.
[dhīvaro / bhuñjati / odanaṃ / nivāsasmiṃ / kassakassa]
Dhīvaro kassakassa nivāsasmiṃ odanaṃ bhuñjati.

11. The king\'s horses live in the island.
[bhūpālassa / assā / vasanti / dīpamhi]
Bhūpālassa assā dīpamhi vasanti.

12. The virtuous man brings a lamp for the hermit.
[sappuriso / āharati / dīpaṃ / tāpasāya]
Sappuriso tāpasāya dīpaṃ āharati.

13. The doctor brings a garment to the teacher\'s house.
[vejjo / āharati / sāṭakaṃ / ācariyassa / nivāsaṃ]
Vejjo ācariyassa nivāsaṃ sāṭakaṃ āharati.

14. The monkey plays with a dog on the rock.
[vānaro / kīḷati / sunakhena saddhiṃ / pāsāṇasmā]
Vānaro sunakhena saddhiṃ pāsāṇasmā kīḷati.

15. The garment falls on the farmer\'s body.
[sāṭako / patati / kassakassa / kāyamhi]
Sāṭako kassakassa kāyamhi patati.

16. The hunter carries arrows in a basket.
[luddako / harati / sare / piṭakasmiṃ**]
Luddako piṭakasmiṃ sare harati.

17. Disciples of the Buddha assemble in the monastery.
[sāvakā / Buddhassa / sannipatanti / vihārasmiṃ]
Buddhassa sāvakā vihārasmiṃ sannipatanti.

18. The washerman washes the garments of the ministers.
[rajako / dhovati / sāṭake / amaccānaṃ]
Rajako amaccānaṃ sāṭake dhovati.

19. Birds fly in the sky.
[sakuṇā / uppatanti / ākāsamhi]
Sakuṇā ākāsamhi uppatanti.

20. The virtuous man comes out of the sea together with the sailor.
[sappuriso / uttarati / samuddamhā / nāvikena saha]
Sappuriso nāvikena saha samuddamhā uttarati.

21. Deities are pleased with the Buddha\'s disciples.
[devā / pasīdanti / Buddhassa / sāvakesu]
Devā Buddhassa sāvakesu pasīdanti.

22. Merchants cross the sea together with sailors.
[vāṇijā / taranti / samuddaṃ / nāvikehi saha]
Vāṇijā nāvikehi saha samuddaṃ taranti.

23. The good man protects the dog from the serpent.
[sappuriso / rakkhati / kukkuraṃ / sappamhā]
Sappuriso sappamhā kukkuraṃ rakkhati.

24. Crows fly from trees in the mountain.
[kākā / uppatanti / rukkehi / pabbatasmiṃ]
Kākā pabbatasmiṃ rukkehi uppatanti.

25. The pig pulls a fish from the fisherman\'s basket.
[sūkaro / ākaḍḍhati / macchaṃ / dhīvarassa / piṭakasmā]
Sūkaro dhīvarassa piṭakasmā macchaṃ ākaḍḍhati.

26. The light of the sun falls on the men in the world.
[āloko / suriyassa / patati / manussesu / lokamhi]
Suriyassa āloko lokamhi manussesu patati.

27. Deities go through the sky.
[devā / gacchanti / ākāsena]
Devā ākāsena gacchanti.

28. Children play with the dog on the road.
[dārakā / kīḷanti / kukkurena saddhiṃ / maggasmiṃ]
Dārakā kukkurena saddhiṃ maggasmiṃ kīḷanti.

29. The wicked man drags a monkey from the tree.
[asappuriso / ākaḍḍhati / makkaṭaṃ / rukkhamhā]
Asappuriso rukkhamhā makkaṭaṃ ākaḍḍhati.

30. The king\'s messenger gets down from the horse.
[bhūpālassa / dūto / oruhati / assasmā]
Bhūpālassa dūto assasmā oruhati.

* [pasīdati] always refer to a word in the locative case.

** Since this chapter introduces the locative case, [piṭakasmiṃ] is used. However, the sentence can also be understood as \"The hunter carries arrows using a basket\", in which the instrumental case prevails. Then the Pali will be [\"Luddako piṭakena sare harati\"]. For more examples, please see:

:::
- Exercise 3 (Translate into Pali/17),
- Exercise 4 (Translate into English/1) and
- Exercise 5 (Translate into English/11, Translate into Pali/8).
:::

:::
:::

Lesson 8 exercise answers

Pali Primer Exercise 8

Translate into English:

1. Upāsako pupphāni āharati.
[lay devotee / flowers / brings]
The lay devotee brings flowers.

2. Araññe migā vasanti, rukkhesu makkaṭā caranti.
[in forest / deer / live / on trees / monkeys / move]
Deer live in the forest, monkeys move on the trees.

3. Goṇā tiṇaṃ khādanti.
[oxen / grass / eat]
Oxen eat grass.

4. Manussā nayanehi passanti.
[men / with eyes / see]
Men see with eyes.

5. Samaṇo vihārasmiṃ āsane nisīdati.
[monk / in monastery / on seat / sits]
The monk sits on (a) seat in the monastery.

6. Rukkhamhā paṇṇāni patanti.
[from tree / leaves / fall]
Leaves fall from the tree.

7. Vāṇijā gāmamhā khīraṃ nagaraṃ haranti.
[merchants / from village / milk / city / take]
Merchants take milk from the village to the city.

8. Bhūpālo kumārena saddhiṃ uyyāne carati.
[king / with boy / in park / walks]
The king walks in the park with the boy.

9. Kassako khettamhi kuddālena āvāṭe khaṇati.
[farmer / in field / with hoe / pits / digs]
The farmer digs pits in the field with (a) hoe.

10. Mātulo puttassa bhaṇḍāni dadāti.
[uncle / to son (dat.) / goods / gives]
The uncle gives goods to the son.
[uncle / son\'s (gen.) / goods / gives]
The uncle gives the son\'s goods.

11. Upāsakā samaṇānaṃ dānaṃ dadanti, sīlāni rakkhanti.
[lay devotees / to monks / alms / give / virtue / protect]
Lay devotees give alms to monks, protect virtue.
Alt: Lay devotees give alms to monks, observe morality.

12. Dārakā mittehi saddhiṃ udakasmiṃ kīḷanti.
[children / with friends / in water / play]
Children play with friends in the water.

13. Kassakā vāṇijehi vatthāni labhanti.
[farmers / from merchants / cloths / get]
Farmers get cloths from merchants.

14. Kumāro uyyānamhā mātulassa kusumāni āharati.
[boy / from park / for uncle / flowers / brings]
The boy brings flowers from the park for the uncle.

15. Brāhmaṇassa ajā goṇehi saha vane āhiṇḍanti, tiṇāni khādanti.
[brahmin\'s / goats / with oxen / in forest / wander / grass / eat]
The brahmin\'s goats wander in the forest with oxen, (they) eat grass.

16. Sīho vanasmiṃ rukkhamūle (at the foot of a tree) nisīdati.
[lion / in forest / at foot of a tree / sits]
The lion sits at the foot of a tree in the forest.

17. Rajakā udakena āsanāni dhovanti.
[washermen / with water / seats / wash]
Washermen wash the seats with water.

18. Amacco dūtena saddhiṃ rathena araññaṃ pavisati.
[minister / with messenger / in chariot / forest / enters]
The minister enters the forest in a chariot with (his) messenger.

19. Yācakassa putto udakena paṇṇāni dhovati.
[beggar\'s / son / with water / leaves / washes]
The beggar\'s son washes leaves using water.

20. Vāṇijā bhaṇḍāni nagaramhā gāmaṃ āharanti.
[merchants / goods / from city / [to] village / bring]
Merchants bring goods from the city to the village.

21. Tathāgatassa sāvakā asappurisānaṃ putte anusāsanti.
[Buddha\'s / disciples / wicked men\'s / sons / advise]
The Buddha\'s disciples advise the wicked men\'s sons.

22. Upāsakā udakena pupphāni āsiñcanti.
[lay devotees / with water / flowers / sprinkle]
The lay devotees sprinkle flowers with water.

23. Kumāro pattaṃ bhindati; mātulo akkosati.
[boy / bowl / breaks / uncle / scolds]
The boy breaks a bowl, the uncle scolds him.

24. Luddakassa putto migassa kāyaṃ hatthena phusati.
[hunter\'s / son / deer\'s / body / with hand / touches]
The hunter\'s son touches the deer\'s body with (his) hand.

25. Goṇo khette pāsāṇamhā uṭṭhahati.
[ox / in field / from rock / gets up]
The ox gets up from the rock in the field.

26. Rajakassa putto sāṭake mañcasmiṃ nikkhipati.
[washerman\'s / son / garments / on bed / puts]
The washerman\'s son puts garments on the bed.

27. Sugatassa sāvako vihārassa dvāraṃ vivarati.
[Buddha\'s / disciple / monastery\'s / door / opens]
The Buddha\'s disciple opens the door of the monastery.

28. Vejjassa dārakā gehe naccanti.
[doctor\'s / children / in house / dance]
The doctor\'s children dance in the house.

29. Paṇḍito asappurisaṃ ovadati.
[wise man / wicked man / admonishes]
The wise man admonishes the wicked man.

30. Coro ācariyassa sakaṭaṃ pabbatasmiṃ pajahati.
[thief / teacher\'s / cart / in mountain / abandons]
The thief abandons the teacher\'s cart in the mountain.

Translate into Pali:

1. Children play in the water with the dog.
[Dārakā / kīḷanti / udakasmiṃ / sunakhena saddhiṃ]
Dārakā sunakhena saddhiṃ udakasmiṃ kīḷanti.

2. The wicked man breaks leaves from the tree.
[asappuriso / chindati / paṇṇāni / rukkhasmā]
Asappuriso rukkhasmā paṇṇāni chindati.

3. Kings go in vehicles to the park with their ministers.
[bhūpālā / gacchanti / rathehi / uyyānaṃ / amaccehi saha]
Bhūpālā amaccehi saha rathehi uyyānaṃ gacchanti.

4. Merchants set out from the city with goods.
Vāṇijā bhaṇḍāni ādāya nagaramhā nikkhamanti.

[Lit. Having taken the goods, merchants set out from the city.]
See next lesson.

5. Virtuous men give alms to monks.
[sappurisā / dadanti / dānaṃ / samaṇānaṃ]
Sappurisā samaṇānaṃ dānaṃ dadanti.

6. Disciples of the Buddha assemble in the park with lay devotees.
[sāvakā / Buddhassa / sannipatanti / uyyāne / upāsakehi saha]
Buddhassa sāvakā upāsakehi saha uyyāne sannipatanti.

7. The thief gets down from the tree in the forest.
[coro / oruhati / rukkhasmā / araññasmiṃ]
Coro rukkhasmā araññasmiṃ oruhati.

8. Wicked men hit the monkeys on the trees with stones.
[asappurisā / paharanti / vānare / rukkhesu / pāsāṇehi]
Asappurisā pāsāṇehi rukkhesu vānare paharanti.

9. The doctor\'s horse eats grass with the ox on the road.
[vejjassa / asso / khādati / tiṇaṃ / goṇena saddhiṃ / maggamhi]
Vejjassa asso goṇena saddhiṃ maggamhi tiṇaṃ khādati.

10. Jackals live in forests, dogs live in villages.
[sigālā / vasanti / araññesu / kukkurā / vasanti / gāmesu]
Sigālā araññesu vasanti, kukkurā gāmesu vasanti.

11. Brahmins sit on seats in the house of the wise man.
[brāhmaṇā / nisīdanti / āsanesu / gehe / paṇḍitassa]
Brāhmaṇā paṇḍitassa gehe āsanesu nisīdanti.

12. The sailor opens the doors of his house.
[nāviko / vivarati / dvāre / gehassa]
Nāviko gehassa dvāre vivarati.

13. The sons of fishermen dance with friends in the park.
[puttā / dhīvarānaṃ / naccanti / mittehi saha / uyyānasmiṃ]
Dhīvarānaṃ puttā mittehi saha uyyānasmiṃ naccanti.

14. The merchant puts fish in baskets.
[vāṇijo / nikkhipati / macche / piṭakesu]
Vāṇijo piṭakesu macche nikkhipati.

15. The world gets light from the sun.
[loko / labhati / ālokaṃ / suriyamhā]
Loko suriyamhā ālokaṃ labhati.

16. Sailors get up from their seats.
[nāvikā / uṭṭhahanti / āsanehi]
Nāvikā āsanehi uṭṭhahanti.

17. The doctor\'s friend touches the body of the dog with his foot.
[vejjassa / mitto / phusati / kāyaṃ / sunakhassa / pādena]
Vejjassa mitto pādena sunakhassa kāyaṃ phusati.

18. The Buddha instructs his disciples in the monastery.
[Buddho / anusāsati / sāvake / vihāramhi]
Buddho vihāramhi sāvake anusāsati.

19. Boys collect flowers from the park, lay devotees sprinkle them with water.
[kumārā / saṃharanti / pupphāni / uyyānasmā / upāsakā / āsiñcanti / udakena]
Kumārā uyyānasmā pupphāni saṃharanti, upāsakā udakena āsiñcanti.

20. The parrot flies into the sky from the house of the sailor.
[suko / uppatati / ākāsaṃ / gehamhā / nāvikassa]
Suko nāvikassa gehamhā ākāsaṃ uppatati.

21. The thief cuts a tree with a saw, the farmer scolds (him).
[coro / chindati / rukkhaṃ / kakacena / kassakp / akkosati]
Coro kakacena rukkhaṃ chindati, kassako akkosati.

22. The wise man advises the merchant, the merchant is pleased with the wise man.
[paṇḍito / ovadati / vāṇijaṃ / vāṇijo / pasīdati / paṇḍitasmiṃ]
Paṇḍito vāṇijaṃ ovadati, vāṇijo paṇḍitasmiṃ pasīdati.

23. The king\'s messenger comes out of the sea with the sailor.
[bhūpālassa / dūto / uttarati / samuddamhā / nāvikena saha]
Bhūpālassa dūto nāvikena saha samuddamhā uttarati.

24. Merchants bring clothes for farmers from the city.
[vāṇijā / āharanti / vatthāni / kassakānaṃ / nagarasmā]
Vāṇijā kassakānaṃ nagarasmā vatthāni āharanti.

25. Gods protect virtuous men. Good men protect virtues.
[devā / rakkhanti / sappurise / sappurisā / rakkhanti / sīlāni]
Devā sappurise rakkhanti. Sappurisā sīlāni rakkhanti.

26. Men see objects with their eyes with (the help of) the light of the sun.
[manussā / passanti / rūpāni / locanehi / ālokena / suriyassa]
Manussā locanehi suriyassa ālokena rūpāni passanti.

27. Leaves from the trees fall on the road.
[paṇṇāni / rukkhehi / patanti / maggamhi]
Paṇṇāni rukkhehi maggamhi patanti.

28. Lay devotees place flowers on altars (pupphāsana).
[upāsakā / pakkhipanti / pupphāni / pupphāsanesu]
Upāsakā pupphāsanesu pupphāni pakkhipanti*.

29. Goats drink water from pits in the field.
[ajā / pibanti / udakaṃ / āvāṭehi / khette]
Ajā khette āvāṭehi udakaṃ pibanti.

30. The lions get up from the rock at the foot of the tree (rukkhamūla).
[sīhā / uṭṭhahanti / pāsāṇamhā / rukkhamūlamiṃ]
Sīhā rukkhamūlasmiṃ pāsāṇamhā uṭṭhahanti.

* See Lesson 18

:::
:::

Lesson 9 exercise answers

Pali Primer Exercise 9

Translate into English:

1. Upāsako vihāraṃ gantvā samaṇānaṃ dānaṃ dadāti.
[lay devotee / [to] monastery / having gone / to monks / alms / gives]
The lay devotee, having gone to the monastery, gives alms to monks.

2. Sāvako āsanamhi nisīditvā pāde dhovati.
[disciple / on seat / having seated / feet / washes]
The disciple, having seated on the seat, washes (his) feet.

3. Dārakā pupphāni saṃharitvā mātulassa datvā hasanti.
[children / flowers / having collected / to uncle / having given / laugh]
Children, having collected flowers, give (them) to the uncle and laugh.

4. Yācakā uyyānamhā āgamma kassakasmā odanaṃ yācanti.
[beggars / from park / having come / from farmer / rice / beg]
The beggars, having come from the park, beg rice from the farmer.

5. Luddako hatthena sare ādāya araññaṃ pavisati.
[hunter / [in] hand / arrows / having taken / forest / enters]
The hunter, having taken arrows in his hand, enters the forest.

6. Kumārā kukkurena saddhiṃ kīḷitvā samuddaṃ gantvā nahāyanti.
[boys / with dog / having played / [to] sea / having gone / bathe]
Having played with the dog, the boys go to the sea and bathe.

7. Vāṇijo pāsāṇasmiṃ ṭhatvā kuddālena sappaṃ paharati.
[merchant / on rock / having stood / with hoe / serpent / hits]
Standing on the rock, the merchant hits the serpent with a hoe.

8. Sappuriso yācakassa putte pakkositvā vatthāni dadāti.
[virtuous man / beggar\'s / sons / having summoned / clothes / gives]
Having summoned the beggar\'s sons, the virtuous man gives (them) clothes.

9. Dārako āvāṭamhi patitvā rodati.
[child / into pit / having fallen / cries]
Having fallen into the pit, the child cries.

10. Bhūpālo pāsādamhā nikkhamitvā amaccena saddhiṃ bhāsati.
[king / from palace / having left / with minister / speaks]
Having left the palace, the king speaks with the minister.

11. Sunakho udakaṃ pivitvā gehamhā nikkhamma magge sayati.
[dog / water / having drunk / from house / having left / on road / sleeps]
The dog sleeps on the road, having drunk water and left the house.

12. Samaṇā bhūpālassa uyyāne sannipatitvā dhammaṃ bhāsanti.
[monks / king\'s / in park / having assembled / dhamma / speak]
The monks speak the dhamma, having assembled in the king\'s park.

13. Putto nahātvā bhattaṃ bhutvā mañcaṃ āruyha sayati.
[son / having bathed / rice / having eaten / bed / having climbed / sleeps]
The son climbs the bed and sleeps, having bathed and eaten rice.

14. Vāṇijā dīpamhā nagaraṃ āgamma ācariyassa gehe vasanti.
[merchants / from island / [to] city / having come / teacher\'s / in house / live]
Having come from the island to the city, the merchants live in the teacher\'s house.
From the island, the merchants come to the city and live in the teacher\'s house.

15. Rajako vatthāni dhovitvā puttaṃ pakkosati.
[washerman / clothes / having washed / son / calls]
The washerman calls (his) son, having washed the clothes.

16. Vānarā rukkhehi oruyha uyyāne āhiṇḍanti.
[monkeys / from trees / having descended / in park / roam]
The monkeys get down from the trees and roam in the park.

17. Migā vanamhi āhiṇḍitvā paṇṇāni khādanti.
[deer / in forest / having roamed / leaves / eat]
Deer roam in the forest and eat leaves.

18. Kumāro nayanāni dhovitvā suriyaṃ passati.
[boy / eyes / having washed / sun / sees]
The boy, having washed (his) eyes, sees the sun.

19. Nāvikassa mittā nagarasmā bhaṇḍāni ādāya gāmaṃ āgacchanti.
[sailor\'s / friends / from city / goods / having taken / [to] village / come]
The sailor\'s friends take the goods from the city and come to the village.

20. Dārako khīraṃ pivitvā gehamhā nikkhamma hasati.
[child / milk / having drunk / from house / having left / laughs]
After drinking milk, the child goes out of the house and laughs.

21. Sappurisā dānāni datvā sīlāni rakkhitvā saggaṃ gacchanti.
[virtuous men / alms / having given / precepts / having observed / heaven / go]
Giving alms and observing precepts, virtuous men go to heaven.

22. Sūkaro udakamhā uttaritvā āvāṭaṃ oruyha sayati.
[pig / from water / having come out / pit / havind descended / sleeps]
Coming out of the water, the pig gets down to the pit and sleeps.

23. Tāpaso Tathāgatassa sāvakaṃ disvā vanditvā pañhaṃ pucchati.
[hermit / Buddha\'s / disciple / having seen / having paid respect / question / asks]
The hermit, having seen the Buddha\'s disciple, pays homage and asks (a) question.

24. Asappuriso yācakassa pattaṃ bhinditvā akkositvā gehaṃ gacchati.
[wicked man / beggar\'s / bowl / having broken / having scolded / house / goes]
Having broken the beggar\'s bowl, the wicked man scolds (him) and goes to the house.

25. Sakuṇā gāme rukkhehi uppatitvā araññaṃ otaranti.
[birds / in village / from trees / having flown / forest / descend]
Birds fly from the trees in the village and descend into the forest.

26. Paṇḍito āsanamhā uṭṭhahitvā tāpasena saddhiṃ bhāsati.
[wise man / from seat / having got up / with hermit / speaks]
The wise man gets up from (his) seat and speaks with the hermit.

27. Dārako gehā nikkhamma mātulaṃ pakkositvā gehaṃ pavisati.
[child / from house / having left / uncle / having called / house / enters]
Having left the house, the child calls the uncle and enters the house.

28. Devā sappurisesu pasīditvā te (them) rakkhanti.
[gods / with virtuous men / are pleased / them / protect]
The gods are pleased with virtuous men and protect them.

29. Kumārassa sahāyakā pāsādaṃ āruyha āsanesu nisīdanti.
[boy\'s / friends / palace / having climbed / on seats / sit]
The boy\'s friends ascend to the palace and sit on the seats.

30. Goṇā khettamhi āhiṇḍitvā tiṇaṃ khāditvā sayanti.
[oxen / in field / having roamed / grass / having eaten / sleep]
Oxen, having roamed in the field and eaten grass, sleep.

Translate into Pali:

1. Having gone out of the house the farmer enters the field.
[nikkhamma / gehamhā / kassako / khettaṃ / pavisati]
Kassako gehamhā nikkhamma khettaṃ pavisati.

2. Having preached (deseti) the doctrine, the Buddha enters the monastery.
[desetvā / dhammaṃ / Buddho / pavisati / viharaṃ]
Buddho dhammaṃ desetvā viharaṃ pavisati.

3. The king have been pleased with the Buddha, abandons the palace and goes to the monastery.
[bhūpālo / pasīditvā / Buddhe / pajahitvā / pāsādaṃ / gacchati / viharaṃ]
Bhūpālo Buddhe pasīditvā pāsādaṃ pajahitvā viharaṃ gacchati.

4. Having climbed down from the stairway, the child laughs.
[oruyha / sopānasmā / dārako / hasati]
Dārako sopānasmā oruyha hasati.

5. Having hit the serpent with a stone the boy runs into the house.
[paharitvā / sappaṃ / pāsāṇena / kumāro / dhāvati / gehaṃ]
Kumāro pāsāṇena sappaṃ paharitvā gehaṃ dhāvati.

6. Having gone to the forest the man climbs a tree and eats fruits.
[gantvā / araññaṃ / manusso / āruyha / rukkhaṃ / khādati / phalāni]
Manusso araññaṃ gantvā rukkhaṃ āruyha phalāni khādati.

7. Having washed the clothes in the water, the washerman brings (them) home.
[dhovitvā / vatthāni / udakena / rajako / āharati / tāni / gehaṃ]
Udakena vatthāni dhovitvā rajako (tāni) gehaṃ āharati.

8. The lion having killed a goat, eats having sat on a rock.
[sīho / hantvā / ajaṃ / khādati / nisīditvā / pāsāṇe]
Sīho ajaṃ hantvā pāsāṇe nisīditvā khādati.

9. The doctor having seen the merchants\' goods leaves the city.
[vejjo / disvā / vāṇijānaṃ / bhaṇḍāni / nikkhamati / nagaramhā]
Vejjo vāṇijānaṃ bhaṇḍāni disvā nagaramhā nikkhamati.

10. Having broken (into) the house thieves run to the forest.
[bhinditvā / gehaṃ / corā / dhāvanti / araññaṃ]
Gehaṃ bhinditvā corā araññaṃ dhāvanti.

11. Having roamed in the field the pig falls into a pit.
[āhiṇḍitvā / khettasmiṃ / varāho / patati / āvāṭe]
Varāho khettasmiṃ āhiṇḍitvā āvāṭe patati.

12. The fisherman brings fish from the sea for farmers.
[dhīvaro / āharati / macche / samuddamhā / kassakānaṃ]
Dhīvaro kassakānaṃ samuddamhā macche āharati.

13. Having taken goods from the city, the teacher comes home.
[ādāya / bhaṇḍāni / nagarasmā / ācariyo / āgacchati / gehaṃ]
Ācariyo nagarasmā bhaṇḍāni ādāya gehaṃ āgacchati.

14. Having stood on a mountain, the hunter shoots birds with arrows.
[ṭhatvā / pabbatasmiṃ / luddako / vijjhati / sakuṇe / sarehi]
Luddako pabbatasmiṃ ṭhatvā sarehi sakuṇe vijjhati.

15. The oxen having eaten grass in the park, sleep on the road.
[goṇā / khāditvā / tiṇaṃ / uyyānamhi / sayanti / magge]
Goṇā uyyānamhi tiṇaṃ khāditvā magge sayanti.

16. The king having got down from the chariot speaks with the farmers.
[bhūpālo / oruyha / rathamhā / bhāsati / kassakehi saha]
Bhūpālo rathamhā oruyha kassakehi saha bhāsati.

17. The man having given up his house enters the monastery.
[manusso / pahāya / gehaṃ / pavisati / vihāraṃ]
Manusso gehaṃ pahāya vihāraṃ pavisati.

18. Fishermen give fish to merchants and receive profits.
[dhīvarā / datvā / macche / vāṇijānaṃ / labhanti / lābhaṃ]
Dhīvarā vāṇijānaṃ macche datvā lābhaṃ labhanti.

19. The lay devotee having asked a question from the monk sits on his seat.
[upāsako / pucchitvā / pañhaṃ / samaṇasmā / nisīdati / āsanamhi]
Upāsako samaṇasmā pañhaṃ pucchitvā āsanamhi nisīdati.

20. The disciples of the Buddha, having seen the wicked men, admonish.
[sāvakā / Buddhassa / disvā / asappurise / anusāsanti]
Buddhassa sāvakā asappurise disvā anusāsanti.

21. The brahmin, having scolded the child, hits (him).
[brāhmaṇo / akkositvā / dārakaṃ / paharati]
Brāhmaṇo dārakaṃ akkositvā paharati.

22. The deities, having asked questions from the Buddha, become glad.
[devā / pucchitvā / pañhe / Buddhamhā / pasīdanti]
Devā Buddhamhā pañhe pucchitvā pasīdanti.

23. The dog, having bitten the teacher\'s foot, runs into the house.
[kukkuro / ḍasitvā / ācariyassa / pādaṃ / dhāvati / gehaṃ]
Kukkuro ācariyassa pādaṃ ḍasitvā gehaṃ dhāvati.

24. The monkey, having played with the goat on the road, climbs a tree.
[vānaro / kīlitvā / ajena saddhiṃ / magge / āruhati / rukkhaṃ]
Vānaro magge ajena saddhiṃ kīlitvā rukkhaṃ āruhati.

25. The hermit, having come from the forest, receives a cloth from the good man.
[tāpaso / āgamma / araññasmā / labhati / vatthaṃ / sappurisamhā]
Tāpaso araññasmā āgamma sappurisamhā vatthaṃ labhati.

26. Having drunk water, the child breaks the bowl.
[pivitvā / udakaṃ / dārako / bhindati / pattaṃ]
Dārako udakaṃ pivitvā pattaṃ bhindati.

27. Having advised the farmers\' sons, and having risen from the seats, the monks go to the monastery.
[ovaditvā / kassakānaṃ / putte / uṭṭhahitvā / āsanehi / samaṇā / gacchanti / vihāraṃ]
Samaṇā kassakānaṃ putte ovaditvā āsanehi uṭṭhahitvā vihāraṃ gacchanti.

28. The sailor, having crossed the sea, goes to the island.
[nāviko / taritvā / samuddaṃ / gacchati / dīpaṃ]
Nāviko samuddaṃ taritvā dīpaṃ gacchati.

29. The child calls the uncles and dances in the house.
[dārako / pakkositvā / mātule / naccati / gehamhi]
Dārako mātule pakkositvā gehamhi naccati.

30. Having washed clothes and bathed, the farmer gets out of water.
[dhovitvā / vatthāni / nahātvā / kassako / uttarati / udakasmā]
Kassako vatthāni dhovitvā nahātvā udakasmā uttarati.

:::
:::

Lesson 10 exercise answers

Pali Primer Exercise 10

Translate into English:

1. Kumārā vanamhi mittehi saha kīḷitvā bhattaṃ bhuñjituṃ gehaṃ dhāvanti.
[boys / in forest / with friends / having played / rice / to eat / home / run]
The boys, having played with friends in the forest, run home to eat rice.

2. Migā tiṇaṃ khāditvā udakaṃ pātuṃ pabbatamhā uyyānaṃ āgacchanti.
[deer / grass / having eaten / water / to drink / from mountain / [to] park / come]
Having eaten grass, deer come to the park from the mountain to drink water.

3. Vāṇijassa putto bhaṇḍāni āharituṃ rathena nagaraṃ gacchati.
[merchant\'s / son / goods / to bring / by chariot / [to] city / goes]
The merchant\'s son goes to the city by a chariot to bring goods.

4. Yācako mātulassa kuddālena āvāṭaṃ khaṇituṃ icchati.
[beggar / uncle\'s / with hoe / pit / to dig / wishes]
The beggar wishes to dig a pit with the uncle\'s hoe.

5. Amaccā bhūpālaṃ passituṃ pāsādamhi sannipatanti.
[ministers / king / to see / in palace / assemble]
The ministers assemble in the palace to see the king.

6. Goṇā uyyāne āhiṇḍitvā kassakassa khettaṃ āgacchanti.
[oxen / in park / having roamed / farmer\'s / [to] field / come]
Oxen, having roamed in the park, come to the farmer\'s field.

7. Upāsakā samaṇānaṃ dānaṃ dātuṃ vihāraṃ pavisanti.
[lay devotees / to monks / alms / to give / monastery / enter]
The lay devotees enter the monastery to give alms to the monks.

8. Rathena nagaraṃ gantuṃ puriso gehasmā nikkhamati.
[by chariot / [to] city / to go / man / from house / leaves]
The man leaves the house to go to the city by a chariot.

9. Brāhmaṇo vejjena saddhiṃ nahāyituṃ udakaṃ otarati.
[brahmin / with doctor / to bathe / [into] water / descends]
The brahmin descends into the water to bathe with the doctor.

10. Coro amaccassa gehaṃ pavisituṃ uyyāne āhiṇḍati.
[thief / minister\'s / house / to enter / in park / wanders]
The thief wanders in the park to enter the minister\'s house.

11. Sīho pabbatamhi sayitvā uṭṭhāya migaṃ hantuṃ oruhati.
[lion / in mountain / having slept / having got up / deer / to kill / descend]
Having slept in the mountain, the lion gets up and descends to kill (a) deer.

12. Udakaṃ otaritvā vatthāni dhovituṃ rajako puttaṃ pakkosati.
[[into] water / having descended / clothes / to wash / washerman / son / calls]
The washerman calls (his) son to descend into the water and wash clothes.

13. Tathāgataṃ passitvā vandituṃ upāsako vihāraṃ pavisati.
[Buddha / having seen / to pay respect / lay devotee / monastery / enters]
The lay devotee enters the monastery to see and pay respect to the Buddha.

14. Khettaṃ kasituṃ kassako kuddālaṃ ādāya gehā nikkhamati.
[field / to plough / farmer / hoe / having taken / from house / leaves]
To plough the field, the farmer takes the hoe and leaves the house.

15. Sarehi mige vijjhituṃ luddakā sunakhehi saha araññaṃ pavisanti.
[with arrows / deer / to shoot / hunters / with dogs / forest / enter]
To shoot deer with arrows, the hunters enter the forest with dogs.

16. Narā gāmamhā nikkhamitvā nagare vasituṃ icchanti.
[men / from village / having left / in city / to live / wish]
The men wish to leave the village and live in the city.

17. Sakuṇe passituṃ amaccā kumārehi saha pabbataṃ āruhanti.
[birds / to see / ministers / with boys / mountain / climb]
Ministers climb the mountain with the boys to see birds.

18. Pabbatasmā rukkhaṃ ākaḍḍhituṃ vāṇijena saha kassako gacchati.
[from mountain / tree / to pull / with merchant / farmer / goes]
The farmer goes with the merchant to pull the tree from the mountain.

19. Phalāni khādituṃ makkaṭā rukkhesu caranti.
[fruits / to eat / monkeys / on trees / move]
Monkeys move on trees to eat fruits.

20. Paṇḍito sugatassa sāvakehi saddhiṃ bhāsituṃ icchati.
[wise man / Buddha\'s / with disciples / to speak / wishes]
The wise man wishes to speak with the Buddha\'s disciples.

21. Samuddaṃ taritvā dīpaṃ gantvā vatthāni āharituṃ vāṇijā icchanti.
[sea / having crossed / [to] island / having gone / clothes / to bring / merchants / wish]
Merchants wish to cross the sea to go to the island to bring the clothes.

22. Pupphāni saṃharitvā udakena āsiñcituṃ upāsako kumāre ovadati.
[flowers / having collected / with water / to sprinkle / lay devotee / admonishes]
The lay devotee admonishes the boys to collect flowers and sprinkle (them) with water.

23. Ajassa kāyaṃ hatthehi phusituṃ dārako icchati.
[goat\'s / body / with hands / to touch / child / wishes]
The child wishes to touch the goat\'s body with (his) hands.

24. Brāhmaṇassa gehe āsanesu nisīdituṃ rajakassa puttā icchanti.
[brahmin\'s / in house / on seats / to sit / washerman\'s / sons / wish]
The washerman\'s sons wish to sit on the seats in the brahmin\'s house.

25. Pātuṃ udakaṃ yācitvā dārako rodati.
[to drink / water / having asked / child / cries]
The child asks for water to drink and cries.

Translate into Pali:

1. Goats roam in the park to eat leaves and drink water.
[ajā / āhiṇḍanti / uyyāne / khāditvā / paṇṇāni / pātuṃ / udakaṃ]
Ajā paṇṇāni khāditvā udakaṃ pātuṃ uyyāne āhiṇḍanti.

2. The wicked man wishes to hit the dog with his foot.
[asappuriso / icchati / paharituṃ / kukkuraṃ / pādena]
Asappuriso pādena kukkuraṃ paharituṃ icchati.

3. Friends go to the park to play with their dogs.
[mittā / gacchanti / uyyānaṃ / kīḷituṃ / kukkurehi saddhiṃ]
Mittā kukkurehi saddhiṃ kīḷituṃ uyyānaṃ gacchanti.

4. The lay devotee wishes to come home and instruct his sons.
[upāsako / icchati / āgamma / gehaṃ / anusāsituṃ / putte]
Upāsako gehaṃ āgamma putte anusāsituṃ icchati.

5. The deity wishes to go to the monastery and speak to the Buddha.
[devo / icchati / gantvā / vihāraṃ / bhāsituṃ / Buddhena saha]
Devo vihāraṃ gantvā Buddhena saha bhāsituṃ icchati.

6. The good man wishes to protect virtues and give alms.
[sappuriso / icchati / rakkhitvā / sīlāni / dātuṃ / dānaṃ]
Sappuriso sīlāni rakkhitvā dānaṃ dātuṃ icchati.

7. Pigs run from the village to enter the forest.
[sūkarā / dhāvanti / gāmasmā / pavisituṃ / araññaṃ]
Sūkarā araññaṃ pavisituṃ gāmasmā dhāvanti.

8. The farmer asks for a hoe from the merchant to dig pits in his field.
[kassako / yācati / kuddālaṃ / vāṇijamhā / khaṇituṃ / āvāṭe / khettasmiṃ]
Kassako khettasmiṃ āvāṭe khaṇituṃ vāṇijamhā kuddālaṃ yācati.

9. Lay devotees assemble in the monastery to worship the Buddha.
[upāsakā / sannipatanti / viharamhi / vandituṃ / Buddhaṃ]
Upāsakā Buddhaṃ vandituṃ viharamhi sannipatanti.

10. The uncle comes out of the house to call the fisherman.
[mātulo / nikkhamati / gehasmā / pakkosituṃ / dhīvaraṃ]
Mātulo dhīvaraṃ pakkosituṃ gehasmā nikkhamati.

11. Farmers wish to get oxen; merchants wish to get horses.
[kassakā / icchanti / labhituṃ / goṇe / vāṇijā / icchanti / labhituṃ / asse]
Kassakā goṇe labhituṃ icchanti; vāṇijā asse labhituṃ icchanti.

12. The king wishes to abandon his palace.
[bhūpālo / icchati / pajahituṃ / pāsādaṃ]
Bhūpālo pāsādaṃ pajahituṃ icchati.

13. Men take baskets and go to the forest to collect fruits for their children.
[manussā / ādāya / piṭake / gacchanti / araññaṃ / saṃharituṃ / phalāni / dārakānaṃ]
Manussā piṭake ādāya dārakānaṃ phalāni saṃharituṃ araññaṃ gacchanti.

14. The farmer wanders in the forest to cut grass for his oxen.
[kassako / āhiṇḍati / araññasmiṃ / chindituṃ / tiṇāni / goṇānaṃ]
Kassako goṇānaṃ tiṇāni chindituṃ araññasmiṃ āhiṇḍati.

15. Men wish to live in houses in the city with their sons.
[manussā / icchanti / vasituṃ / gehesu / nagare / puttehi saha]
Manussā puttehi saha nagare gehesu vasituṃ icchanti.

16. Having stood on the rock, the child sees flowers on the trees.
[ṭhatvā / pāsāṇamhi / dārako / passati / pupphāni / rukkhesu]
Pāsāṇamhi ṭhatvā dārako rukkhesu pupphāni passati.

17. Having received a garment from the teacher the doctor is pleased.
[labhitvā / sāṭakaṃ / ācariyasmā / vejjo / pāsidati]
Sāṭakaṃ labhitvā ācariyasmā vejjo pāsidati.

18. The hunter calls a friend to drag a goat from the forest.
[luddako / pakkosati / mittaṃ / ākaḍḍhituṃ / ajaṃ / araññamhā]
Luddako araññamhā ajaṃ ākaḍḍhituṃ mittaṃ pakkosati.

19. The sailor calls merchants to cross the sea.
[nāviko / pakkosati / vāṇije / tarituṃ / samuddaṃ]
Nāviko samuddaṃ tarituṃ vāṇije pakkosati.

20. Having risen from the seat the good man wishes to speak with the monk.
[uṭṭhāya / āsanasmā / sappuriso / icchati / bhāsituṃ / samaṇena saha]
Āsanasmā uṭṭhāya sappuriso samaṇena saha bhāsituṃ icchati.

21. Children wish to get down to the water and bathe.
[dārakā / icchanti / oruyha / udakaṃ / nahāyituṃ]
Dārakā udakaṃ oruyha nahāyituṃ icchanti.

22. The minister mounts the horse to go to the forest to shoot deer.
[amacco / āruhati / assaṃ / gantvā / araññaṃ / vijjhituṃ / mige]
Amacco araññaṃ gantvā mige vijjhituṃ assaṃ āruhati.

23. The boy wishes to cook rice for his uncle\'s friends.
[kumāro / icchati / pacituṃ / bhattaṃ / mātulassa / mitānaṃ]
Kumāro mātulassa mitānaṃ bhattaṃ pacituṃ icchati.

24. Jackals leave the forest to enter the farmers\' fields.
[sigālā / nikkhamanti / araññasmā / pavisituṃ / kassakānaṃ / khettāni]
Sigālā kassakānaṃ khettāni pavisituṃ araññasmā nikkhamanti.

25. Men wish to see objects with their eyes by the light of the sun.
[manussā / icchanti / passituṃ / rūpāni / locanehi / ālokena / suriyassa]
Manussā suriyassa ālokena locanehi rūpāni passituṃ icchanti.

-ooOoo-

:::
:::

Lesson 11 exercise answers

Pali Primer Exercise 11

Translate into English:

1. Pānīyaṃ yācitvā rodanto dārako mañcamhā patati.
[water / having asked for / crying / child / from bed / falls]
Having asked for water, the child who is crying, falls from the bed.

2. Vatthāni labhituṃ icchanto vāṇijo āpaṇaṃ gacchati.
[clothes / to get / wishing / merchant / [to] shop / goes]
The merchant, who is wishing to get clothes, goes to the shop.

3. Upāsako padumāni ādāya vihāraṃ gacchamāno Buddhaṃ disvā pasīdati.
[lay devotee / lotuses / having taken / [to] monastery / going / Buddha / having seen / is pleased]
The lay devotee, who is taking the lotuses and going to the monastery, sees the Buddha and is pleased.

4. Sakuṇo tuṇḍena phalaṃ haranto rukkhasmā uppatati.
[bird / with beak / fruit / carrying / from tree / flies]
The bird, which is carrying a fruit with (its) beak, flies from the tree.

5. Cīvaraṃ pariyesantassa samaṇassa ācariyo cīvaraṃ dadāti.
[robe / seeking / monk / teacher / robe / gives]
The teacher gives a robe to the monk who is seeking a robe.

6. Araññe āhiṇḍanto luddako dhāvantaṃ migaṃ passitvā sarena vijjhati.
[in forest / wandering / hunter / running / deer / having seen / with arrow / shoots]
The hunter, who is wandering in the forest, sees a deer running and shoots (it) with an arrow.

7. Uyyāne āhiṇḍamānamhā kumāramhā brāhmaṇo padumāni yācati.
[in park / wandering / from boy / brahmin / lotuses / ask for]
The brahmin asks for lotuses from the boy who is wandering in the park.

8. Rathena gacchamānehi amaccehi saha ācariyo hasati.
[in chariot / going / with ministers / teacher / laughs]
The teacher laughs with the ministers who are going in a chariot.

9. Dānaṃ dadāmānā sīlāni rakkhamānā manussā sagge uppajjanti.
[alms / giving / virtues / practising / people / in heaven / are born]
People who practise virtues and give alms are born in heaven.

10. Dhaññaṃ āka\'nkhantassa purisassa dhanaṃ dātuṃ vāṇijo icchati.
[corn / wishing [for] / man / alms / to give / merchant / wishes]
The merchant wishes to give alms to the man who is wishing for corn/grain.

11. Goṇe hanantā rukkhe chindantā asappurisā dhanaṃ saṃharituṃ ussahanti.
[oxen / killing / trees / cutting / wicked men / money / to collect / try]
The wicked men killing oxen and cutting trees try to collect money.

12. Vihāraṃ upasa\'nkamanto Buddho dhammaṃ bhāsamāne sāvake passati.
[monastery / approaching / Buddha / dhamma / discussing / disciples / sees]
The Buddha, who is approaching the monastery, sees disciples discussing the dhamma.

13. Rukkhamūle nisīditvā gītāni gāyantā kumārā naccituṃ ārabhanti.
[on foot of tree / having seated / songs / singing / boys / to dance / begin]
The boys sitting on the foot of a tree singing songs, begin to dance.
Alt: Having seated under a tree and singing songs, the boys begin to dance.

14. Suvaṇṇaṃ labhituṃ ussahantā manussā pabbatasmiṃ āvāṭe khaṇanti.
[gold / to get / trying / men / in mountain / pits / dig]
The men trying to get gold dig pits in the mountain.

15. Udakaṃ pātuṃ icchanto sīho udakaṃ pariyesamāno vanamhi carati.
[water / to drink / wishing / lion / water / searching [for] / in forest / moves]
The lion wishing to drink water moves in the forest searching for water.

16. Vetanaṃ labhituṃ āka\'nkhāmāno naro rajakāya dussāni dhovati.
[wages / to get / hoping / man / for washerman / clothes / washes]
The man hoping to get wages washes clothes for the washerman.

17. Samaṇehi saha* bhāsantā upāsakā saccaṃ adhigantuṃ ussahanti.
[with monks / speaking / lay devotees / truth / to understand / try]
Lay devotees speaking with the monks try to understand the truth.

18. Magge sayantaṃ sunakhaṃ udakena asiñcitvā dārako hasati.
[on road / sleeping / dog / with water / having sprinkled / child / laughs]
Having sprinkled the dog, which is sleeping on the road, with water, the child laughs.

19. Sīlaṃ rakkhantā sappurisā manussalokā cavitvā devaloke uppajjanti.
[virtue / practising / good men / from human world / having departed / in heaven / are born]
Having departed from the human world, good men who practise virtue are born in heaven.

20. Dhanaṃ saṃharituṃ ussahanto vāṇijo samuddaṃ taritvā dīpaṃ gantuṃ ārabhati.
[wealth / to collect / trying / merchant / sea / having crossed / island / to go / begins]
The merchant trying to collect wealth crosses the sea and begins to go to the island.

21. Goṇe pariyesamāno vane āhiṇḍanto kassako sīhaṃ disvā bhāyati.
[oxen / searching [for] / in forest / wandering / farmer / lion / having seen / gets frightened]
Wandering in the forest searching for the oxen, the farmer sees the lion and gets frightened.

22. Rukkhesu nisīditvā phalāni bhuñjamānā kumārā gītaṃ gāyanti.
[on trees / having seated / fruits / eating / boys / song / sing]
Sitting on the trees and eating fruits, the boys sing a song.

23. Cittaṃ pasīditvā** dhammaṃ adhigantuṃ ussahantā narā sagge uppajjanti.
[mind / pleased / Dhamma / to learn / trying / men / in heaven / are born]
The men are born in heaven trying to learn the Dhamma with a pleased mind.
Alt: The men are born in heaven trying to learn the Dhamma with a peaceful heart.

24. Tuṇḍena piṭakamhā macchaṃ ākaḍḍhituṃ icchanto kāko sunakhamhā bhāyati.
[with beak / from basket / fish / to drag / wishing / crow / dog / fears]
Wishing to drag the fish from the basket with its beak, the crow fears the dog.

25. Khettaṃ kasitvā bījāni vapanto kassako dhaññaṃ labhituṃ āka\'nkhati.
[field / having ploughed / seeds / sowing / farmer / corn / to get / hopes]
Having ploughed the field, the farmer who is sowing seeds hopes to get corn.

26. Suriyassa ālokena locanehi rūpāni passantā manussā loke jīvanti.
[sun\'s / by light / with eyes / objects / seeing / people / in world / live]
People live in the world seeing objects by the light of the sun with their eyes.

27. Rukkhamūle nisīditvā cīvaraṃ sibbantena samaṇena saddhiṃ upāsako bhāsati.
[on foot of tree / having seated / robe / sewing / with monk / lay devotee / speaks]
The lay devotee speaks with the monk sitting on the foot of a tree and sewing a robe.

28. Rukkhamūle sayantassa yācakassa kāye paṇṇāni patanti.
[at foot of tree / sleeping / beggar\'s / on body / leaves / fall]
The leaves fall on the body of the beggar who is sleeping at the foot of the tree.

29. Vāṇijassa mūlaṃ datvā asse labhituṃ amacco ussahati.
[to merchant / money / having given / horse / to get / merchant / tries]
The minister tries to get horses by giving money to the merchant.

30. Khīraṃ pivitvā hasamāno dārako pattaṃ mañcasmiṃ khipati.
[milk / having drunk / laughing / child / bowl / on bed / throws]
Having drunk milk, the child who is laughing throws the bowl on the bed.

* The word \'saha\' is missing from the text.

** \'Pasīditvā\' can also mean: purified, devoted.

Translate into Pali:

1. The man washing clothes speaks with the boy going on the road.
[puriso / dhovanto / vatthāni / bhāsati / kumārena saha / gacchamānena / magge]
Vatthāni dhovanto puriso magge gacchamānena kumārena saha bhāsati.

2. The brahmin sees the deer coming out of the forest to drink water.
[brāhmaṇo / passati / migaṃ / nikkhamantaṃ / vanasmā / pātuṃ / udakaṃ]
Udakaṃ pātuṃ vanasmā nikkhamantaṃ migaṃ brāhmaṇo passati.

3. Goats in the park eat leaves falling from the trees.
[ajā / uyyānamhi / khādanti / paṇṇāni / patamānāni / rukkehi]
Ajā uyyānamhi rukkhehi patamānāni paṇṇāni khādanti.

4. Wicked men wish to see hunters killing deer.
[asappurisā / icchanti / passituṃ / luddake / hanante / mige]
Asappurisā mige hanante luddake passituṃ icchanti.

5. The farmer sees birds eating seeds in his field.
[kassako / passati / sakuṇe / khādamāne / bījāni / khettasmiṃ]
Kassako khettasmiṃ bījāni khādamāne sakuṇe passati.

6. Recluses who enter the city wish to worship the Buddha dwelling in the monastery.
[samaṇā / pavisantā / nagaraṃ / icchanti / vandituṃ / Buddhaṃ / viharamānaṃ / vihāre]
Nagaraṃ pavisantā samaṇā vihāre viharamānaṃ Buddhaṃ vandituṃ icchanti.

7. Standing on the stairway the child sees monkeys sitting on the tree.
[tiṭṭhanto / sopānamhi / darako / passati / vānare / nisīdamāne / rukkhe]
Sopānamhi tiṭṭhanto darako rukkhe nisīdamāne vānare passati.

8. Boys give rice to fish moving in the water.
[kumarā / dadanti / bhattaṃ / macchānaṃ / carantānaṃ / udake]
Udake carantānaṃ macchānaṃ kumarā bhattaṃ dadanti.

9. The sailor wishing to cross the sea asks for money from the king.
[nāviko / āka\'nkhamāno / tarituṃ / samuddaṃ / yācati / mūlaṃ / bhūpālamhā]
Samuddaṃ tarituṃ āka\'nkhamāno nāviko bhūpālamhā mūlaṃ yācati.

10. Men see with their eyes the light of the moon falling on the sea.
[manussā / passanti / locanehi / ālokaṃ / candassa / patantaṃ / samuddasmiṃ]
Manussā samuddasmiṃ patantaṃ candassa ālokaṃ locanehi passanti.

11. Lay devotees try to give robes to monks living in the monastery.
[upāsakā / ussahanti / dātuṃ / cīvare / samaṇānaṃ / vasamānānaṃ / vihāramhi]
Upāsakā vihāramhi vasamānānaṃ samaṇānaṃ cīvare dātuṃ ussahanti.

12. Wishing for merit virtuous men give alms to the monks and observe (rakkhanti) the precepts.
[icchantā / puññaṃ / sappurisā / datvā / dānaṃ / samaṇānaṃ / rakkhanti / sīlāni]
Puññaṃ icchantā sappurisā samaṇānaṃ dānaṃ datvā sīlāni rakkhanti.

13. The man walks on the leaves falling from the trees in the forest.
[naro / carati / paṇṇesu / patamānesu / rukkhehi / araññe]
Rukkhehi patamānesu paṇṇesu naro araññe carati.

14. The uncle gives a lotus to the child searching for flowers.
[mātulo / dadāti / padumaṃ / dārakāya / pariyesantāya / pupphāni]
Pupphāni pariyesantāya dārakāya mātulo padumaṃ dadāti.

15. Having given the beggar some corn the fisherman enters the house.
[datvā / yācakāya / thokaṃ / dhaññaṃ / dhīvaro / pavisati / gehaṃ]
Yācakāya thokaṃ dhaññaṃ datvā dhīvaro gehaṃ pavisati.

16. The minister gives seeds to the farmers who plough their fields.
[amacco / dadāti / bījāni / kassakānaṃ / kasamānānaṃ / khettāni]
Amacco khettāni kasamānānaṃ kassakānaṃ bījāni dadāti.

17. The dog tries to bite the hand of the man who strokes his body.
[kukkuro / ussahati / ḍasituṃ / hatthaṃ / narassa / āmasantassa / kāyaṃ]
Kukkuro kāyaṃ āmasantassa narassa hatthaṃ ḍasituṃ ussahati.

18. The Buddha\'s disciples question the child crying on the road.
[Buddhassa / sāvakā / pucchanti / dārakaṃ / rodamānaṃ / magasmiṃ]
Buddhassa sāvakā magasmiṃ rodamānaṃ dārakaṃ pucchanti.

19. The uncle\'s friend calls the boys singing songs seated under the tree.
[mātulassa / mitto / pakkosati / kumāre / gāyante / gītāni / nisīditvā / rukkhamūlamhi]
Mātulassa mitto rukkhamūlamhi nisīditvā gītāni gāyante kumāre pakkosati.

20. Virtuous men give food to the monks who approach their houses.
[sappurisā / dadanti / odanaṃ / samaṇānaṃ / upasa\'nkamamānānaṃ / gehe]
Sappurisā gehe upasa\'nkamamānānaṃ samaṇānaṃ odanaṃ dadanti.

21. Wise men who wish to be born in heaven practise (rakkhanti) virtue.
[paṇḍitā / icchantā / uppajjituṃ / sagge / rakkhanti / sīlaṃ]
Sagge uppajjituṃ icchantā paṇḍitā sīlaṃ rakkhanti.

22. Seeing the jackal approaching the village the farmer tries to hit it with a stone.
[disvā / sigālaṃ / upasa\'nkamamānaṃ / gāmaṃ / kassako / ussahati / paharituṃ / pāsāṇena]
Gāmaṃ upasa\'nkamamānaṃ sigālaṃ disvā kassako pāsāṇena paharituṃ ussahati.

23. Speaking the truth lay devotees try to understand the doctrine.
[bhāsantā / saccaṃ / upāsakā / ussahanti / adhigantuṃ / dhammaṃ]
Saccaṃ bhāsantā upāsakā dhammaṃ adhigantuṃ ussahanti.

24. Having washed the bowl with water the hermit looks for drinking water.
[dhovitvā / pattaṃ / udakena / tāpaso / pariyesati / pānīyaṃ]
Udakena pattaṃ dhovitvā tāpaso pānīyaṃ pariyesati.

25. Wise men who observe the precepts begin to understand the truth.
[paṇḍitā / rakkhantā / sīlāni / ārabhanti / adhigantuṃ / saccaṃ]
Sīlāni rakkhantā paṇḍitā saccaṃ adhigantuṃ ārabhanti.

:::
:::

Lesson 12 exercise answers

Pali Primer Exercise 12

Translate into English:

1. Tvaṃ mittehi saddhiṃ rathena āpaṇamhā bhaṇḍāni āharasi.
[you / with friends / in chariot / from shop / goods / bring]
You bring goods from the shop in a chariot with friends.

2. Ahaṃ udakamhā padumāni āharitvā vāṇijassa dadāmi.
[I / from water / lotuses / having brought / to merchant / give]
I bring lotuses from water and give (them) to the merchant.

3. Tumhe samaṇānaṃ dātuṃ cīvarāni pariyesatha.
[you / to monks / to give / robes / seek]
You seek robes to give to the monks.

4. Mayaṃ sagge uppajjituṃ āka\'nkhamānā sīlāni rakkhāma.
[we / in heaven / to be born / hoping / virtues / practise]
Hoping to be born in heaven, we practise virtues.

5. Te dhammaṃ adhigantuṃ ussahantānaṃ samaṇānaṃ dānaṃ dadanti.
[they / doctrine / to understand / trying / monks / alms / give]
They give alms to monks who are trying to understand the doctrine.

6. So araññamhi uppatante sakuṇe passituṃ pabbataṃ āruhati.
[he / in forest / flying / birds / to see / mountain / climbs]
He climbs the mountain to see birds flying in the forest.

7. Mayaṃ sugatassa sāvake vandituṃ vihārasmiṃ sannipatāma.
[we / Buddha\'s / disciples / to pay homage / in monastery / assemble]
We assemble in the monastery to pay homage to Buddha\'s disciples.

8. Āgacchantaṃ tāpasaṃ disvā so bhattaṃ āharituṃ gehaṃ pavisati.
[coming / ascetic / having seen / he / rice / to bring / house / enters]
Seeing the ascetic coming, he enters the house to bring rice.

9. Ahaṃ udakaṃ oruyha brāhmaṇassa dussāni dhovāmi.
[I / [into] water / having descended / brahmin\'s / clothes / wash]
I get down into the water and wash the brahmin\'s clothes.

10. Tvaṃ gehassa dvāraṃ vivaritvā pānīyaṃ pattamhā ādāya pivasi.
[you / house\'s / door / having opened / drinking water / from bowl / having taken / drinks]
You, having opened the door of the house, take drinking water from the bowl and drinks.

11. Ahaṃ hiraññaṃ pariyesanto dīpamhi āvāṭe khaṇāmi.
[I / gold / seeking / in island / pits / dig]
Seeking gold, I dig pits in the island.

12. Phalāni khādantā tumhe rukkhehi oruhatha.
[fruits / eating / you / from trees / descend]
Eating fruits, you get down from the trees.

13. Pāsāṇasmiṃ ṭhatvā tvaṃ candaṃ passituṃ ussahasi.
[on rock / having stood / you / moon / to see / try]
Having stood on the rock, you try to see the moon.

14. Mayaṃ manussalokamhā cavitvā sagge uppajjituṃ āka\'nkhāma.
[we / from human world / having departed / in heaven / to be born / hope]
Having departed the human world, we hope to be born in heaven.

15. Tumhe araññe vasante mige sarehi vijjhituṃ icchatha.
[you / in forest / living / deer / with arrows / to shoot / wish]
You wish to shoot with arrows the deer living in the forest.

16. Mayaṃ uyyāne carantā sunakhehi saddhiṃ kīḷante dārake passāma.
[we / in park / walking / with dogs / playing / children / see]
Walking in the park, we see children playing with dogs.

17. Tvaṃ rukkhamūle nisīditvā ācariyassa dātuṃ vatthaṃ sibbasi.
[you / at root of a tree / having seated / to teacher / to give / clothe / sew]
Seated under a tree, you sew a clothe to give to the teacher.

18. Mayaṃ puññaṃ icchantā samṇānaṃ dānaṃ dadāma.
[we / merit / wishing / to monks / alms / give]
Wishing (for) merit, we give alms to monks.

19. Tumhe saccaṃ adhigantuṃ ārabhatha.
[you / truth / to understand / begin]
You begin to understand the truth.

20. Tvaṃ gītaṃ gāyanto rodantaṃ dārakaṃ rakkhasi.
[you / song / singing / crying / child / protect]
Singing a song, you protect the crying child.

21. Mayaṃ hasantehi kumārehi saha uyyāne naccāma.
[we / laughing / with boys / in park / dance]
We dance in the park with the boys who are laughing.

22. So pānīyaṃ pivitvā pattaṃ bhinditvā mātulamhā bhāyati.
[he / water / having drunk / bowl / having broken / uncle / fears]
Having broken the bowl after drinking water, he fears the uncle.

23. Pāsādaṃ upasa\'nkamantaṃ samaṇaṃ disvā bhūpālassa cittaṃ pasīdati.
[palace / approaching / monk / having seen / king\'s / mind / pleases]
The king is delighted seeing the monk approaching the palace.
Lit: Seeing the monk approaching the palace pleases the king\'s mind.

24. Mayaṃ araññaṃ pavisitvā ajānaṃ paṇṇāni saṃharāma.
[we / forest / having entered / for goats / leaves / collect]
We enter the forest and collect leaves for the goats.

25. Khettaṃ rakkhanto so āvāṭe khaṇante varāhe disvā pāsāṇehi paharati.
[field / protecting / he / pits / digging / pigs / having seen / with stones / hits]
Having seen the pigs digging pits, he who is protecting the field hits (them) with stones.

Translate into Pali:

1. I call the child who is stroking the dog\'s body.
[ahaṃ / pakkosāmi / dārakaṃ / āmasantaṃ / kukkurassa / kāyaṃ]
Ahaṃ kukkurassa kāyaṃ āmasantaṃ dārakaṃ pakkosāmi.

2. We try to learn the truth speaking with the monks who assemble in the monastery.
[mayaṃ / ussahāma / adhigantuṃ / saccaṃ / bhāsantā / samaṇehi saha / sannipatamānehi / vihare]
Vihare sannipatamānehi samaṇehi saha bhāsantā mayaṃ saccaṃ adhigantuṃ ussahāma.

3. Sitting in the park you (pl.) eat fruits with friends.
[nisīdantā / uyyānasmiṃ / tumhe / bhuñjatha / phalāni / mittehi saha]
Uyyānasmiṃ nisīdantā tumhe mittehi saha phalāni bhuñjatha.

4. You drink milk seated on a chair.
[tvaṃ / pivasi / khīraṃ / nisīditvā / āsanasmiṃ]
Āsanasmiṃ nisīditvā tvaṃ khīraṃ pivasi.

5. We set out from home to go and see the deer roaming in the forest.
[mayaṃ / nikkhamāma / gehasmā / gamma / passituṃ / mige / āhiṇḍamāne / araññamhi]
Mayaṃ gehasmā nikkhamāma araññamhi gamma āhiṇḍamāne mige passituṃ.

6. I wish to understand the doctrine.
[ahaṃ / icchāmi / adhigantuṃ / dhammaṃ]
Ahaṃ dhammaṃ adhigantuṃ icchāmi.

7. Standing on the mountain we see the moonlight falling on the sea.
[tiṭṭhantā / pabbate / mayaṃ / passāma / candassa ālokaṃ / patamānaṃ / samuddamhi]
Pabbate tiṭṭhantā mayaṃ samuddamhi patamānaṃ candassa ālokaṃ passāma.

8. I drag the farmer\'s cart away from the road.
[ahaṃ / ākaḍḍhāmi / kassakassa / sakaṭaṃ / maggamhā]
Ahaṃ maggamhā kassakassa sakaṭaṃ ākaḍḍhāmi.

9. You (pl.) sit on the seats, I bring drinking water from the house.
[tumhe / nisīdatha / āsanesu / ahaṃ / āharāmi / pānīyaṃ / gehasmā]
Tumhe āsanesu nisīdatha, ahaṃ gehasmā pānīyaṃ āharāmi.

10. We wander in the fields looking at the birds eating seeds.
[mayaṃ / āhiṇḍāma / khettesu / passantā / sakuṇe / khādamāne / bījāni]
Bījāni khādamāne sakuṇe passantā mayaṃ khettesu āhiṇḍāma.

11. I advise the wicked man who kills pigs.
[ahaṃ / ovadāmi / asappurisaṃ / hanamānaṃ / sūkare]
Ahaṃ sūkare hanamānaṃ asappurisaṃ ovadāmi.

12. You (sg.) get frightened seeing the snake approaching the house.
[tvaṃ / bhāyasi / passitvā / sappaṃ / upasa\'nkamantaṃ / gehaṃ]
Tvaṃ gehaṃ upasa\'nkamantaṃ sappaṃ passitvā bhāyasi.

13. I ask questions from the men who come out of the forest.
[ahaṃ / pucchāmi / pañhe / manussehi / nikkhamantehi / araññasmā]
Ahaṃ araññasmā nikkhamantehi manussehi pañhe pucchāmi.

14. Seeing the crying child we call the doctor going on the road.
[passamānā / rodantaṃ / dārakaṃ / mayaṃ / pakkosāma / vejjaṃ / gacchantaṃ / maggasmiṃ]
Rodantaṃ dārakaṃ passamānā mayaṃ maggasmiṃ gacchantaṃ vejjaṃ pakkosāma.

15. I protect virtues, give alms to the monks and live in the house with children.
[ahaṃ / rakkhamāno / sīlāni / dadanto / dānaṃ / samaṇānaṃ / vasāmi / gehe / dārakehi saha]
Sīlāni rakkhamāno ahaṃ samaṇānaṃ dānaṃ dadanto dārakehi saha gehe vasāmi.

16. Good men who fear evil deeds are born in heaven.
[sappurisā / bhāyamantā / pāpakammāni / uppajjanti / saggamhi]
Sappurisā pāpakammāni bhāyamantā saggamhi uppajjanti.

17. Expecting to get profit we bring goods from the city.
[āka\'nkhamānā / labhituṃ / lābhaṃ / mayaṃ / āharāma / bhaṇḍāni / nagaramhā]
Lābhaṃ labhituṃ āka\'nkhamānā mayaṃ nagaramhā bhaṇḍāni āharāma.

18. We stand under the tree and sprinkle water on the flowers.
[mayaṃ / ṭhatvā / rukkhamūlamhi / āsiñcāma / udakena / pupphāni]
Mayaṃ rukkhamūlamhi ṭhatvā pupphāni udakena āsiñcāma.

19. I wash the bowls with water and give (them) to the doctor.
[ahaṃ / dhovitvā / patte / udakena / dadāmi / vejjāya]
Ahaṃ udakena patte dhovitvā vejjāya dadāmi.

20. Searching for the truth I give up the house and enter the monastery.
[pariyesanto / saccaṃ / ahaṃ / pahāya / gehaṃ / pavisāmi / vihāraṃ]
Saccaṃ pariyesanto ahaṃ gehaṃ pahāya vihāraṃ pavisāmi.

21. Wishing to see the monks you (pl.) assemble in the park.
[icchamānā / passituṃ / samaṇe / tumhe / sannipatatha / uyyāne]
Samaṇe passituṃ icchamānā tumhe uyyāne sannipatatha.

22. I see a fruit falling from the crow\'s beak.
[ahaṃ / passāmi / phalaṃ / patantaṃ / kākassa / tuṇḍasmā]
Ahaṃ kākassa tuṇḍasmā patantaṃ phalaṃ passāmi.

23. You (sg.) cross the sea and bring a horse from the island.
[tvaṃ / taritvā / samuddaṃ / āharasi / assaṃ / dīpamhā]
Tvaṃ samuddaṃ taritvā dīpamhā assaṃ āharasi.

24. I set out from home to bring a lamp from the market.
[ahaṃ / nikkhamāmi / gehamhā / āharituṃ / dīpaṃ / āpaṇasmā]
Ahaṃ āpaṇasmā dīpaṃ āharituṃ gehamhā nikkhamāmi.

25. Having taken a basket I go to the field to collect corn.
[ādāya / piṭakaṃ / ahaṃ / gacchāmi / khettaṃ / saṃharituṃ / dhaññaṃ]
Piṭakaṃ ādāya ahaṃ dhaññaṃ saṃharituṃ khettaṃ gacchāmi.

:::
:::

Lesson 13 exercise answers

Pali Primer Exercise 13

Translate into English:

1. Buddho vihārasmiṃ sannipatantānaṃ manussānaṃ dhammaṃ deseti.
[Buddha / in monastery / assembling / people / dhamma / preaches]
Buddha preaches the dhamma to the people assembling in the monastery.

2. Buddhassa pūjetuṃ cintento upāsako pupphāni ocināti.
[Buddha / to honour / thinking / lay devotee / flowers / picks]
Thinking to honour the Buddha, the lay devotee picks flowers.

3. Te patte udakena pūrentā gītaṃ gāyanti.
[they / pots / with water / filling / song / sing]
They, filling the pots with water, sing a song.

4. Tumhe araññe vasante mige pīḷetvā asappurisā hotha.
[you / in forest / living / deer / having oppressed / wicked men / are]
You, oppressing the deer living in the forest, are wicked men.

5. Mayaṃ āpaṇaṃ gantvā vāṇijehi saddhiṃ kathetvā dhaññaṃ vikkiṇāma.
[we / [to] shop / having gone / with merchants / having discussed / corn / sell]
Having gone to the shop and discussed with the merchants, we sell corn.

6. Tvaṃ uḍḍentaṃ sukaṃ disvā gaṇhituṃ icchasi.
[you / flying / parrot / having seen / to catch / wish]
Seeing the parrot flying, you wish to catch (it).

7. Pabbatamhā udentaṃ candaṃ passituṃ kumāro gharamhā dhāvati.
[from mountain / rising / moon / to see / boy / from house / runs]
The boy runs out of the house to see the moon rising from the mountain.

8. Ahaṃ kassakehi saha khettasmiṃ rukkhe ropemi.
[I / with farmers / in field / trees / plant]
I plant trees in the field with the farmers.

9. Mayaṃ amaccehi saha mantentā pāsādasmiṃ āsanesu nisīdāma.
[we / with ministers / discussing / in palace / on seats / sit]
We sit on the seats in the palace discussing with the ministers.

10. Tumhe Tathāgatassa sāvake nimantetvā dānaṃ detha.
[you / Buddha\'s / disciples / having invited / alms / give]
Having invited Buddha\'s disciples, you give alms.

11. Upāsakā vihāraṃ gantvā dīpe jāletvā dhammaṃ sotuṃ nisīdanti.
[lay devotees / [to] monastery / having gone / lamps / having kindled / doctrine / to hear / sit]
Having gone to the monastery and having kindled the lamps, the lay devotees sit (down) to hear the doctrine.

12. Luddako sīsaṃ (head) dussena chādetvā nisīditvā sakuṇe maretuṃ ussahati.
[hunter / head / with cloth / having covered / having seated / birds / to kill / tries]
The hunter, having covered (his) head with a cloth and seated, tries to kill birds.

13. So vane āhiṇḍante goṇe gāmaṃ ānetvā vāṇijānaṃ vikkiṇāti.
[he / in forests / roaming / oxen / [to] village / having brought / to merchants / sells]
Having brought the oxen roaming in the forest to the village, he sells (them) to merchants.

14. Tvaṃ āpaṇehi bhaṇdāni kiṇitvā sakaṭena ānetvā gehe ṭhapesi.
[you / from shops / goods / having bought / in cart / having brought / at home / keep]
Having bought goods from the shops and brought (them) in a cart, you keep (them) at home.

15. Tumhe kakacehi rukkhe chinditvā pabbatamhā pātetha.
[you / with saws / trees / having cut / from mountain / fell]
You, having cut the trees with saws, fell (them) from the mountain.
Alt: You cut the trees with saws and fell (them) from the mountain.

16. Dhammena manusse pālentā bhūpālā akusalaṃ parivajjenti.
[with truth / people / ruling / kings / evil / avoid]
Ruling the people righteously (lit. with truth), kings avoid evil.

17. Saccaṃ ñatuṃ icchanto ahaṃ samaṇehi pañhe pucchāmi.
[truth / to know / wishing / I / from monks / questions / ask]
Wishing to know the truth, I ask the monks questions.

18. Dānaṃ datvā sīlaṃ rakkhantā* sappurisā saggalokaṃ** pāpuṇanti.
[alms / having given / precepts / observing / good men / heavenly place / reach]
Good men who give alms and observe precepts reach a heavenly place.

19. Dhaññaṃ minanto kassako āpaṇaṃ netvā dhaññaṃ vikkiṇituṃ cinteti.
[corn / measuring / farmer / [to] shop / having taken / corn / to sell / intends]
The farmer measuring corn intends to take it to the shop and sell it.

20. Ahaṃ pattena pānīyaṃ pivanto dvārasmiṃ ṭhatvā maggaṃ olokemi.
[I / with bowl / water / drinking / at door / having stood / [at] road / look]
Drinking water with a bowl, I stand at the door and look at the road.

21. So āpaṇamhā khīraṃ kiṇituṃ puttaṃ pahiṇāti.
[he / from shop / milk / to buy / son / sends]
He sends (his) son to buy milk from the shop.

22. Mayaṃ dhammaṃ uggaṇhituṃ ussahantā paṇḍitena saha mantema.
[we / doctrine / to learn / trying / with wise man / discuss]
Trying to learn the doctrine, we discuss with a wise man.

23. Corehi saddhiṃ gehe bhinditvā manusse pīḷentā tumhe asappurisā hotha.
[with robbers / [into] houses / having broken / people / oppressing / you / wicked men / are]
You are wicked men (who) oppress people by breaking into houses with robbers.

24. Ahaṃ suvaṇṇaṃ pariyesamāne dīpamhā āgacchante vāṇije jānāmi.
[I / gold / searching / from island / coming / merchants / know]
I know merchants coming from the island and searching (for) gold.

25. Ahaṃ ācariyo homi, tvaṃ vejjo hosi.
[I / teacher / am / you / doctor / are]
I am a teacher, you are a doctor.

26. Tvaṃ asappurisa, Buddhena desentaṃ dhammaṃ sutvā sappuriso bhavituṃ ussahasi.
[you / wicked man / by Buddha / preaching / dhamma / having heard / virtuous man / to be / try]
You wicked man, having heard the dhamma preaching by the Buddha, try to be a virtuous man.

27. Ahaṃ paṇḍitehi saddhiṃ mantento dhammena dīpaṃ pālento bhūpālo asmi.
[I / with wise men / discussing / righteously / island / ruling / king / am]
I am the king who discuss with wise men and rule the island righteously.

28. Varāhe mārentā corā kassake pīḷentā pāpakammāni karonti.
[pigs / killing / thieves / farmers / oppressing / evil deeds / do]
Killing pigs, the thieves oppressing the farmers do evil deeds.

29. Sīlaṃ rakkhantā puññakammāni karontā manussā saggaṃ pappotuṃ āka\'nkhanti.
[precepts / observing / meritorious deeds / doing / people / heaven / to reach / hope]
Observing precepts and doing meritorious deeds, the people hope to reach heaven.

30. Akusalaṃ pahāya pāpaṃ parivajjetvā viharantā narā sappurisā bhavanti.
[evil / having abandoned / sin / having avoided / living / people / good men / become]
Having abandoned evil and avoided sin, the people who live become good men.

Translate into Pali:

1. Having picked fruits from the trees you send (them) to the market.
[ocinitvā / phalāni / rukkhehi / tvaṃ / pahiṇāsi / āpaṇaṃ]
Rukkhehi phalāni ocinitvā tvaṃ āpaṇaṃ pahiṇāsi.

2. Having heard the Buddha preach the doctinre I become glad.
[sutvā / Buddhaṃ / desentaṃ / dhammaṃ / ahaṃ / pasīdāmi]
Dhammaṃ desentaṃ Buddhaṃ sutvā ahaṃ pasīdāmi.

3. Thinking of collecting corn I go to the field with the farmer.
[cintayamāno / saṃharituṃ (to collect) / dhaññaṃ / ahaṃ / gacchāmi / khettaṃ / kassakena saha]
Dhaññaṃ saṃharituṃ cintayamāno ahaṃ kassakena saha khettaṃ gacchāmi.

4. Singing songs you (pl.) look at the birds flying in the sky.
[gāyantā / gītāni / tumhe / oloketha / sakuṇe / uḍḍente / ākāse]
Gītāni gāyantā tumhe ākāse uḍḍente sakuṇe oloketha.

5. I advise the wicked man who oppresses the farmers in the village.
[ahaṃ / ovadāmi / asappurisaṃ / pīḷentaṃ / kassake / gāmasmiṃ]
Ahaṃ gāmasmiṃ kassake pīḷentaṃ asappurisaṃ ovadāmi.

6. We dig pits to plant trees in the park.
[mayaṃ / khaṇāma / āvāṭe / ropetuṃ / rukkhe / uyyānamhi]
Mayaṃ rukkhe ropetuṃ uyyānamhi āvāṭe khaṇāma.

7. We know the man who is lighting lamps in the monastery.
[mayaṃ / jānāma / manussaṃ / jālayamānaṃ / dīpe / vihāre]
Mayaṃ vihāre dīpe jālayamānaṃ manussaṃ jānāma.

8. You (pl.) cross the sea with sailors to reach the island.
[tumhe / taratha / samuddaṃ / nāvikehi saha / pappotuṃ / dīpaṃ]
Tumhe dīpaṃ pappotuṃ nāvikehi saha samuddaṃ taratha.

9. The king governing the island wins.
[bhūpālo / pālento / dīpaṃ / jināti]
Dīpaṃ pālento bhūpālo jināti.

10. We begin to learn the dhamma from recluses living in the village.
[mayaṃ / ārabhāma / uggaṇhituṃ / dhammaṃ / samaṇehi / jivāmānehi / gāmasmiṃ]
Mayaṃ gāmasmiṃ jivāmānehi samaṇehi dhammaṃ uggaṇhituṃ ārabhāma.

11. Searching for the truth the wise man goes from city to city.
[pariyesanto / saccaṃ / paṇḍito / gacchati / naharamhā / nagaraṃ]
Saccaṃ pariyesanto paṇḍito naharamhā nagaraṃ gacchati.

12. Avoiding the sleeping dog with his foot the child runs home.
[parivajjetvā / sayamānaṃ / sunakhaṃ / pādena / dārako / dhāvati / gehaṃ]
Sayamānaṃ sunakhaṃ pādena parivajjetvā dārako gehaṃ dhāvati.

13. Wishing to be born in heaven wise men fear to do evil.
[āka\'nkhamānā / uppajjituṃ / saggamhi / paṇḍitā / bhāyanti / kātuṃ / pāpaṃ]
Saggamhi uppajjituṃ āka\'nkhamānā paṇḍitā pāpaṃ kātuṃ bhāyanti.

14. Departing from the human world wicked men are born in hell (narake).
[cavitvā / manussalokasmā / asappurisā / uppajjanti / narake]
Manussalokasmā cavitvā asappurisā narake uppajjanti.

15. Having invited the hermit from the mountain the king gives him a robe.
[nimantetvā / tāpasaṃ / pabbatamhā / bhūpālo / dadāti / cīvaraṃ]
Pabbatamhā tāpasaṃ nimantetvā bhūpālo cīvaraṃ dadāti.

16. Trying to understand the truth lay devotees become recluses.
[ussahamānā / adhigantuṃ / saccaṃ / upāsakā / bhavanti / samaṇā]
Saccaṃ adhigantuṃ ussahamānā upāsakā samaṇā bhavanti.

17. Expecting to hear the monk preaching the dhamma lay devotees assemble in the monastery.
[āka\'nkhamānā / sotuṃ / samaṇaṃ / desentaṃ / dhammaṃ / upāsakā / sannipatanti / vihārasmiṃ]
Dhammaṃ desentaṃ samaṇaṃ sotuṃ āka\'nkhamānā upāsakā vihārasmiṃ sannipatanti.

18. We see with our eyes, hear with our ears (sotehi), touch with our bodies.
[mayaṃ / passāma / nayanehi / suṇāma / sotehi / phusāma / kāyehi]
Mayaṃ nayanehi passāma, sotehi suṇāma, kāyehi phusāma.

19. I am the king governing the islands.
[ahaṃ / homi/bhavāmi / bhūpālo / pālento / dīpe]
Dīpe pālento ahaṃ bhūpālo homi/bhavāmi.

20. You (pl.) are wicked men who take counsel with thieves.
[tumhe / hotha/bhavatha / asappurisā / mantayamānā / corehi saha]
Tumhe corehi saha mantayamānā asappurisā hotha/bhavatha.

21. Good men begin to plant trees to protect the world.
[sappurisā / ārabhanti / ropetuṃ / rukkhe / rakkhituṃ / lokaṃ]
Sappurisā lokaṃ rakkhituṃ rukkhe ropetuṃ ārabhanti.

22. Having heard the dhamma, the thief wishes to avoid evil.
[sutvā / dhammaṃ / coro / āka\'nkhati / parivajjituṃ / papaṃ]
Dhammaṃ sutvā coro papaṃ parivajjituṃ āka\'nkhati.

23. Merchants keep clothes in shops to sell (them) to farmers coming from the villages.
[vāṇijā / ṭhapenti / vatthāni / āpaṇesu / vikkiṇituṃ / kassakānaṃ / āgacchamānānaṃ / gāmehi]
Vāṇijā gāmehi āgacchamānānaṃ kassakānaṃ vikkiṇituṃ āpaṇesu vatthāni ṭhapenti.

24. The sick man (gilāna) is a messenger of the gods in the human world.
[gilāno / hoti / dūto / devānaṃ / manussalokamhi]
Gilāno manussalokamhi devānaṃ dūto hoti.

25. There are good men in the world who admonish wicked men.
[vasanti / sappurisā / loke / anusāsentā / asappurise]
Asappurise anusāsentā sappurisā loke vasanti.

26. Having picked lotuses from the water, the doctor goes to the monastery to listen to the dhamma.
[ocinitvā / padumāni / udakasmā / vejjo / gacchati / vihāraṃ / sotuṃ / dhammaṃ]
Udakasmā padumāni ocinitvā vejjo dhammaṃ sotuṃ vihāraṃ gacchati.

27. Seeing the Buddha and being please the thief throws away the arrows.
[disvā / Buddhaṃ / pasīditvā / coro / nikkhipati / sare]
Buddhaṃ disvā pasīditvā coro sare nikkhipati.

28. Wishing to avoid evil I practise virtue.
[icchanto / parivajjetuṃ / akusalaṃ / ahaṃ / rakkhāmi / sīlaṃ]
Akusalaṃ parivajjetuṃ icchanto ahaṃ sīlaṃ rakkhāmi.

29. We cook rice to give alms to the monks coming from the monastery.
[mayaṃ / pacāma / bhattaṃ / dātuṃ / dānaṃ / samaṇānaṃ / āgacchantānaṃ / vihāramhā]
Mayaṃ vihāramhā āgacchantānaṃ samaṇānaṃ dānaṃ dātuṃ bhattaṃ pacāma.

30. You (pl.) go from island to island searching for gold with merchants.
[tumhe / gacchatha / dīpasmā / dīpaṃ / pariyesamānā / suvaṇṇaṃ / vāṇijehi saha]
Suvaṇṇaṃ pariyesamānā tumhe vāṇijehi saha dīpasmā dīpaṃ gacchatha.

* Literally \"protects virtues\", \"sīlaṃ rakkhati\" is an idiomatic expression that is better translated as \"observes the precepts\" or \"behaves morally\".

** Buddhist cosmology posits many heavenly levels, not just one particular heaven as is common in Western religions.

:::
:::

Lesson 14 exercise answers

Pali Primer Exercise 14

Translate into English:

1. So pabbatamhā udentaṃ candaṃ passituṃ pāsādaṃ āruhissati.
[he / from mountain / rising / moon / to see / palace / will climb]
He will go up the palace to see the moon rising from the mountain.

2. Bhūpālo corehi dīpaṃ rakkhituṃ amaccehi saha mantessati.
[king / from thieves / island / to protect / with ministers / will discuss]
The king will discuss with the ministers to protect the island from thieves.

3. Ahaṃ samuddaṃ taritvā dīpaṃ pāpuṇitvā bhaṇḍāni vikkiṇissāmi.
[I / sea / having crossed / island / having reached / goods / will sell]
Having crossed the sea and reached the island, I will sell the goods.

4. Tumhe vihāraṃ upasa\'nkamantā magge pupphāni vikkiṇante manusse passissatha.
[you / monastery / approaching / on road / flowers / selling / people / will see]
Approaching the monastery, you will see people selling flowers on the road.

5. Udakaṃ otaritvā vatthāni dhovanto kassako nahāyitvā gehaṃ āgamissati.
[[into] water / having descended / clothes / washing / farmer / having bathed / home / will come]
Having descended into the water and washing clothes, the farmer will bathe and come home.

6. Gāme viharanto tvaṃ nagaraṃ gantvā rathaṃ ānessasi.
[in village / living / you / [to] city / having gone / chariot / will bring]
You who live in the village will go to the city and bring a chariot.

7. Puññaṃ kātuṃ icchantā tumhe sappurisā pāpamitte ovadissatha.
[merit / to do / wishing / you / good men / wicked friends / will advise]
Wishing to do merit, you good men will advise wicked friends.

8. Dhammaṃ sotuṃ uyyāne nisīdantānaṃ upāsakānaṃ ahaṃ pānīyaṃ dassāmi.
[dhamma / to listen / in park / sitting / to lay devotees / I / drinking water / will give]
I will give drinking water to the lay devotees sitting in the park to listen to the dhamma.

9. Mayaṃ bhūpālā dhammena dīpe pālessāma.
[we / kings / righteously / islands / will rule]
We kings will rule the islands righteously.

10. Rukkhaṃ pātetvā phalāni khādituṃ icchantaṃ asappurisaṃ ahaṃ akkosāmi.
[tree / having fell / fruits / to eat / wishing / wicked man / I / scold]
I scold the wicked man wishing to fell the trees and eat (its) fruits.
Alt: I scold the evil man who wishes to eat fruits by felling the tree.

11. Dānaṃ dadamānā sīlaṃ rakkhantā mayaṃ samaṇehi dhammaṃ uggaṇhissāma.
[alms / giving / precepts / observing / we / from monks / dhamma / will learn]
Giving alms and observing precepts, we will learn the dhamma from the monks.

12. Dhāvantamhā sakaṭamhā patantaṃ dārakaṃ disvā tvaṃ vejjaṃ ānesi.
[running / from cart / falling / child / having seen / you / doctor / bring]
Having seen the child falling from the running cart, you bring the doctor.

13. Saccaṃ adhigantuṃ ussahanto tāpaso Tathāgataṃ passituṃ āka\'nkhati.
[truth / to understand / trying / ascetic / Buddha / to see / hopes]
Trying to understand the truth, the ascetic hopes to see the Buddha.

14. Buddhe pasīditvā upāsako devaputto hutvā saggaloke uppajjati.
[with Buddha / having being pleased / lay devotee / god / having become / in heavenly realm / is born]
Being pleased with the Buddha, the lay devotee, having become a god, is born in the heavenly realm.

15. Udentaṃ suriyaṃ disvā brāhmaṇo gehā nikkhamma vandati.
[rising / sun / having seen / brahmin / house / having left / worships]
Having seen the sun rising, the brahmin leaves the house and worships (it).

16. Dīpaṃ pappotuṃ āka\'nkhamānā mayaṃ samuddaṃ tarituṃ nāvikaṃ pariyesāma.
[island / to reach / hoping / we / sea / to cross / sailor / search]
Hoping to reach the island, we look for a sailor to cross the sea.

17. Amaccassa dūtaṃ pahiṇituṃ icchanto bhūpālo ahaṃ asmi.
[to minister / messenger / to send / wishing / king / I / am]
I am the king wishing to send a messenger to the minister.

18. Puññakammāni karontānaṃ vāṇijānaṃ dhanaṃ atthi.
[meritorious deeds / doing / of merchants / money / this is]
This is the money of the merchants who do meritorious deeds.
ALT: Merchants who perform meritorious deeds have wealth.

19. Mayaṃ gītāni gāyante naccante kumāre olokessāma.
[we / songs / singing / dancing / boys / will look at]
We will see the boys singing songs and dancing.

20. Pāpaṃ parivajjetvā kusalaṃ karonte sappurise devā pūjessanti.
[evil / having avoided / good / doing / good men / gods / will honour]
Gods will honour good men who avoid evil and do good.

21. Saccaṃ bhāsantā asappurise anusāsantā paṇḍitā upāsakā bhavissanti.
[truth / speaking / wicked men / admonishing / wise men / lay devotees / will become]
The wise men who speak the truth and admonish the wicked men will become lay devotees.

22. Tvaṃ dhaññena pattaṃ pūretvā ācariyassa dassasi.
[you / with grain / bowl / having filled / to teacher / will give]
You will fill the bowl with grain and give it to the teacher.

23. Rukkhamūle nisīditvā cīvaraṃ sibbantaṃ samaṇaṃ ahaṃ upasa\'nkamissāmi.
[under a tree / having seated / robe / sewing / monk / I / approach]
I approach the monk sitting under a tree sewing a robe.

24. Ahaṃ sayantassa puttassa kāyaṃ āmasanto mañcasmiṃ nisīdāmi.
[I / sleeping / son\'s / body / stroking / on bed / sit]
I sit on the bed stroking the body of (my) sleeping son.

25. Uyyānesu rukkhe ropetuṃ samaṇā manusse anusāsanti.
[in parks / trees / to plant / monks / people / admonish]
The monks admonish the people to plant trees in the parks.

Translate into Pali:

1. Having learnt the dhamma from the Buddha I will live righteously (dhammena) in the world.
[uggaṇhitvā / dhammaṃ / Buddhasmā / ahaṃ / viharissāmi / dhammena / loke]
Ahaṃ Buddhasmā dhammaṃ uggaṇhitvā loke dhammena viharissāmi.

2. I will advise the king to rule the island righteously with his ministers.
[ahaṃ / ovadissāmi / bhūpālaṃ / pāletuṃ / dīpaṃ / dhammena / amaccehi saha]
Ahaṃ amaccehi saha dhammena dīpaṃ pāletuṃ bhūpālaṃ ovadissāmi.

3. Keeping the garment on the seat the child will enter the water to bathe.
[ṭhapetvā / sāṭakaṃ / āsanasmiṃ / dārako / otarissati / udakaṃ / nahāyituṃ]
Āsanasmiṃ sāṭakaṃ ṭhapetvā dārako nahāyituṃ udakaṃ otarissati.

4. Having heard the doctrine, you (pl.) will become pleased with the Tathāgata.
[sutvā / dhammaṃ / tumhe / pasīdissatha / Tathāgate]
Tumhe dhammaṃ sutvā Tathāgate pasīdissatha.

5. They who are walking in the forest collecting fruits will desire to drink water.
[te / carantā / vane / saṃharantā / phalāni / icchissanti / patuṃ / udakaṃ]
Vane carantā phalāni saṃharantā te udakaṃ patuṃ icchissanti.

6. Farmers approaching the city will look at vehicles running on the road.
[kassakā / upasa\'nkamantā / nagaraṃ / passissanti / rathe / caramāne / maggamhi]
Nagaraṃ upasa\'nkamantā kassakā maggamhi caramāne rathe passissanti.

7. The rising sun will illuminate the world.
[udento / suriyo / obhāsessati / lokaṃ]
Udento suriyo lokaṃ obhāsessati.

8. The trees in the park will bathe in the light of the moon.
[rukkhā / uyyānasmiṃ / nahāyissanti / ālokena / candassa]
Uyyānasmiṃ rukkhā candassa ālokena nahāyissanti.

9. You (sg.) will be pleased seeing your sons asking questions from the wise man.
[tvaṃ / pasīdissasi / passanto / disvā / putte / pucchamāne / pañhe / paṇḍitamhā]
Tvaṃ paṇḍitamhā pañhe pucchamāne putte disvā pasīdissasi.

10. The children will like to see the parrots eating fruits on the trees.
[dārakā / icchissanti / passituṃ / suke / khādante / phalāni / rukkhesu]
Dārakā rukkhesu phalāni khādante suke passituṃ icchissanti.

11. We are doctors coming from the island, you are teachers going to the island.
[mayaṃ / homa / vejjā / āgacchantā / dīpasmā / tumhe / hotha / ācariyā / gacchantā / dīpaṃ]
Mayaṃ dīpasmā āgacchantā vejjā homa, tumhe dīpaṃ gacchantā ācariyā hotha.

12. He will take money and go to the shop to buy goods.
[so / ādāya / mūlaṃ / gamissati / āpaṇaṃ / kiṇituṃ / bhaṇḍāni]
So mūlaṃ ādāya bhaṇḍāni kiṇituṃ āpaṇaṃ gamissati.

13. Having filled the bowl with drinking water the child will give it to the beggar eating rice.
[pūretvā / pattaṃ / pānīyena / dārako / dadissati / yācakāya / bhuñjamānāya / odanaṃ]
Pānīyena pattaṃ pūretvā dārako odanaṃ bhuñjamānāya yācakāya dadissati.

14. Men wishing to get merit will plant trees for people in the world.
[manussā / icchantā / labhituṃ / puññaṃ / ropessanti / rukkhe / purisānaṃ / lokasmiṃ]
Puññaṃ labhituṃ icchantā manussā lokasmiṃ purisānaṃ rukkhe ropessanti.

15. Searching for wealth wicked men will oppress farmers living righteously in villages.
[pariyesantā / dhanaṃ / asappurisā / pīḷessanti / kassake / jīvante / dhammena / gāmesu]
Dhanaṃ pariyesantā asappurisā gāmesu dhammena jīvante kassake pīḷessanti.

16. There are fruits on the trees in the mountains.
[bhavanti / phalāni / rukkhesu / pabbatesu]
Pabbatesu rukkhesu phalāni bhavanti.

17. Good men doing meritorious deeds will learn the dhamma from monks.
[sappurisā / karontā / kusalakammāni / uggaṇhissanti / dhammaṃ / samaṇehi]
Kusalakammāni karontā sappurisā samaṇehi dhammaṃ uggaṇhissanti.

18. Wise men instruct kings governing the islands.
[paṇḍitā / anusāsanti / bhūpāle / pālente / dīpe]
Paṇḍitā dīpe pālente bhūpāle anusāsanti.

19. You will buy fish from fishermen coming from the sea.
[tvaṃ / kiṇissasi / macche / dhīvarehi / āgacchantehi / samuddamhā]
Tvaṃ samuddamhā āgacchantehi dhīvarehi macche kiṇissasi.

20. Wishing to learn the dhamma we approach the Buddha.
[āka\'nkhamānā / uggaṇhituṃ / dhammaṃ / mayaṃ / upasa\'nkamāma / Buddhaṃ]
Dhammaṃ uggaṇhituṃ āka\'nkhamānā mayaṃ Buddhaṃ upasa\'nkamāma.

21. Seeing the jackal coming to the park the children will get frightened.
[disvā / sigālaṃ / āgacchantaṃ / uyyānaṃ / dārakā / bhāyissanti]
Uyyānaṃ āgacchantaṃ sigālaṃ disvā dārakā bhāyissanti.

22. They will go to see the king coming to the village with the ministers.
[te / gamissanti / passituṃ / bhūpālaṃ / āgacchantaṃ / gāmaṃ / amaccehi saha]
Amaccehi saha gāmaṃ āgacchantaṃ bhūpālaṃ passituṃ te gamissanti.

23. You are a good man who lives righteously.
[tvaṃ / hosi / sappuriso / jīvanto / dhammena]
Tvaṃ dhammena jīvanto sappuriso hosi.

24. I see a parrot picking a fruit with its beak.
[ahaṃ / passāmi / sukaṃ / ocināmānaṃ / phalaṃ / tuṇḍena]
Ahaṃ tuṇḍena phalaṃ ocināmānaṃ sukaṃ passāmi.

25. We will become good men practising virtue.
[mayaṃ / bhavissāma / sappurisā / rakkhamānā / sīlāni]
Mayaṃ sīlāni rakkhamānā sappurisā bhavissāma.

:::
:::

Lesson 15 exercise answers

Pali Primer Exercise 15

Translate into English:

1. Sace tvaṃ dhammaṃ suṇeyyāsi, addhā (certainly) tvaṃ Buddhassa sāvako bhaveyyāsi.
[if / you / dhamma / would hear / certainly / you / Buddha\'s / disciple / would become]
If you would hear the dhamma, you would certainly become the Buddha\'s disciple.

2. Yadi te gītāni gāyituṃ uggaṇheyyuṃ, ahaṃ pi uggaṇheyyāmi.
[if / they / songs / to sing / would learn / I / too / would learn]
If they would learn to sing the songs, I would learn too.

3. Sace tvaṃ bījāni pahiṇeyyāsi, kassako tāni (them) khette vapeyya.
[if / you / seeds / would send / farmer / them / in field / would sow]
If you would send the seeds, the farmer would sow them in the field.

4. Sace tumhe padumāni ocineyyātha, kumārā tāni Buddhassa pūjeyyuṃ.
[if / you / lotuses / would pick / boys / them / [to] Buddha / would offer]
If you would pick the lotuses, the boys would offer them to the Buddha.

5. Sace tvaṃ mūlaṃ gaṇheyyāsi, ahaṃ dussaṃ ādadeyyāmi.
[if / you / money / would take / I / cloth / would take]
If you would take the money, I would take the cloth.

6. Yadi mayaṃ bhūpālena saha manteyyāma amaccā na āgaccheyyuṃ.
[if / we / with king / would discuss / minister / not / would come]
If we discuss with the king, the ministers would not come.

7. Sace tumhe rukkhe ropeyyātha dārakā phalāni bhuñjeyyuṃ.
[if / you / trees / would place / children / fruits / would enjoy]
If you would plant the trees, the children would enjoy the fruits.

8. Sace mayaṃ sappurisā bhaveyyāma, puttā pi sappurisā bhaveyyuṃ.
[if / we / good men / would become / sons / too / good men / would become]
If we become good men, (our) sons would become good men too.

9. Sace bhūpālā dhammena dīpe pāleyyuṃ, mayaṃ bhūpālesu pasīdeyyāma.
[if / kings / righteously / islands / would rule / we / with kings / would be pleased]
If the kings rule the islands righteously, we would be pleased with them.

10. Sace kassako goṇaṃ vikkiṇeyya, vāṇijo taṃ kiṇeyya.
[if / farmer / ox / would sell / merchant / it / would buy]
If the farmer would sell the ox, the merchant would buy it.

11. Sace manusse pīḷentā asappurisā gāmaṃ āgaccheyyuṃ ahaṃ te ovadeyyāmi.
[if / people / oppressing / wicked men / [to] village / would come / I / them / would admonish]
If the wicked men oppressing the people come to the village, I would admonish them.

12. Yadi amaccā pāpaṃ parivajeyyuṃ, manussā pāpaṃ na kareyyuṃ.
[if / ministers / evil / would avoid / people / evil / not / would commit]
If ministers avoid evil, the people would not commit evil.

13. Sace tumhe pabbataṃ āruheyyātha, āhiṇḍante mige ca rukkhesu carante makkaṭe ca uḍḍente sakuṇe ca passeyyātha.
[if / you / mountain / would climb / roaming / deer / and / on trees / moving / monkeys / and / flying / birds / and / would see]
If you climb the mountain, you would see deer roaming, monkeys moving on the trees and birds flying.

14. Sace tvaṃ pattena pānīyaṃ āneyyāsi pipāsito (thirsty) so piveyya.
[if / you / in bowl / drinking water / would bring / thirsty / he / would drink]
If you would bring drinking water in a bowl, he who is thirsty would drink (it).

15. Kusalakammāni katvā tumhe manussaloke uppajituṃ ussaheyyātha.
[good deeds / having done / you / in human world / to be born / should try]
Having done good deeds, you should try to be born in the human world.

16. Sace so vejjo bhaveyya, ahaṃ taṃ (him) rodantaṃ dārakaṃ passituṃ āneyyāmi.
[if / he / doctor / is / I / him / crying / child / to see / would bring]
If he is a doctor, I will bring him to see the crying child.

17. Yadi putto pāpaṃ kareyya ahaṃ taṃ (him) ovadeyyāmi.
[if / son / evil / would do / I / him / would admonish]
If my son does evil, I would admonish him.

18. Sace amacco paṇḍitaṃ ācariyaṃ āneyya mayaṃ dhammaṃ uggaṇheyyāma.
[if / minister / wise / teacher / would bring / we / doctrine / would learn]
If the minister brings a wise teacher, we would learn the doctrine.

19. Sace ahaṃ hatthena suvaṃ phusituṃ ussaheyyāmi so gehā uppateyya.
[if / I / with hand / parrot / to touch / would try / it / from house / would fly
] If I try to touch the parrot with (my) hand, it might fly out of the house.

20. Yadi so vejjaṃ pakkosituṃ iccheyya ahaṃ taṃ (him) āneyyāmi.
[if / he / doctor / to call / would wish / I / him / would bring]
If he wishes to call the doctor, I will bring him.

Translate into Pali:

1. If you cover up the evil deeds your sons do, they will become thieves.
[sace / tvaṃ / chādeyyāsi / akusalakammāni / puttānaṃ / te / bhaveyyuṃ / corā]
Sace tvaṃ puttānaṃ akusalakammāni chādeyyāsi, te corā bhaveyyuṃ.

2. If you (pl.) want to become virtuous men avoid evil.
[yadi / tumhe / iccheyyātha / bhavituṃ / sappurisā / parivajjeyyātha / papaṃ]
Yadi tumhe sappurisā bhavituṃ iccheyyātha, papaṃ parivajjeyyātha.

3. If we look with our eyes we will see objects in the world, if we look with our minds we will see good and evil.
[sace / mayaṃ / olokeyyāma / nayanehi / passeyyāma / rūpāni / loke / sace / mayaṃ / olokeyyāma / cittehi / passeyyāma / puññaṃ ca / pāpaṃ ca]
Sace mayaṃ nayanehi olokeyyāma loke rūpāni passeyyāma, sace mayaṃ cittehi olokeyyāma puññaṃ ca pāpaṃ ca passeyyāma.

4. If you (sg.) start singing a song, the children will start dancing.
[yadi / tvaṃ / ārabheyyāsi / gāyituṃ / gītaṃ / dārakā / ārabheyyuṃ / naccituṃ]
Yadi tvaṃ gītaṃ gāyituṃ ārabheyyāsi, dārakā naccituṃ ārabheyyuṃ.

5. If we depart from the human world we will not fear to be born in the human world.
[sace / mayaṃ / caveyyāma / manussalokasmā / na bhāyissāma / uppajjituṃ / manussalokasmiṃ]
Sace mayaṃ manussalokasmā caveyyāma manussalokasmiṃ uppajjituṃ na bhāyissāma.

6. If gods are born in the human world they will do meritorious deeds.
[yadi / devā / uppajjeyuṃ / manussalokamhi / te / kareyyuṃ / puññakammāni]
Yadi devā manussalokamhi uppajjeyuṃ te puññakammāni kareyyuṃ.

7. If you search for the truth you will approach the Buddha living in the monastery.
[sace / tvaṃ / pariyeseyyāsi / saccaṃ / tvaṃ / upasa\'nkameyyāsi / Buddhaṃ / vasantaṃ / vihāre]
Sace tvaṃ saccaṃ pariyeseyyāsi tvaṃ vihāre vasantaṃ Buddhaṃ upasa\'nkameyyāsi.

8. If you admonish the merchant he will become a virtuous man.
[yadi / tvaṃ / ovadeyyāsi / vāṇijaṃ / so / bhavissati / sappuriso]
Yadi tvaṃ vāṇijaṃ ovadeyyāsi, so sappuriso bhavissati.

9. If I invite the monk he will come home to preach the dhamma.
[sace / ahaṃ / nimanteyyāmi / samaṇaṃ / so / āgamissati / gehaṃ / desetuṃ / dhammaṃ]
Sace ahaṃ samaṇaṃ nimanteyyāmi, so dhammaṃ desetuṃ gehaṃ āgamissati.

10. If you are a good man you will not kill oxen roaming in the forest.
[yadi / tvaṃ / bahvasi / sappuriso / (tvaṃ) / na māressasi / goṇe / āhiṇḍāmāne / araññasmiṃ]
Yadi tvaṃ sappuriso bhavasi araññasmiṃ āhiṇḍāmāne goṇe na māressasi.

11. If you do work in the field you will get wealth and corn.
[sace / tvaṃ / kareyyāsi / kammaṃ / khettamhi / tvaṃ / labhissasi / dhanaṃ ca / dhaññaṃ ca]
Sace tvaṃ khettamhi kammaṃ kareyyāsi, tvaṃ dhanaṃ ca dhaññaṃ ca labhissasi.

12. If the king wishes to govern the island righteously he will discuss with wise men and ministers.
[yadi / bhūpālo / iccheyya / pāletuṃ / dīpaṃ / dhammena / so / manteyya / saha / paṇḍitehi ca / amaccehi ca]
Yadi bhūpālo dhammena dīpaṃ pāletuṃ iccheyya, so paṇḍitehi ca amaccehi ca saha manteyya.

13. If you work in the field you will see farmers ploughing.
[sace / tvaṃ / karissasi kammaṃ / khette / (tvaṃ) / passeyyāsi / kassake / kasamāne]
Sace tvaṃ khette kammaṃ karissasi kasamāne kassake passeyyāsi.

14. I see boys playing in the park with a monkey.
[ahaṃ / passāmi / kumāre / kīḷante / uyyāmasmiṃ / saddhiṃ / vānarena]
Ahaṃ vānarena saddhiṃ uyyāmasmiṃ kīḷante kumāre passāmi.

15. If they want to see birds singing they will go to the park.
[yadi / te / iccheyyuṃ / passituṃ / sakuṇe / gāyante / te / gamissanti / uyyānaṃ]
Yadi te gāyante sakuṇe passituṃ iccheyyuṃ te uyyānaṃ gamissanti.

16. If you listen to the dhamma you will be able to live righteously.
[sace / tvaṃ / suṇeyyāsi / dhammaṃ / (tvaṃ) / sakkissasi / vasituṃ / dhammena]
Sace tvaṃ dhammaṃ suṇeyyāsi dhammena vasituṃ sakkissasi.

17. If you avoid evil friends (pāpamitte) you will become a good man.
[yadi / tvaṃ / parivajjeyyāsi / pāpamitte / tvaṃ / bhavissasi / sappuriso]
Yadi tvaṃ pāpamitte parivajjeyyāsi tvaṃ sappuriso bhavissasi.

18. If the minister is not a good man we will not approach him.
[sace / amacco / na hoti / sappuriso / mayaṃ / na upasa\'nkamissāma / taṃ]
Sace amacco sappuriso na hoti mayaṃ taṃ na upasa\'nkamissāma.

19. If there are fruits on the tree I will climb to pick them (tāni).
[yadi / honti / phalāni / rukkhamhi / ahaṃ / aruhissāmi / ocinituṃ / tāni]
Yadi rukkhamhi phalāni honti ahaṃ tāni ocinituṃ rukkhaṃ aruhissāmi.

20. If I pick fruits you will eat them with friends.
[sace / ahaṃ / ocineyyāmi / phalāni / tvaṃ / bhuñjissasi / te / mittehi saha]
Sace ahaṃ phalāni ocineyyāmi tvaṃ mittehi saha te bhuñjissasi.

-ooOoo-

:::
:::

Lesson 16 exercise answers

Pali Primer Exercise 16

Translate into English:

1. Bhūpālā dhammena dīpaṃ pālentu.
[kings / righteously / island / may...rule]
May kings rule the island righteously.

2. Mā manusso bhāyatu, sace so saccaṃ jānāti, bhāsatu.
[do not / man / let...fear / if / he / truth / knows / may...speak]
Let the man not fear, if he knows the truth, may (he) speak.

3. Tumhe pāpaṃ karonte putte ovadatha.
[you / evil / doing / sons / admonish!]
You, admonish the sons doing evil.

4. Sugato dhammaṃ desetu, sāvakā ca upāsakā ca vihārasmiṃ nisīdanti.
[Buddha / dhamma / may...preach / disciples and / lay devotees and / in monastery / sit]
May the Buddha preach the dhamma, the disciples and lay devotees are sitting in the monastery.

5. Mā te pāpakammāni katvā manussalokamhā cavitvā narake (in purgatory) uppajjantu.
[do not / they / evil deeds / having committed / from human world / having departed / in purgatory / may...be born]
May they not commit evil deeds and be born in purgatory after departing from the human world.

6. Mā corā kassakānaṃ goṇe mārentu.
[do not / robbers / farmers\' / oxen / may...kill]
May the robbers not kill the farmers\' oxen.

7. Mā tvaṃ sunakhaṃ āmasāhi, so taṃ (you) ḍaseyya.
[do not / you / dog / touch! / it / you / would bite]
You, do not touch the dog, it will bite you.

8. Tumhe dīpe jāletvā vihārasmiṃ rūpāni oloketha.
[you / lamps / light! / in monastery / murals / look!]
You, light the lamps and look at the murals in the monastery.

9. Tumhe asappurise āmantetvā dhammena jīvituṃ anusāsatha.
[you / wicked men / having addressed / righteously / to live / admonish!]
You address the wicked men and admonish (them) to live righteously.

10. Putta, mā tvaṃ pāpamitte upasa\'nkama.
[son / do not / you / evil friends / approach!]
Son, do not approach evil friends.

11. Sace tumhe saccaṃ bhāsituṃ ussaheyyātha, tumhe sappurisā bhaveyyātha.
[if / you / truth / to speak / would try / you / good men / will become]
If you try to speak the truth, you will become good men.

12. Sace tvaṃ pāsāṇe khipeyyāsi, kākā ca sakuṇā ca ākāsaṃ uppateyyuṃ.
[if / you / stones / would throw / crows and / birds and / [into] sky / would fly]
If you throw stones, the crows and birds will fly into the sky.

13. Mā dāraka pānīyaṃ pivitvā pattaṃ bhinda.
[do not / child / drinking water / having drunk / bowl / break!]
Child, do not break the bowl after drinking water.

14. Mā suvaṇṇaṃ coretvā gacchantā corā samuddaṃ tarantu.
[do not / gold / having stolen / going / robbers / sea / let...cross]
Let the robbers who are going after stealing gold not cross the sea.

15. Upāsaka, mā putte akkosāji, samaṇehi saddhiṃ mantetvā putte anusāsāhi.
[lay devotee / do not / sons / scold / with monks / having discussed / sons / admonish!]
Lay devotee, do not scold (your) sons, admonish (your) sons after discussing with the monks.

Translate into Pali:

1. May the king ruling the island protect the people righteously.
[bhūpālo / pālento / dīpaṃ / rakkhatu / purise / dhammena]
Dīpaṃ pālento bhūpālo dhammena purise rakkhatu.

2. Let the children playing in the park collect falling leaves.
[dārakā / kīḷantā / uyyāne / ocinantu / patantāni / paṇṇāni]
Uyyāne kīḷantā dārakā patantāni paṇṇāni ocinantu.

3. Let the farmers and merchants assemble in the king\'s park.
[kassakā ca / vāṇijā ca / sannipatantu / bhūpālassa / uyyānasmiṃ]
Kassakā ca vāṇijā ca bhūpālassa uyyānasmiṃ sannipatantu.

4. Let the sons climb the mountain to see lions, deer and birds.
[puttā / āruhantu / pabbataṃ / passituṃ / sīhe ca / mige ca / sakuṇe ca]
Puttā sīhe ca mige ca sakuṇe ca passituṃ pabbataṃ āruhantu.

5. Do not cut trees in forests if you wish to protect deer.
[mā chināhi / rukkhe / araññesu / sace / tvaṃ / iccha / rakkhituṃ / mige]
Sace tvaṃ mige rakkhituṃ iccha mā araññesu rukkhe chināhi.

6. Let the child not come down the stairway, he will fall.
[dārako / mā oruhatu / sopānamhā / so / patissati]
Mā dārako sopānamhā oruhatu, so patissati.

7. Let the farmer plough the fields and sow seeds, let him not kill goats.
[kassako / kasitvā / khettāni / vapatu / bījāni / so / mā hanatu / aje]
Kassako khettāni kasitvā bījāni vapatu, mā so aje hanatu.

8. Let the parrots fly taking fruits with their beaks.
[suvā / uppatantu / gahetvā / phalāni / tuṇḍehi]
Tuṇḍehi phalāni gahetvā suvā uppatantu.

9. Sons, do not commit sins, live righteously.
[puttā / mā karotha / pāpaṃ / jīvatha / dhammena]
Puttā, mā tumhe pāpaṃ karotha, dhammena jīvatha.

10. May the disciples of the Buddha get alms and robes.
[sāvakā / Buddhassa / labhantu / dānāni ca / cīvarāni ca]
Buddhassa sāvakā dānāni ca cīvarāni ca labhantu.

11. Let the children come out of the house and see the moon rising from the mountain.
[dārakā / nikkhamma / gehasmā / passantu / candaṃ / udentaṃ / pabbatamhā]
Gehasmā nikkhamma dārakā pabbatamhā udentaṃ candaṃ passantu.

12. Boys, do not go and kill deer in the forest with the hunter.
[kumārā / mā / gantvā / māretha / mige / araññe / luddakena saha]
Kumārā, mā (tumhe) luddakena saha gantvā araññe mige māretha.

13. You (pl.) run home and bring water for the farmers ploughing the field.
[tumhe / dhāvitvā / gehaṃ / āharatha / pānīyaṃ / kassakānaṃ / kasantānaṃ / khettaṃ]
Gehaṃ dhāvitvā tumhe khettaṃ kasantānaṃ kassakānaṃ pānīyaṃ āharatha.

14. Do not ask questions from the king\'s messenger.
[mā / puccha / pañhe / bhūpālassa / dūtasmā]
Mā bhūpālassa dūtasmā pañhe puccha.

15. You lay devotees should try to avoid evil and do good deeds.
[tumhe / upāsakā / ussahatha / parivajjetvā / akusalaṃ / katuṃ / kusalakammāni]
Tumhe upāsakā akusalaṃ parivajjetvā kusalakammāni katuṃ ussahatha.

:::
:::

Lesson 17 exercise answers

Pali Primer Exercise 17

Translate into English:

1. Kassako khettaṃ kasitvā nahāyituṃ udakaṃ otari.
[farmer / field / having ploughed / to bathe / water / entered]
After ploughing the field, the farmer entered the water to bathe.

2. Uggaṇhantānaṃ dārakānaṃ dātuṃ ācariyā kusumāni āhariṃsu.
[learning / to children / to give / teachers / flowers / brought]
The teachers brought flowers to give to the learning children (students).

3. Upāsakā āsanehi uṭṭhahitvā dhammaṃ desetuṃ upasa\'nkamantaṃ samaṇaṃ vandiṃsu.
[lay devotees / from seats / having got up / dhamma / to preach / approaching / to monk / paid respect]
The lay devotees rose from (their) seats and paid respect to the monk approaching to preach the dhamma.

4. Nagaresu kammāni katvā vetane labhituṃ āka\'nkhamānā narā gāmehi nikkhamiṃsu.
[in cities / deeds / having done / wages / to receive / hoping / people / from villages / left]
Hoping to do work in the cities and receive pay, the people left the villages.

5. Ācariyo āsanaṃ dussena chādetvā samaṇaṃ nisīdituṃ nimantesi.
[teacher / seat / with cloth / having covered / monk / to sit / invited]
Having covered the seat with a cloth, the teacher invited the monk to sit.

6. Kumāro dvāraṃ vivaritvā rukkhamhā oruhante vānare passamāno aṭṭhāsi (stood).
[boy / door / having opened / from trees / descending / monkeys / seeing / stood]
The boy opened the door and stood watching monkeys climbing down from the trees.

7. Paṇḍito goṇe coretvā akusalaṃ karonte nare pakkositvā ovadi.
[wise man / oxen / having stolen / evil / doing / men / having summoned / admonished]
The wise man called and admonished the men stealing the oxen and doing evil.
Alt: The wise man summoned and advised people who commit evil by stealing cattle.

8. Yācakassa puttā rukkhehi patantāni phalāni saṃharitvā āpaṇasmiṃ vikkiṇiṃsu.
[beggar\'s / sons / from trees / falling / fruits / having collected / at market / sold]
The beggar\'s sons collected fruits falling from trees and sold (them) at the market.

9. Kassako dhaññaṃ minitvā vāṇijassa vikkiṇituṃ pahiṇi.
[farmer / grain / having measured / to merchant / to sell / sent]
The farmer, having weighed the grain, sent (it) to sell to the merchant.

10. Dhammaṃ uggaṇhitvā samaṇo bhavituṃ āka\'nkhamāno amacco ācariyaṃ pariyesamāno Buddhaṃ upasa\'nkami.
[dhamma / having learnt / monk / to become / wishing / minister / teacher / seeking / Buddha / approached]
Wishing to learn the dhamma and become a monk, the minister seeking a teacher approached the Buddha.

11. Sace tumhe gāmaṃ pāpuṇeyyātha mitte olokeyyātha.
[if / you / village / would reach / friends / would see]
If you reach the village, you would see friends.

12. Paṇḍitamhā pañhe pucchitvā saccaṃ jānituṃ mātulo ussahi.
[from wise man / questions / having asked / truth / to know / uncle / tried]
The uncle tried to ask questions from the wise man and find out the truth.

13. Pāsāṇamhi ṭhatvā ajaṃ khādantaṃ sīhaṃ disvā vānarā bhāyiṃsu.
[on rock / having stood / goat / eating / lion / having seen / monkeys / got frightened]
Having seen the lion standing on the rock and eating a goat, the monkeys got frightened.

14. Rukkhamūle nisīditvā gitāni gāyantānaṃ kumārānaṃ kāyesu paṇṇāni ca pupphāni ca patiṃsu.
[under a tree / having seated / songs / singing / boys\' / on bodies / leaves and / flowers and / fell]
Leaves and flowers fell on the bodies of the boys sitting under a tree and singing songs.

15. Tumhe dhanaṃ saṃharamānā mā samuddaṃ taritvā dīpaṃ gacchatha.
[you / wealth / collecting / do not / sea / having crossed / island / go!]
(You) Do not cross the sea and go to the island collecting wealth.

16. Āpaṇasmiṃ bhaṇḍāni vikkiṇantassa vāṇijassa ratho atthi.
[at shop / goods / selling / merchant\'s / chariot / it is]
It is the chariot of the merchant selling goods at the shop.
Alt: The merchant who sells goods at the shop has a vehicle.

17. Ahaṃ puttassa dātuṃ dussaṃ sibbanto gītaṃ gāyiṃ.
[I / to son / to give / clothes / sewing / song / sang]
Sewing a piece of clothes to give my son, I sang a song.

18. Sūkarā ca sunakhā ca khette āvāṭe khaṇiṃsu.
[pigs and / dogs and / in field / pits / dug]
The pigs and dogs dug pits in the field.

19. Purisā rukkhamūle nisīditvā tāpasena bhāsamānaṃ suṇiṃsu.
[people / at foot of tree / having seated / by ascetic / speech / listened]
The people sat at the foot of the tree and listened to the speech by the ascetic.

20. Luddakena saddhiṃ vane āhiṇḍante putte āmantetvā kassakā akkosiṃsu.
[with hunter / in forest / wandering / sons / having called / farmer / scolded]
Having called the sons wandering in the forest with the hunter, the farmer scolded (them).

21. Mā tvaṃ suvaṇṇapattaṃ vikkiṇitvā khagge kiṇāhi.
[do not / you / golden bowl / having sold / swords / buy!]
(You) Do not sell the golden bowl and buy swords.

22. So bhaṇḍāni ca khettaṃ ca goṇe ca puttānaṃ datvā gehaṃ pahāya samaṇo bhavituṃ cintesi.
[he / (household) articles and / field and / cattle and / to sons / having given / house / having left / monk / to be / intended]
Having given (household) articles, the field and the cattle to (his) sons, he intended to leave the household and become a monk.

23. Dhammena jīvantā sappurisā mige na māresuṃ.
[righteously / living / good men / not / killed]
Living righteously, the good men did not kill deer.

24. Ahaṃ sopānaṃ āruhiṃ, te sopānamhā oruhiṃsu.
[I / stairs / climbed / they / from stairs / descended]
I climbed the stairs, they came down the stairs.

25. Sahāyakā udakaṃ otaritvā nahāyantā padumāni ociniṃsu.
[friends / [into] water / having descended / bathing / lotuses / picked]
Having descended into the water and bathing, the friends picked lotuses.

Translate into Pali:

1. The child sprinkled the lotuses with water and honoured the Buddha with them.
[dārako / āsiñcitvā / padumāni / udakena / pūjesi / Buddhaṃ / tehi]
Dārako udakena padumāni āsiñcitvā tehi Buddhaṃ pūjesi.

2. Having received the pay the men went to the market and bought goods.
[labhitvā / vetanaṃ / narā / gantvā / āpaṇaṃ / kiṇiṃsu / bhaṇḍāni]
Vetanaṃ labhitvā narā āpaṇaṃ gantvā bhaṇḍāni kiṇiṃsu.

3. The fisherman brought fish from the sea and sold them to the farmers.
[dhīvaro / āharitvā / macche / samuddasmā / vikkiṇi / kassakānaṃ]
Dhīvaro samuddasmā macche āharitvā kassakānaṃ vikkiṇi.

4. If you go to bathe wash the clothes of the children.
[sace / tvaṃ / gaccheyyāsi / nahāyituṃ / dhovāhi / dussāni / dārakānaṃ]
Sace tvaṃ nahāyituṃ gaccheyyāsi dārakānaṃ dussāni dhovāhi.

5. The parrots and the crows flew into the sky from the trees.
[sukā ca / kākā ca / uḍḍesuṃ / ākāsaṃ / rukkhehi]
Sukā ca kākā ca rukkhehi ākāsaṃ uḍḍesuṃ.

6. Do not scold the children playing under the tree with the dog.
[mā / akkosāhi / dārake / kīḷante / rukkhamūle / kukkurena saddhiṃ]
Mā rukkhamūle kukkurena saddhiṃ kīḷante dārake akkosāhi.

7. I spoke to the people sitting in the park having assembled to see the king.
[ahaṃ / kathesiṃ / manussānaṃ / nisīdantānaṃ / uyyānamhi / sannipatitvā / passituṃ / bhūpālaṃ]
Ahaṃ bhūpālaṃ passituṃ sannipatitvā uyyānamhi nisīdantānaṃ manussānaṃ kathesiṃ.

8. We got frightened seeing a serpent enter the house.
[mayaṃ / bhāyimha / disvā / sappaṃ / pavisantaṃ / gehaṃ]
Mayaṃ gehaṃ pavisantaṃ sappaṃ disvā bhāyimha.

9. I gave water to my son eating rice together with his friend.
[ahaṃ / adāsiṃ/adadiṃ / pānīyaṃ / puttāya / bhuñjantāya / bhattaṃ / mittena saha]
Ahaṃ bhattaṃ bhuñjantāya mittena saha puttāya pānīyaṃ adāsiṃ/adadiṃ.

10. Do not do evil, do good to enter heaven after departing from the human world.
[mā / karotha / pāpāni / karotha / kusalāni / pavisituṃ / saggaṃ / cavitvā / manussalokāmhā]
Mā pāpāni karotha; manussalokāmhā cavitvā saggaṃ pavisituṃ kusalāni karotha.

:::
:::

Lesson 18 exercise answers

Pali Primer Exercise 18

Translate into English:

1. Sace sabhāyaṃ kaññāyo katheyyuṃ ahaṃ pi kathessāmi.
[if / in assembly / girls / would speak / I / too / will speak]
If the girls speak in the assembly, I will speak too.

2. Dārikāyo pupphāni ocinitvā sālāyaṃ nisīditvā mālāyo kariṃsu.
[girls / flowers / having collected / in hall / having seated / garlands / made]
Having collected flowers, the girls sat in the hall and made garlands.

3. Vanitā rukkhassa sākhāyo chinditvā ākaḍḍhi.
[woman / tree\'s / branches / having cut / dragged]
The woman cut and dragged the branches of the tree.

4. Bhariyā mañjūsāsu vatthāni ca suvaṇṇaṃ ca ṭhapesi.
[wife / in boxes / clothes and / gold and / kept]
The wife kept clothes and gold in the boxes.

5. Dārikā pāsādassa chāyāyaṃ nisīditvā vālukāya kīḷiṃsu.
[girls / palace\'s / in shadow / having seated / with sand / played]
The girls sat in the shadow of the palace and played with sand.

6. Bhariyāya kathaṃ sutvā pasīditvā kassako sappuriso abhavi.
[wife\'s / speech / having heard / having being pleased / farmer / good man / became]
Having heard (his) wife\'s speech and was glad, the farmer became a good man.
Alt: Being pleased hearing the talk of the wife, the farmer became a good man.

7. Devatāyo puññāni karonte dhammena jīvante manusse rakkhantu.
[deities / meritorious deeds / doing / righteously / living / people / may...protect]
May the deities protect the people who live righteously doing meritorious deeds.

8. Pabbatasmiṃ guhāsu vasantā sīhā vālukāya kīḷante mige māresuṃ.
[in mountain / in caves / living / lions / on sand / playing / deer / killed]
The lions living in the caves in the mountain killed the deer playing on the sand.

9. Ammā dārikāya kujjhitvā hatthena pahari.
[mother / with girl / having got angry / with hand / hit]
The mother got angry with the girl and hit her with her hand.

10. Vanitāyo saddhāya bhattaṃ pacitvā vihāraṃ netvā samaṇānaṃ pūjesuṃ.
[women / with devotion / rice / having cooked / (to) monastery / having taken / to monks / offered]
With devotion, the women cooked the rice, took (it) to the monastery and offered to the monks.

11. Tumhe mā suraṃ pivatha, mā gilānā (sick) bhavituṃ ussahatha.
[you / do not / liquor / drink! / do not / sick / to be / try!]
You, do not drink liquor, do not try to fall ill!

12. Dhammena dhanaṃ saṃharamānā paññāya putte posentā narā manussaloke sukhaṃ vindanti.
[righteously / wealth / collecting / with wisdom / sons / nurturing / people / in human world / happiness / experience]
Lit: Collecting wealth righteously and bringing up sons with wisdom, people experience joy in the world.
People who collect wealth by fair means and nurture children with wisdom enjoy happiness in the human world.

13. Sace tumhe nāvāya ga\'ngaṃ tareyyātha dīpasmiṃ vasante tāpase disvā āgantuṃ sakkissatha.
[if / you / by boat / Ganges / would cross / on island / living / hermits / having seen / to come / will be able]
If you cross Ganges by boat, you will be able to come after seeing hermits living on the island.

14. Parisaṃ parivāretvā pāsādamhā nikkhamantaṃ bhūpālaṃ disvā vanitāyo modanti.
[[by] retinue / having [being] accompanied / from palace / leaving / king / having seen / women / are happy]
The women are happy seeing the king leaving the palace accompanied by his retinue.

15. Kaññāyo sālāyaṃ sannipatitvā kumārehi saddhiṃ sallapiṃsu.
[girls / in hall / having assembled / with boys / engaged in conversation]
The girls assembled in the hall and chatted with the boys.

16. Khudāya pīḷentaṃ gilānaṃ yācakaṃ disvā ammā bhattaṃ adadi/adāsi.
[by hunger / oppressing / sick man / beggar / having seen / mother / rice / gave]
Having seen the sick beggar oppressed with hunger, mother gave (him) rice.

17. Guhāyaṃ nilīyitvā suraṃ pivantā corā sīhaṃ passitvā bhāyiṃsu.
[in cave / having hid / liquor / drinking / robbers / lion / having seen / were fightened]
Hiding in the cave and drinking liquor, the robbers saw the lion and were frightened.
Alt: Robbers drinking liquor hiding in the cave were frightened on seeing a lion.

18. Varāhe māretvā jīvanto naro gilāno hutvā dukkhaṃ vindati.
[pigs / having killed / living / man / sick man / having become / suffering / experiences]
The man, who lives on killing pigs, becomes sick and experiences suffering.

19. Vāṇijassa āpaṇe mañjūsāyaṃ mūlaṃ (money) atthi.
[merchant\'s / at shop / in box / money / there is]
There is money in the box at the merchant\'s shop.

20. Samaṇā manusse pāpā nivāretvā sappurise kātuṃ vāyamanti.
[monks / people / from evil / having prevented / good men / to make / try]
The monks try to make people good by preventing (them) from evil.

Translate into Pali:

1. The man stood on the road asking (from) my mother the way to go to the monastery.
[naro / aṭṭhāsi / magge / pucchanto / ammāya / maggaṃ / gantuṃ / vihāraṃ]
Vihāraṃ gantuṃ maggaṃ ammāya pucchanto naro magge aṭṭhāsi.

2. Having prepared rice with faith for the monks, the woman took it to the monastery.
[paṭiyādetvā / odanaṃ / saddhāya / samaṇānaṃ / vanitā / nesi / vihāraṃ]
Saddhāya samaṇānaṃ odanaṃ paṭiyādetvā vanitā vihāraṃ nesi.

3. You can live righteously and seek wealth.
[tvaṃ / sakkosi / jīvanto / dhammena / pariyesituṃ / dhanaṃ]
Tvaṃ dhammena jīvanto dhanaṃ pariyesituṃ sakkosi.

4. Sitting in the shade of the house the girls cut branches from the creeper.
[nisīdantiyo / chāyāyaṃ / gehassa / kaññāyo / chindiṃsu / sākhāyo / latāya]
Gehassa chāyāyaṃ nisīdantiyo kaññāyo latāya sākhāyo chindiṃsu.

5. Wicked men did not advise their sons who drink liquor.
[asappurisā / na ovadiṃsu / putte / pivante / suraṃ]
Asappurisā suraṃ pivante putte na ovadiṃsu.

6. Taking the basket and money the girl went to the market to buy corn.
[ādāya/gahetvā / piṭakaṃ ca / mūlaṃ ca / dārikā / agacchi/agami / āpaṇaṃ / kiṇituṃ / dhaññaṃ]
Piṭakaṃ ca mūlaṃ ca ādāya/gahetvā dārikā dhaññaṃ kiṇituṃ āpaṇaṃ agacchi/agami.

7. If you light lamps the lay devotees will see the objects in the monastery.
[sace / tvaṃ / jāleyyāsi / dīpe / upāsakā / passissanti / rūpāni / vihārasmiṃ]
Sace tvaṃ dīpe jāleyyāsi upāsakā vihārasmiṃ rūpāni passissanti.

8. O good men, you learn the dhamma and try to live righteously.
[sappurisā / tumhe / uggaṇhitvā / dhammaṃ / ussahatha / jīvituṃ / dhammena]
Sappurisā tumhe dhammaṃ uggaṇhitvā dhammena jīvituṃ ussahatha.

9. If you try, you can avoid evil and do good.
[yadi / tumhe / ussaheyyātha / (tumhe) / sakkotha / parivajjetvā / pāpaṃ / kātuṃ / puññaṃ]
Yadi tumhe ussaheyyātha pāpaṃ parivajjetvā puññaṃ kātuṃ sakkotha.

10. Having seen the lion sleeping in the cave, the woman ran.
[disvā / sīhaṃ / sayantaṃ / guhāyaṃ / vanitā / dhāvi]
Guhāyaṃ sayantaṃ sīhaṃ disvā vanitā dhāvi.

:::
:::

Lesson 19 exercise answers

Pali Primer Exercise 19

Translate into English:

1. Ammāya mañjūsāyaṃ pakkhittaṃ suvaṇṇaṃ dārikā na gaṇhi.
[by/of mother / in box / kept / gold / girl / did not take]
The girl did not take the gold kept in the box by the mother.
The girl did not take the gold kept in the mother\'s box.

2. Dhotāni vatthāni gahetvā bhariyā udakamhā uttari.
[washed / clothes / having taken / wife / from water / come out]
Having taken the washed clothes the wife stepped out of the water.
Alt: The wife stepped out of the water taking the washed clothes.

3. Kassakehi uyyāne ropitesu rukkhesu phalāni bhaviṃsu.
[by farmers / in park / planted / on trees / fruits / there were]
There were fruits on the trees planted in the park by the farmers.

4. Buddhā devehi ca narehi ca pūjitā honti.
[Buddhas / by gods and / by men and / honoured / are]
Buddhas are honoured by gods and men.

5. Udakena pūritaṃ pattaṃ gahetvā vanitā gehaṃ āgatā hoti.
[with water / filled / bowl / having taken / woman / [to] house / come / has]
Having taken the bowl filled with water, the woman has come to the house.
Alt: The woman has come to the house taking/carrying a bowl filled with water.

6. Adhammena (unrighteously) dīpaṃ pālentena bhūpālena pīḷitā manussā kuddhā honti.
[unrighteously / island / ruling / by king / oppressed / people / angry / are]
The people oppressed by the king ruling the island unrighteously are angry.

7. Pakkaṃ (ripe) phalaṃ tuṇḍena gahetvā uḍḍentaṃ suvaṃ ahaṃ apassiṃ.
[ripe / fruit / with beak / having taken / flying / parrot / I / saw]
I saw a flying parrot taking a ripe fruit in its beak.

8. Udento suriyo brāhmaṇena namassito hoti.
[rising / sun / by brahmin / worshipped / is]
The rising sun is worshipped by the brahmin.

9. Ammāya jālitaṃ dīpaṃ ādaya putto vihāraṃ paviṭṭho hoti.
[by mother / lighted / lamp / have taken / son / monastery / entered / has]
Having taken the lamp lighted by (his) mother, the son has entered the monastery.
Alt: The son has entered the monastery taking/carrying/holding a lamp lit by (his) mother.

10. Vanitāya dussena chādite āsane samaṇo nisīditvā sannipatitāya parisāya dhammaṃ desesi.
[by woman / with cloth / covered / on seat / monk / having seated / assembled / to retinue / dhamma / preached]
Having seated on a seat covered with a cloth by the woman, the monk preached the dhamma to the assembled retinue/audience/congregation/people.

11. Kassakena khettaṃ ānītā goṇā tiṇaṃ khādantā āhiṇḍiṃsu.
[by farmer / [to] field / brought / oxen / grass / eating / roamed]
The oxen brought to the field by the farmer roamed (about) eating grass.

12. Vāṇijā mañjūsāsu ṭhapitāni dussāni na vikkiṇiṃsu.
[merchants / in boxes / kept / clothes / did no sell]
The merchants did not sell clothes kept in boxes.

13. Sace tvaṃ saccaṃ jāneyyāsi mā puttaṃ akkosa.
[if / you / truth / may...know / do not / son / scold!]
If you know the truth, do not reproach (your) son.

14. Nāvāya nikkhantā narā samuddaṃ taritvā dīpaṃ pāpuṇitvā bhariyāhi saddhiṃ kathentā modanti.
[by boat / leaving / people / sea / having crossed / island / having crossed / with wives / talking / are happy]
The people, who left by the boat, crossed the sea and reached the island, are happy talking with (their) wives.

15. Magge ṭhite vāṇijassa sakaṭe ahaṃ kaññāya ānītāni bhaṇḍāni ṭhapesiṃ.
[on road / stood / merchant\'s / in cart / I / by girl / brought / goods / kept]
I kept the goods brought by the girl in the merchant\'s cart stationed on the road.

16. Dhammena laddhena dhanena putte posetvā jīvantā manussā devatāhi rakkhitā honti.
[righteously / received / with wealth / children / having brought up / living / people / by gods / protected / are]
People who live bringing up (their) children with righteously earned wealth are protected by gods.

17. Sāvakehi ca upāsakehi ca parivārito Buddho vihārassa chāyāya nisinno hoti.
[by disciples and / by lay devotees and / accompanied / Buddha / monastery\'s / shade / seated / is]
The Buddha, accompanied by disciples and lay devotees, is seated in the shade of the monastery.

18. Ammāya pāpehi nivāritā puttā sappurisā hutvā dhammaṃ suṇanti.
[by mother / from evil / prevented / sons / good men / having become / [to] dhamma / listen]
The sons who were prevented from evil by the mother become noble men and listen to the dhamma.

19. Kassake pīḷentā corā paṇḍitena anusāsitā sappurisā bhavituṃ vāyamantā upāsakehi saddhiṃ uyyāne rukkhe ropenti.
[farmers / oppressing / thieves / by wise man / admonished / good men / to become / trying / with lay devotees / in park / trees / plant]
Thieves who were oppressing farmers were admonished by the wise man, and trying to become good men they plant trees in the park with lay devotees.

20. Vanitā puttāya paṭiyāditamhā bhattamhā khudāya pīḷitassa yācakassa thokaṃ (little) datvā pānīyaṃ ca dadi/adāsi.
[woman / for son / prepared / from rice / by hunger / oppressed / to beggar / little / having given / water / and / gave]
The woman gave a little (of) the rice prepared for (her) son to the starving beggar and gave water (too).

21. Sabhāyaṃ nisīditvā dārikāya gāyituṃ gītaṃ sutvā kaññāyo modiṃsu.
[in assembly / having seated / by girl / to sing / song / having heard / girls / were happy]
The girls seated in the assembly were delighted hearing the song sung by the little girl.

22. Amaccena nimantitā purisā sālāyaṃ nisīdituṃ asakkontā (unable) uyyāne sannipatiṃsu.
[by minister / invited / people / in hall / to sit / unable / in park / assembled]
Being unable to sit in the hall, the people invited by the minister assembled in the park.

23. Kassakehi khettesu vuttehi bījehi thokaṃ (little) sakuṇā khādiṃsu.
[by farmers / in fields / sown / seeds / little / birds / ate]
The birds ate a little (of) the seeds sown in the fields by the farmers.

24. Kumārehi rukkhamūle nilīyitvā sayanto sappo diṭṭho hoti.
[by/from boys / under tree / having hidden / sleeping / snake / seen / is]
The snake is found/seen hiding and sleeping under the tree by the boys.
Alt: The snake is found hiding from the boys and sleeping under the tree.

25. Vāṇijena dīpamhā āhaṭāni vatthāni kiṇituṃ vanitāyo icchanti.
[by merchant / from island / brought / clothes / to buy / women / wish]
The women wish to buy the clothes brought by the merchant from the island.

26. Sace bhūpālo dhammena manusse rakkheyya te kammāni katvā dārake posentā sukhaṃ vindeyyuṃ.
[if / king / righteously / people / protect / they / work / having done / children / bringing up / happiness / would experience]
If the king protects the people by fair means, they would experience happiness doing work and bringing up (their) children.

27. Puttena yācitā ammā mittānaṃ odanaṃ paṭiyādesi.
[by son / begged / mother / for friends / meal / prepared]
Begged by (her) son, the mother prepared a meal for (his) friends.

28. Amaccena puṭṭhaṃ pañhaṃ adhigantuṃ asakkonto corānaṃ dūto cintetuṃ ārabhi.
[by minister / asked / question / to understand / unable / thieves\' / messenger / to] [think / began]
The thieves\' messenger began to think being unable to understand the question asked by the minister.

29. Corehi guhāyaṃ nilīyitāni bhaṇḍāni passitvā vānarā tāni (them) ādāya rukkhe āruhiṃsu.
[by thieves / in caves / hidden / goods / having seen / monkeys / them / having taken / trees / climbed]
Seeing the goods hidden in the caves by the thieves, the monkeys took them and climbed the trees.

30. Ahaṃ pariyesitaṃ dhammaṃ adhigantvā modāmi.
[I / sought for / doctrine/truth / having understood / am happy]
Having understood the doctrine/truth I sought for, I am happy.

Translate into Pali:

1. The man who came to the assembly could not speak with the ministers.
[naro / āgato / sabhaṃ / na sakkosi / kathetuṃ / amaccehi saha]
Sabhaṃ āgato naro amaccehi saha kathetuṃ na sakkosi.

2. The child ran to the shop taking the money given by the mother.
[dārako / dhāvi / āpaṇaṃ / ādāya / mulaṃ / dinnaṃ / ammāya]
Ammāya dinnaṃ mulaṃ ādāya dārako āpaṇaṃ dhāvi.

3. The king is seated in the chariot drawn by the horses.
[bhūpālo / hoti / nisinno / rathe / ākaḍḍhite / assehi]
Bhūpālo assehi ākaḍḍhite rathe nisinno hoti.

4. Having discussed with the wise man the farmers sent a messenger to the king.
[mantetvā / paṇḍitena saha / kassakā / pesesuṃ / dūtaṃ / santikaṃ / bhūpālāya]
Paṇḍitena saha mantetvā kassakā bhūpālāya santikaṃ dūtaṃ pesesuṃ.

5. The children went out of the open door.
[dārakā / nikkhamiṃsu / vivaṭamhā / dvāramhā]
Dārakā vivaṭamhā dvāramhā nikkhamiṃsu.

6. The women who got down to the water washed clothes and bathed.
[vanitāyo / otaritvā / udakamhi / dhovitvā / vatthāni / nahāyiṃsu]
Udakamhi otaritvā vanitāyo vatthāni dhovitvā nahāyiṃsu.

7. Buddhas and their disciples are worshipped by gods and men.
[Buddhā ca / sāvakā ca / honti / vanditā / devehi ca / narehi ca]
Buddhā ca sāvakā ca devehi ca narehi ca vanditā honti.

8. The merchant sold the clothes sewn by women.
[vāṇijo / vikkiṇi / dussāni / sibbitāni / vanitāhi]
Vāṇijo vanitāhi sibbitāni dussāni vikkiṇi.

9. I did not take the flowers and fruits brought by the girl from the forest.
[ahaṃ / na gaṇhiṃ / pupphāni ca / phalāni ca / āhaṭāni / kaññāya / araññasmā]
Ahaṃ araññasmā kaññāya āhaṭāni pupphāni ca phalāni ca na gaṇhiṃ.

10. Being chased by the dog, the girls quickly (sīghaṃ) ran home.
[anubandhitāyo / kukkurena / dārikāyo / sīghaṃ / dhāviṃsu / gehaṃ]
Kukkurena anubandhitāyo dārikāyo sīghaṃ gehaṃ dhāviṃsu.

11. The teacher having seen the evil deed done by the girl advised her.
[ācariyo / disvā / pāpakammaṃ / kataṃ / dārikāya / ovadi / (taṃ)]
Dārikāya kataṃ pāpakammaṃ disvā ācariyo ovadi.

12. We did not light the lamps prepared by the women.
[mayaṃ / na jālayimha / dīpe / paṭiyādite / vanitāhi]
Vanitāhi paṭiyādite dīpe mayaṃ na jālayimha.

13. You do not drag the branches cut by the farmer from the mountain.
[tumhe / mā ākaḍḍhatha / sākhāyo / chinnāyo / kassakena / pabbatamhā]
Mā tumhe pabbatamhā kassakena chinnāyo sākhāyo ākaḍḍhatha.

14. Without getting the pay for the work done, the woman is angry.
[alabhitvā / vetanaṃ / kammassa / assa* / vanitā / hoti / kuddhā]
Vanitā assa kammassa vetanaṃ alabhitvā kuddhā hoti.

15. Do not ask for fruits from the boy sitting on the branch.
[mā yacāhi / phalāni / kumārasmā / nisīdantasmā / sākhāyaṃ]
Mā sākhāyaṃ nisīdantasmā kumārasmā phalāni yacāhi.

16. The woman who is scolded by the brahmin cries, seated at the door.
[vanitā / akkositā / brāhmaṇena / rodati / nisinnā / dvārasmiṃ]
Brāhmaṇena akkositā dvārasmiṃ nisinnā vanitā rodati.

17. The girl being called by the mother ran home to eat rice.
[dārikā / pakkositā / ammāya / dhāvi / gehaṃ / bhuñjituṃ / odanaṃ]
Ammāya pakkositā dārikā odanaṃ bhuñjituṃ gehaṃ dhāvi.

18. The men who tried to cut the creepers started pulling the branches.
[manussā / ussahitā / chindituṃ / latāyo / ārabhiṃsu / ākaḍḍhituṃ / sākhāyo]
Latāyo chindituṃ ussahitā manussā sākhāyo ākaḍḍhituṃ ārabhiṃsu.

19. The farmer who makes a living righteously, ploughing his fields experiences happiness with his wife and children.
[kassako / jīvanto / dhammena / kasanto / khette / vindati / sukhaṃ / bhariyāya ca / dārakehi ca]
Dhammena jīvanto kassako khette kasanto bhariyāya ca dārakehi ca sukhaṃ vindati.

20. Deities who have departed from the world of gods and are born in the human world rejoice listening to the dhamma preached by the Buddha.
[devā / cavitvā / devalokamhā / uppajjitvā / manussalokamhi / modanti / suṇantā / dhammaṃ / desitaṃ / Buddhena]
Devalokamhā cavitvā manussalokamhi uppajjitvā devā Buddhena desitaṃ dhammaṃ suṇantā modanti.

21. The thieves who were instructed by the monk became good men.
[corā / anusāsitā / samaṇena / bhaviṃsu / sappurisā]
Samaṇena anusāsitā corā sappurisā bhaviṃsu.

22. There were no fruits on the trees planted by the farmer.
[bhaviṃsu / na / phalāni / rukkhesu / ropitesu / kassakena]
Kassakena ropitesu rukkhesu phalāni na bhaviṃsu.

23. Bitten by the dog the girl ran home and cried.
[daṭṭhā / kukkurena / kaññā / dhāvitvā / gehaṃ / rodi]
Kukkurena daṭṭhā kaññā gehaṃ dhāvitvā rodi.

24. The minister is not known to the doctor.
[amacco / hoti / na ñāto / vejjena]
Amacco vejjena na ñāto hoti.

25. Seated under the tree the girls played with sand.
[nisīnnayo / rukkhamūle / dārikāyo / kīḷiṃsu / vālukāya]
Rukkhamūle nisīnnayo dārikāyo vālukāya kīḷiṃsu.

26. Sons, do not drink liquor.
[puttā / mā / pibatha / suraṃ]
Puttā, mā suraṃ pibatha.

27. Mothers prevent children from evil.
[ammāyo / nivārenti / dārake / pāpasmā]
Ammāyo dārake pāpasmā nivārenti.

28. I gave water to the dog oppressed with thirst.
[ahaṃ / adāsiṃ/adadiṃ pānīyaṃ / kukkurāya / pīḷitāya / pipāsena]
Ahaṃ pipāsena pīḷitāya kukkurāya pānīyaṃ adāsiṃ/adadiṃ.

29. Seeing the hunter coming we hid among the trees.
[disvā / luddakaṃ / upasa\'nkamantaṃ / mayaṃ / nilīyimha / rukkhesu]
Upasa\'nkamantaṃ luddakaṃ disvā mayaṃ rukkhesu nilīyimha.

30. We prepared alms with faith and gave to the monks.
[mayaṃ / paṭiyādetvā / dānāni / saddhāya / dadimha / samaṇānaṃ]
Mayaṃ saddhāya dānāni paṭiyādetvā samaṇānaṃ dadimha.

* Assa is the dative form of ayaṃ. In this case, assa kammassa = for this word.

:::
:::

Lesson 20 exercise answers

Pali Primer Exercise 20

Translate into English:

1. Bhūpālo rājiniyā saddhiṃ nāvāya nadiṃ taranto udake carante macche olokento amaccehi saddhiṃ katheti.
[king / with queen / by boat / river / crossing / in water / moving / fish / looking (at) /] [with ministers / speaks]
Crossing the river by boat with (his) queen, the king looking at the fish swimming in the water speaks with (his) ministers.

2. Pāniyaṃ pivitvā dārikāya bhūmiyaṃ nikkhitto patto bhinno hoti.
[water / having drunk / by girl / on ground / placed / bowl / broken / is]
The bowl placed on the ground by the girl after drinking water is broken.

3. Kassakānaṃ gāviyo aṭaviyaṃ āhiṇḍitvā khettaṃ āgamiṃsu.
[farmers\' / cows / in forest / having roamed / [to] field / came]
The farmers\' cows roamed in the forest and came to the field.

4. Rattiyā samuddasmiṃ patitā candassa rasmiyo oloketvā taruṇiyo modiṃsu.
[at night / on sea / fallen / moon\'s / rays / having seen / young women / were happy]
The young women, having seen the moonlight falling on the sea at night, were happy.

5. Upāsakā iddhiyā ākāse gacchantaṃ tāpasaṃ disvā pasannā honti.
[lay devotees / by psychic power / through sky / going / ascetic / having seen / pleased (with) / are]
The lay devotees are pleased seeing the ascetic going through the sky by psychic power.

6. Bhaginiyā saddhiṃ pokkharaṇiyā tīre (bank) ṭhatvā so padumāni ocinituṃ vāyami.
[with sister / pond\'s / on bank / having stood / he / lotuses / to pick / tried]
Having stood on the bank of the pond with (his) sister, he tried to pick lotuses.

7. Nāriyo vāpīsu nahāyituṃ vā (or) vatthāni dhovituṃ vā na icchiṃsu.
[women / at tanks / to bathe or / clothes / to wash or / did not wish]
The women did not wish to bathe or wash clothes at the tanks.

8. Yuvatiyā puṭṭhaṃ pañhaṃ vyākātuṃ asakkonto ahaṃ tāya (with her) saddhiṃ sallapituṃ ārabhiṃ.
[by maiden / asked / question / to explain / unable / I / with her / to engage in conversation / began]
Unable to explain the question asked by the maiden, I began to talk with her.

9. Asappurisassa puttena kataṃ pāpakammaṃ paṭicchādetuṃ ammā na ussahi.
[wicked man\'s / by son / done / evil deed / to conceal / mother / did not try]
Mother did not try to conceal the evil deed done by the wicked man\'s son.
[ The following is provided in the Key to Pali Primer. ]
Mother did not try to conceal the evil deed done by (her) wicked son.

10. Bhaginiyā dussena veṭhetvā mañcasmiṃ ṭhapitaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ itthī mañjūsāyaṃ pakkhipi.
[by sister / in cloth / having wrapped / on bed / kept / goods / woman / in box / placed]
The woman placed in the box the goods wrapped in cloth and kept on the bed by (her) sister.

11. Mā tumhe magge sayantaṃ kukkuraṃ viheṭhetha.
[do not / you / on road / sleeping / dog / harass]
(You) Do not harass the dog sleeping on the road.

12. Sappuriso amacco dhanaṃ vissajjetvā yācakānaṃ vasituṃ sālāyo gāmesu karitvā bhūpālaṃ ārocesi.
[virtuous man / minister / money / having spent / for beggars / to live / halls / in villages / having built / king / informed]
The virtuous minister spent money and built halls in the villages for beggars to live, and informed the king.

13. Kumāro suvaṃ hatthamhā muñcitvā taṃ uḍḍentaṃ passamāno rodanto rukkhamūle aṭṭhāsi.
[boy / parrot / from hand / having released / it / flying / seeing / crying / under tree / stood]
Having released the parrot from (his) hand, the boy seeing it flying stood under the tree crying.

14. Saddhāya dānaṃ dadamānā kusalaṃ karontā sappurisā puna (again) manussaloke uppajjituṃ patthenti.
[with faith / alms / giving / meritorious deeds / doing / good men / again / human world / to be born / aspire]
Giving alms with faith and doing meritorious deeds, the good men aspire to be born in the human world again.

15. Kumāro mañjūsaṃ vivaritvā sāṭakaṃ nīharitvā ammāya pesesi.
[boy / box / having opened / garment / having taken out / to mother / sent]
The boy opened the box, took out the garment and sent (it) to (his) mother.

Translate into Pali:

1. There are lotuses and fishes in ponds in the king\'s park.
[santi / padumāni ca / macchā ca / pokkharaṇīsu / bhūpālassa / uyyāne]
Bhūpālassa uyyāne pokkharaṇīsu padumāni ca macchā ca santi.

2. The young women picked lotuses from the tank and kept them on the ground.
[taruṇiyo / ocinitvā / padumāni / vāpiyā / ṭhapesuṃ / bhūmiyaṃ]
Taruṇiyo vāpiyā padumāni ocinitvā bhūmiyaṃ ṭhapesuṃ.

3. The queen spoke with her sisters who came having crossed the river by boat.
[rājinī / kathesi / bhaginīhi saha / āgatāhi / taritvā / nadiṃ / doṇiyā]
Doṇiyā nadiṃ taritvā āgatāhi bhaginīhi saha rājinī kathesi.

4. I saw the dog chasing the cow in the field.
[ahaṃ / passiṃ / kukkuraṃ / anubandhantaṃ / gāviṃ / khettasmiṃ]
Ahaṃ khettasmiṃ gāviṃ anubandhantaṃ kukkuraṃ passiṃ

5. Women and girls did not climb trees to pick fruits and flowers.
[nāriyo ca / kumāriyo ca / na āruhiṃsu / rukkhe / ocinituṃ / phalāni ca / pupphāni ca]
Nāriyo ca kumāriyo ca phalāni ca pupphāni ca ocinituṃ rukkhe na āruhiṃsu.

6. You (pl.) went to the river to bathe and got frightened hearing the peal of thunder (asanisaddaṃ).
[tumhe / gantvā / nadiṃ / nahāyituṃ / bhāyittha / sutvā / asanisaddaṃ]
Nahāyituṃ nadiṃ gantvā tumhe asanisaddaṃ sutvā bhāyittha.

7. You (pl.) do not conceal the evil committed with your friends.
[tumhe / mā / paṭiccādetha / pāpaṃ / kataṃ / mittehi saha]
Mā tumhe mittehi saha kataṃ pāpaṃ paṭiccādetha.

8. If you spent money to buy clothes, inform your mother.
[sace / tvaṃ / vissajjeyyāsi / mūlaṃ / kiṇituṃ / vatthāni / ārocehi / ammaṃ]
Sace tvaṃ vatthāni kiṇituṃ mūlaṃ vissajjeyyāsi, ammaṃ ārocehi.

9. Send the lotuses wrapped in lotus leaves to the young girls seated in the hall.
[pesehi / padumāni / veṭhitāni / paduma-paṇṇehi / taruṇīnaṃ / nisinnānaṃ / sālāyaṃ]
Sālāyaṃ nisinnānaṃ taruṇīnaṃ paduma-paṇṇehi veṭhitāni padumāni pesehi.

10. We can explain the questions asked by the women in the assembly.
[mayaṃ / sakkoma / vyākātuṃ / pañhe / puṭṭhe / vanitāhi / sabhāyaṃ]
Sabhāyaṃ vanitāhi puṭṭhe pañhe mayaṃ vyākātuṃ sakkoma.

-ooOoo-

:::
:::

Lesson 21 exercise answers

Pali Primer Exercise 21

Translate into English:

1. Khette phalāni corentī dārikā kassakaṃ disvā bhāyitvā dhāvituṃ ārabhi.
[in field / fruits / stealing / girl / farmer / having seen / got frightened / to run / started]
Having seen the farmer, the girl stealing fruits in the field got frightened and started to run.

2. Buddhassa sāvakena desitaṃ dhammaṃ sutvā yuvati saccaṃ adhigantuṃ icchantī ammāya saddhiṃ mantesi.
[Buddha\'s / by disciple / preached / dhamma / having heard / maiden / truth / to understand / wishing / with mother / discussed]
Wishing to understand the truth, the young girl discussed with (her) mother after hearing the dhamma preached by the Buddha\'s disciple.

3. Sayantaṃ sunakhaṃ āmasantī kumārī gehadvāre nisinnā hoti.
[sleeping / dog / touching / girl / at door of house / seated / is]
Lit: The girl touching the sleeping dog is seated at the door of the house.
The girl is sitting at the door of the house stroking the dog.

4. Rājinī nārīhi puṭṭhe pañhe vyakarontī sabhāyaṃ nisinnā parisaṃ āmantetvā kathaṃ kathesi.
[queen / by women / asked / questions / explaining / in assembly / seated / retinue / having addressed / speech / spoke]
The queen seated in the assembly addressed the retinue and made a speech explaining the questions asked by the women.

5. Aṭaviṃ gantvā rukkhaṃ chinditvā sākhāyo ākaḍḍhantiyo itthiyo sigāle disvā bhāyiṃsu.
[[to] forest / having gone / tree / having cut / branches / dragging / women / jackals / having seen / got frightened]
Having gone to the forest and cut the tree, the women dragging the branches saw the jackals and got frightened.

6. Gehadvāre nisīditvā dussaṃ sibbantī bhaginī gītaṃ gāyati.
[having seated / at door of house / garment / sewing / sister / song / sings]
Sitting at the door of the house and sewing a garment, the sister sings a song.

7. Asappuriso pāpakammāni paṭicchādetvā upāsakehi saddhiṃ sallapanto vihārasmiṃ āsane nisinno hoti.
[wicked man / evil deeds / having concealed / with lay devotees / engaging in conversation / in monastery / on seat / seated / is]
The wicked man concealing (his) evil deeds is seated on the seated in the monastery conversing with the lay devotees.

8. Sāṭakena veṭhetvā nilīyitaṃ suvaṇṇaṃ passituṃ āka\'nkhamānā yuvati ovarakassa (room) dvāraṃ vivari.
[in garment / having wrapped / hidden / gold / to see / hoping / maiden / room\'s / door / opened]
The maiden hoping to see the gold wrapped and hidden in a garment opened the room\'s door.

9. Sace tvaṃ mulaṃ vissajjetuṃ iccheyyāsi, mā vatthaṃ kiṇāhi.
[if / you / money / to spend / wish / do not / cloth / buy]
If you wish to spend the money, do not buy a cloth.
Alt: If you wish to spend the money, do not buy clothes.
Alt: If you wish to spend the money, do not buy a garment.

10. Sace tumhe bhūpālassa dūtaṃ pesetha amacce pi ārocetha.
[if / you / to king / messenger / send / minister / too / inform]
If you send a messenger to the king, inform the ministers too.

11. Kassako chinnā sakhāyo khettamhā nīharitvā aṭaviyaṃ pakkhipi.
[farmer / cut / branches / from field / having taken / in forest / placed]
The farmer took out the broken branches from the field and dumped (them) in the forest.

12. Pokkaraṇiyā tīre (bank) ṭhatvā kadaliphalaṃ khādantī kaññā bhaginiyā dinnaṃ padumaṃ gaṇhi.
[pond\'s / bank / having stood / plantain (fruit) / eating / girl / by sister / given / lotus / took]
Standing at the bank of the pond and eating a plantain, the girl took the lotus given by (her) sister.

13. Amhākaṃ (our) hatthapādesu vīsati (twenty) a\'nguliyo santi.
[our / on hands and feet / twenty / fingers / there are]
There are twenty fingers (and toes) on our hands and feet.

14. Rattiyā gehā nikkhamituṃ bhāyantī kaññā dvāraṃ na vivari.
[at night / house / to leave / fearing / girl / door / did not open]
The girl did not open the door, being afraid to leave the house at night.

15. Sace tvaṃ yaṭṭhiyā kukkuraṃ pahareyyāsi so ḍaseyya.
[if / you / with walking stick / dog / would hit / it / would bite]
If you hit the dog with the walking stick, it will bite.

16. Mayaṃ sappurisā bhavituṃ āka\'nkhamānā samaṇe upasa\'nkamma dhammaṃ sutvā kusalaṃ kātuṃ ārabhimha.
[we / virtuous men / to become / hoping / monks / having approached / doctrine / having heard / good / to do / started]
Hoping to become good men we approached monks, listened to the doctrine and started to do good (work).

17. Pāpakammehi anubandhitā asappurisā corā niraye (purgatory) uppajjitvā dukkhaṃ vindanti.
[by evil deeds / followed / wicked / robbers / in purgatory / having being born / suffering / experience]
The wicked robbers, being chased by (their) evil deeds, are born in purgatory and experience suffering.

18. Mā puññaṃ parivajjetvā pāpaṃ karotha, sace kareyyātha manussalokamhā cavitvā dukkhaṃ vindissatha.
[do not / merit / having avoided / evil / do! / if / (you) do / from human world / having departed / suffering / would experience]
Do not avoid merit and do evil; if you do, you will experience suffering after being departed from the human world.

19. Sace tumhe sagge uppajjitvā modituṃ patthetha puññāni karotha.
[if / you / in heaven / having being born / to be happy / aspire / merits / do]
If you aspire to be happy being born in heaven, do meritorious deeds.

20. Saccaṃ ñātuṃ ussahantā brāhmaṇā sahāyakehi saha mantayiṃsu.
[truth / to know / trying / brahmins / with friends / discussed]
Trying to know the truth, the brahmins discussed with friends.

21. Nāriyā pañjare (cage) pakkhittā sukā kadaliphalaṃ khādantā nisinnā honti.
[by woman / into cage / placed / parrots / plantains / eating / seated / are]
The parrots placed into the cage by the woman sat eating plantains.

22. Goṇaṃ viheṭhetuṃ na icchanto vāṇijo sakaṭamhā bhaṇḍāni nīharitvā bhūmiyaṃ nikkhipitvā kassakaṃ ārocesi.
[ox / to harass / not wishing / merchant / from cart / goods / having removed / on ground / having placed / farmer / informed]
Not wishing to harass the ox, the merchant removed the goods from the cart, placed (them) on the ground and informed the farmer.

23. Aṭaviyaṃ viharantā migā ca goṇā ca varāhā ca sīhamhā bhāyanti.
[in forest / living / deer and / oxen and / pigs and / (from) lion / fear]
The deer, oxen and pigs living in the the forest fear the lion.

24. Samaṇā saddhāya upāsakehi dinnaṃ bhuñjitvā saccaṃ adhigantuṃ vāyamantā sīlāni rakkhanti.
[monks / with faith / by lay devotees / given / having enjoyed / truth / to understand / trying / precepts / observe]
Having enjoyed (the requisites) given by the lay devotees with faith, the monks observe precepts trying to realise the truth.

25. Rattiyā doṇi nadiṃ taritvā pabhāte (in the morning) dīpaṃ pāpuṇi.
[in night / boat / river / having crossed / in morning / island / reached]
The boat setting out in the night crossed the river and reached the island in the morning.

26. Gehassa chāyāya ṭhatvā dārikāya bhūmiyaṃ nikkhittaṃ odanaṃ sunakho khādituṃ ārabhi.
[house\'s / in shadow / having stood / by girl / on ground / placed / rice / dog / to eat / started]
Having stood in the shadow of the house, the dog started to eat the rice placed on the ground by the girl.

27. Bhariyāya nāḷiyā mitaṃ dhaññaṃ ādāya kassako āpaṇaṃ gato hoti.
[by wife / with measuring vessel / measured / corn / having taken / farmer / [to] market / gone / is]
Taking the corn measured by (his) wife with the measuring vessel, the farmer has gone to the market.

28. Uḍḍente kāke disvā vālukāya ca udakena ca kīḷantī dārikā hasamānā dhāvi.
[flying / crows / having seen / with sand and / with water and / girl / laughing / ran]
Having seen the crows flying, the girl playing with sand and water ran laughing.

29. Rathaṃ pājetuṃ (to drive) uggaṇhanto puriso dakkho (clever) rathācariyo bhavituṃ vāyami.
[vehicle / to drive / learning / man / clever / vehicle-teacher / to be / tried]
Learning to drive a vehicle, the man tried to be a clever driving instructor.

30. Vivaṭamhā dvāramhā nikkhantā kumārā pañjarehi muttā sakuṇā viya (like) uyyānaṃ dhāviṃsu.
[opened / from door / leaving / boys / from cages / released / birds / like / [to] park / ran]
The boys left through the open door and ran to the park like birds released from cages.

Translate into Pali:

1. Seated on the bed the girl drank the milk given by her mother.
[nisinnā / mañce / dārikā / pivi / khīraṃ / dinnaṃ / ammāya]
Mañce nisinnā dārikā ammāya dinnaṃ khīraṃ pivi.

2. Taking the pots (ghaṭe) and talking the women went to the river to bring water.
[gahetvā / ghaṭe / sallapantiyo / nāriyo / gacchiṃsu / nadiṃ / āharituṃ / udakaṃ]
Ghaṭe gahetvā sallapantiyo nāriyo udakaṃ āharituṃ nadiṃ gacchiṃsu.

3. Without wishing to harass the bird the woman released him from the cage (pañjara).
[na icchantī / viheṭhetuṃ / sakuṇaṃ / itthī / muñci / (taṃ) / pañjarasmā]
Sakuṇaṃ viheṭhetuṃ na icchantī itthī (taṃ) pañjarasmā muñci.

4. Unable (asakkoti) to pick the fruits from the tree the young girl called the farmer.
[asakkontī / ocinituṃ / phalāni / rukkhamhā / taruṇī / pakkosi / kassakaṃ]
Rukkhamhā phalāni ocinituṃ asakkontī taruṇī kassakaṃ pakkosi.

5. There is no (natthi) milk in the bowl of the crying child.
[natthi / khīraṃ / pattasmiṃ / rodantassa / dārakassa]
Rodantassa dārakassa pattasmiṃ khīraṃ natthi.

6. The girls who were singing under the tree started dancing.
[dārikāyo / gāyantiyo / rukkhamūlamhi / ārabhiṃsu / naccituṃ]
Rukkhamūlamhi gāyantiyo dārikāyo naccituṃ ārabhiṃsu.

7. Being chased by the hunter and his dogs the deer ran into the forest.
[anubandhitā / luddakena ca / kukkurehi ca / migā / dhāviṃsu / araññaṃ]
Luddakena ca kukkurehi ca anubandhitā migā araññaṃ dhāviṃsu.

8. Wishing to get profit the women sold garments in shops.
[icchantiyo / labhituṃ / lābhaṃ / nāriyo / vikkiṇiṃsu / sāṭake / āpaṇesu]
Lābhaṃ labhituṃ icchantiyo nāriyo āpaṇesu sāṭake vikkiṇiṃsu.

9. In order to buy oil (tela) to light lamps the boy went from shop to shop.
[kiṇituṃ / telaṃ / jāletuṃ / dīpe / kumāro / agami/agacchi / āpaṇasmā / āpaṇaṃ]
Kumāro dīpe jāletuṃ telaṃ kiṇituṃ āpaṇasmā āpaṇaṃ agami/agacchi.

10. I gave the box to the girl sitting in the shade of the tree.
[ahaṃ / adadiṃ/adāsiṃ / mañjūsaṃ / kaññāya / nisinnāya / chāyāyaṃ / rukkhassa]
Ahaṃ rukkhassa chāyāyaṃ nisinnāya kaññāya mañjūsaṃ adadiṃ/adāsiṃ.

11. The girls laughed pulling the creeper from the tree.
[kumāriyo / hasiṃsu / ākaḍḍhantiyo / lataṃ / rukkhamhā]
Rukkhamhā lataṃ ākaḍḍhantiyo kumāriyo hasiṃsu.

12. They who oppress women and children are wicked men.
[te / viheṭhentā / vanitāyo ca / dārake ca / honti / asappurisā]
Te vanitāyo ca dārake ca viheṭhentā asappurisā honti.

13. We see with our eyes the rays of the sun falling on the ground.
[mayaṃ / passāma / nayanehi / suriya-rasmiyo / patantiyo / bhūmiyaṃ]
Nayanehi mayaṃ bhūmiyaṃ patantiyo suriyarasmiyo passāma.

14. Hitting with a stick the woman killed the serpent entering the house.
[paharitvā / yaṭṭhiyā / itthī / māresi / sappaṃ / pavisantaṃ / gehaṃ]
Yaṭṭhiyā paharitvā itthī gehaṃ pavisantaṃ sappaṃ māresi.

15. Putting fruits and flowers in boxes sisters sat at the open door.
[pakkhipantiyo / phalāni ca / pupphāni ca / mañjūsāsu / bhaginiyo / nisidiṃsu / vivaṭe / gehadvāre]
Mañjūsāsu phalāni ca pupphāni ca pakkhipantiyo bhaginiyo vivaṭe gehadvāre nisidiṃsu.

16. If you will come out of water and protect the child I will step into the pond and bathe.
[sace / tvaṃ / uttaritvā / udakasmā / rakkheyyāsi / dārakaṃ / ahaṃ / otaritvā / pokkharaṇiṃ / nahāyissāmi]
Sace tvaṃ udakasmā uttaritvā dārakaṃ rakkheyyāsi ahaṃ pokkharaṇiṃ otaritvā nahāyissāmi.

17. We got angry with the women committing evil and left the hall.
[mayaṃ / kujjhitvā / nārīhi / karontīhi / pāpakammāni / nikkhamimha / sālāya]
Pāpakammāni karontīhi nārīhi kujjhitvā mayaṃ sālāya nikkhamimha.

18. Do not shoot the cows and deer roaming in the park, the king and queen will get angry.
[(tumhe) / mā / vijjhatha / gāviyo ca / mige ca / āhiṇḍantiyo / uyyāne / bhūpālo ca / rājinī ca / kujjhissanti]
Mā tumhe uyyāne āhiṇḍantiyo gāviyo ca mige ca vijjhatha, bhūpālo ca rājinī ca kujjhissanti.

19. May the king and his ministers not oppress the people living in the island.
[bhūpālo ca / amaccā ca / mā pīḷentu / manusse / viharante / dīpasmiṃ]
Mā bhūpālo ca amaccā ca dīpasmiṃ viharante manusse pīḷentu.

20. I gave rice to the starving dogs walking on the road.
[ahaṃ / adadiṃ / odanaṃ / kudhāya pīḷitānaṃ / sunakhānaṃ / carantānaṃ / maggamhi]
Ahaṃ maggamhi carantānaṃ kudhāya pīḷitānaṃ sunakhānaṃ odanaṃ adadiṃ.

:::
:::

Lesson 22 exercise answers

Pali Primer Exercise 22

Translate into English:

1. Upāsakehi samaṇā vanditabbā honti.
[by lay devotees / monks / to be honoured / are]
Monks are to be honoured by lay devotees.

2. Mañjūsāyaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ suvaṇṇaṃ mā mañcasmiṃ ṭhapehi.
[in box / should be kept / gold / do not / on bed / leave!]
Do not leave on the bed the gold which should be kept in the box.

3. Sappurisā pūjanīye pūjenti, asappurisā tathā (likewise) na karonti.
[good men / (those) who should be honoured / honour / wicked men / likewise / do not / do]
Good men honour those worthy of honour, wicked men do not do likewise.

4. Bhūpālena rakkhitabbaṃ dīpaṃ amaccā na sammā (well) pālenti.
[by king / should be protected / island / ministers / do not / well / protect ]
The ministers do not govern well the island which should be protected by the king.

5. Manussehi dhammo uggaṇhitabbo, saccaṃ adhigantabbaṃ hoti.
[by people / dhamma / should be learned / truth / to be understood / is]
The dhamma should be learned by the people, the truth is to be realised.

6. Kumārīhi āhaṭāni pupphāni udakena āsiñcitabbāni honti.
[by girls / brought / flowers / with water / to be sprinked / are]
The flowers brought by the girls are to be sprinkled with water.

7. Corena gahitaṃ bhaginiyā dhanaṃ pariyesitabbaṃ hoti.
[by robber / takeb / sister\'s / wealth / to be searched / is]
The wealth of (my) sister taken by the robber is to be searched for.

8. Uyyāne ropitā rukkhā na chinditabbā honti.
[in park / planted / trees / not to be cut / are]
The trees planted in the park are not to be cut.

9. Dhotabbāni dussāni gahetvā yuvatiyo hasamānā pokkharaṇiṃ otariṃsu.
[to be washed / clothes / having taken / maidens / laughing / [into] pond / stepped]
Having taken the clothes to be washed, the maidens stepped into the pond laughing.

10. Samaṇehi ovaditabbā kumārā vihāraṃ na gamiṃsu.
[by monks / to be advised / boys / [to] monastery / did not go]
The boys to be advised by the monks did not go to the monastery.

11. Kassakena kasitabbaṃ khettaṃ vikkiṇituṃ vāṇijo ussahi.
[by farmer / to be ploughed / field / to sell / merchant / tried]
The merchant tried to sell the field to be ploughed by the farmer.